D WMSUPLOADED SeWMSUploadedfiles DTP 363 TenderDocument TenderDocument

MAHARASHTRA INDUSTRIAL DEVELOPMENT CORPORATION
TENDER DOCUMENT
TENDER FOR
Name of Work
DG - TARAPUR INDUSTRIAL AREA...Widening of

Chillar-Boisar approach road to four lane road.
Work Name : DG - TARAPUR INDUSTRIAL AREA...Widening of Chillar-Boisar approach road to four lane road.
Index
Sr.
No.
Particulars
Page Page
From
To
Face Sheet
Short Tender Notice
Detailed Tender Notice
B-1 Tender Form
29
Schedule A
30
32
PRICE VARIATION CLAUSE
33
38
CLAUSE FOR REIMBURSEMENT OF TAXES/DUTIES
39
39
CLAUSE FOR PAYMENT OF STAMP DUTY
40
40
CLAUSE FOR RECOVCERY OF LABOUR CESS
41
41
10
CLAUSE FOR RECOVERY OF ADDITONAL SECURITY DEPOSIT
42
42
11
SPECIAL CONDITION FOR ROYALTY PAYMENT
43
43
12
MAINTENANCE GUARANTEE CLAUSE DURING DEFECT LIABILITY PERIOD.
44
44
13
List of Defects Required to be observed and Rectified by the Contractor during the Defect Liability Period
45
45
14
INSURANCE Clause of Work
46
46
15
QUALITY AUDIT CLAUSE
47
47
16
SITE OFFICE CLAUSE
48
48
17
THIRD PARTY INSPECTION CLAUSE
49
49
18
ADDITIONAL CONTRACT CONDITIONS
50
52
19
MOBILISATION ADVANCE CLAUSE
53
53
20
GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS
54
57
21
STANDARD CEMENT CONSUMPTION STATEMENT
58
62
22
CEMENT VARIATION CLAUSE
63
63
23
GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR CONCRETE (PCC & RCC)
64
103
24
SPECIFICATIONS FOR CEMENT CONCRETE ROAD WORKS
104
141
25
DECLARATION FOR NON-EMPLOYMENT OF EX-MIDC EMPLOYEE
142
142
26
Value Added Tax (VAT) Act and Contract Labour, Income Tax Clause
143
143
27
SCOPE OF WORK
144
145
28
Schedule B
146
168
29
Item Wise Specification
169
286
30
Clause, Condition and MOU for Joint Venture for works costing more Rs.300 Lakhs
287
287
31
ANNEXURE A Joint Venture for works costing more than Rs.300 Lakhs
288
289
32
ANNEXURE B Joint Venture for works costing more than Rs.300 Lakhs
290
294
33
POST-QUALIFICATION FORM for Joint Venture for works costing Above Rs.300 Lakhs
295
306

DRAFT TENDER PAPERS
Sub Div Tarapur(Drainage)

B1
Name of Work
: DG - TARAPUR INDUSTRIAL AREA...Widening of Chillar-Boisar

approach road to four lane road.
Estimated Cost
: Rs.1,03,77,88,335.00/-
Cost of Tender Form
: Rs.25,000.00/- (Non-Refundable By DD)
Last Date of Receipt of Tender
: 26/09/2014 upto 11:00 Hrs @MIDC.The Suptd. Engineer (M),

MIDC, Udyog Sarathi, Mahakali Caves Road, Andheri (East),
Mumbai - 400 093 by RPAD or through reputed courier
service only.
Submitted By
D.R.No
Contractor
Dt.
Page 1
Executive Engineer

(A Government of Maharashtra Undertaking)
TENDER NOTICE NO.

E tenders are invited for the work Widening of Chillar-Boisar approach road to four lane road. having
estimated cost of Rs. 1,03,77,88,335.00 from the contractor registered with PWD, Govt, of Maharashtra,
CPWD, MES, Railways, CIDCO, MJP in appropriate class.
The blank tender forms are available on E Tendering module on MIDC's website ,<www.midcindia.org>. The
Tenderers are requested to download the entire tender document from MIDC's website. The last date of
submission of E Tender documents duly filled in shall be 26/09/2014 upto 11:00 Hrs. and shall be opened on
the same day if possible. For further details please see detail tender notice on MIDC's website.
Right to reject any or all tenders without assigning any reason there of is kept reserved by the competent
authority.
--------------NOTICE ENDS HERE--------------
Contractor
Page 2
Executive Engineer
DETAILED TENDER NOTICE NO.

E tenders are invited from eligible contractors for the following work. The details of tender are given below.
An amount given below towards Earnest Money Deposit (EMD) & cost of blank tender should be paid by
separate Demand Drafts (DD) in favour of the The Executive Engineer, MIDC, Div. No.I, Thane and scanned
copy of DDs shall be uploaded at relevant locations.
A copy of EMD Exemption Certificate issued by MIDC may be submitted in lieu of DD for EMD and scanned copy
of the same shall be uploaded at relevant location.The tender will be considered only if the enclosures are in
proper order.
The EMD will be forfeited in case, after the acceptance of the tender, the contractor refuses to pay the Security
Deposit as noted below, within the specified time limit. Otherwise it will be refunded. The work is to be
completed within the stipulated time as noted below.
1.
Name of Work
2.
Estimated Cost
3.
Earnest Money Deposit
DG - TARAPUR INDUSTRIAL AREA...Widening of

Chillar-Boisar approach road to four lane road.
Rs 1,03,77,88,335.00
Rs 51,89,000.00 by DD of Nationalized Bank / Scheduled Bank/

Bank approved by Government of Maharashtra OR by RTGS
payable at in favour of The Executive Engineer, MIDC, Div. No.I,
Thane
Rs 3,11,33,700.00 or 3.00% of tendered cost whichever is higher
by DD of Nationalized Bank / Scheduled Bank/ Bank approved by
Government of Maharashtra. S. D. inform of BG will be accepted
when amount of S.D. is more than Rs.50,000
4.
Security Deposit
Rs 7,26,45,200.00 or 7.00% of tendered cost whichever is higher

through RA bills.
5.
Cost of Blank Tender Form
Rs 25,000.00 (by DD OR by RTGS) (Non Refundable)
6.
Time Period
36 Months Including monsoon
7.
Availability of blank tender form
8.
Queries of contractor
9.
Reply to queries
10. Last date of submission of Tender

Contractor
12/09/2014 to 26/09/2014 (to be downloaded from the MIDC E

tendering site www.midcindia.org).
Will be received by E tendering upto 18/09/2014 05:00 PM
Will be published on the website on 23/09/2014 05:00 PM
26/09/2014 upto 11:00 AM hrs. @ MIDC website.
Page 3
Executive Engineer
Date of opening of PQ & tender
29/09/2014 02:00 PM hrs. (if possible)
11.
Place of Tender Opening
12. Class of registeration
13. Eligibility
14. Compensation
15. Validity of offer
I (A)
Contractors registered in Class-1A with PWD, Government of

Maharashtra or in appropriate class with
CPWD/MES/Railways/MJP/CIDCO and should have
satisfactorily completed (from start to finish) as a prime
contractor of at least single of BM/ AC/ DBM/ SDBC/ LBM
work costing not less than Rs.5189 lakhs in Govt/Semi Govt
organisation/ local bodies during last five financial years.
Rs 5,000.00 per day for delay in work execution/ completion
of work.
180 days from the date of opening of the tender. (From
opening of First Envelope)
1. Important Note: The information regarding the tender & PQ form (if applicable) & the facility to download
it, will be available on MIDC E tendering portal on website www.midcindia.org. The downloaded & duly
completed tender form shall be submitted (by eligible contractors only) without making any change in the
script of tender document. If after submission of tender, it is noticed that the tender script is modified in any
manner whatsoever, the tender will be summarily rejected. Contractors may upload their queries before
expiry of query period. The replies to the queries received before the due date, will be published on the
website which should be downloaded by the tenderer. The document of reply to the queries of the contractor
will form part & parcel of the tender document & the clarifications given in the document will supercede the
provisions of the tender. After the tender is accepted & offer letter is issued to the contractor, agreement shall
be executed with the contractor on the tender copy prepared/printed by MIDC
2.
The tenderer shall upload scanned copy / copies, the following documents at appropriate place
Envelope No.1 shall contain:

(i) DD OR by RTGS for EMD / EMD exemption certificate issued by MIDC and separate DD OR by RTGS for cost
of Tender form. (In case of JV, exemption certificate of lead partner) and DD OR by RTGS for erection of
Asphalt plant within 30 Kms (If applicable)
(ii) Professional Tax Registration Certificate for employees in E category for tenders without PQ and both i.e.
'E' & 'R' category for tenders were PQ is applicable.
(iii) Registration Certification with Sales Tax Deptt. under VAT Act 2002, of Govt. of Maharashtra.
(iv) Certified copy of PAN no. (In case of Joint Venture PAN Card of the Lead Partner)
(v) Experience certificate for single similar work during last 5 years executed in Govt. Deptt. semi Govt. /
Local bodies such as MIDC/ CIDCO/ MJP local bodies etc. as specified elsewhere OR PQ form duly completed
with supporting documents and specified therein (if applicable)
(vi) Reply to queries of the contractor.
(vii) If tenderer desires to form JV, the notarized MOU of JV shall be uploaded as per format enclosed (if
applicable).
(viii) In case of final asphalting work i.e. BM/AC/DBA/SDBC/PSS works included in composite work or single
work, if the asphalt work costs Rs.100 lakhs and above, the details of plant and machinery as per form No. 'A'
of PQ form.
(ix) The photo copies duly attested, of the above certificates will have to be uploaded in Envelope No.1.
Original shall be produced in the office of for verification on the day of opening of the tender as mentioned
Contractor
Executive Engineer
Page 4
Original shall be produced in the office of for verification on the day of opening of the tender as mentioned
elsewhere.
(x) The tenderer should submit the original DDs towards Tender Fee ,EMD & DD for erection of Asphalt plant
(if applicable) or UTR No(s) of RTGS to the opening authority before/at the time of opening of tenders & if a
tenderer fails to submit DDs or UTR No(s) ,his main envelope containing offer will not be opened & his tender
shall be summarily rejected.
(xi) Attested copy of valid Registration Certificate in appropriate class issued by PWD (GoM)/ CIDCO/
Railways/ MJP/ MES/ CPWD.
Envelope No.2 shall contain Price Bid:
3. The Submission of tender shall be done in the manner prescribed by MIDC only.
4. If the contents of Envelope No.1 are not found as per the requirements of MIDC, the Envelope No.2 will
not be opened at all & the tender shall be summarily rejected.
5. Tenderer should digitally sign wherever required.
6. The tenderer shall be bound to keep open the offer upto 180 Days from the date of
opening of the
tender. (i.e. from opening of First Envelope of tender)
7. The acceptance of the tender rests with the competent authority which does not bind itself to accept the
lowest tender & reserves the right to reject any or all tenders without assigning any reason thereof.
8. The notes & conditions stipulated in this notice & elsewhere in the tender shall form the part of the
agreement.
9. If it is found that the information submitted is misleading/ false or if it is found that certain information is
hidden, then the contractor will be disqualified during any stage of tender process & even after opening of
tender.
Contractor
Page 5
Executive Engineer

FORM B-1
PERCENTAGE RATE TENDER AND CONTRACT FOR WORKS
General Rules and Directions for the Guidance of contractors.
1.All works proposed to be executed by contract shall be notified in a form of invitation to tender pasted on a board
hung up in the office of the Executive Engineer and signed by the Executive Engineer, MIDC Dn.The Executive
Engineer, MIDC, Div. No.I, Thane .
This form will state the work to be carried out as well as the date for submitting and opening tenders, and the time
allowed for carrying out the work, also the amount of earnest money to be deposited with the tender and the amount
of security deposit to be deposited by the successful tenderer, and the percentage, if any, to be deducted from bills. It
will also state whether a refund of quarry fees, royalties, dues and ground rents will be granted. Copies of the
specifications, designs and drawings, estimated rates, scheduled rates and any other documents required in
connection with the work shall be signed by the Executive Engineer for the purpose of identification and shall also be
open for inspection by contractors at the office of the Executive Engineer during office hours.
Where the works are proposed to be executed according to the specifications recommended by a contractor and
approved by a competent authority on behalf of MIDC such specifications with designs and drawings shall form part
of the accepted tender.
2. In the event of the tender being submitted by a firm, it must be signed separately by each partner thereof, and in
the event of the absence of any partner, it shall be signed on his behalf by a person holding a power of attorney
authorising him to do so.
3. Receipts for payments made on account of any work, when executed by a firm, should also be signed by all the
partners except where the contractors are described in their tender as a firm, in which case the receipt shall be signed
in the name of the firm's one of the partners, or by some other person having authority to give official receipts for the
firm.
4. Any person who submits a tender shall fill up the usual printed form stating at what percentage above or below the
rates specified in Schedule 'B' (memorandum showing items of work. to be carried out) he is willing to undertake the
work. Only one rate or such percentage on all the estimated rates/ scheduled rates shall be named. Tenders which
propose any alterations in the works specified in the said form of invitation to tender, or in the time allowed for
carrying out the work, or which contain any other conditions, of any sort will be liable for rejection. No printed form
Contractor
Page 6
Executive Engineer
of tender shall include a tender for more than one works but if contractor who wish to tender for two or more works,
they shall submit separate tender for each work.
5. The Superintending/ Executive Engineer or his duly authorised Assistant shall open tenders in the presence of
contractors who have submitted tenders or their representatives who may be present at the time, and he will enter the
amounts of the several tenders in a comparative statement in a suitable form. In the event of a tender being accepted,
the contractor shall, for the purpose of identification, sign copies of the specifications and other documents
mentioned in Rule 1. In the event of tender being rejected. the Divisional/ Competent officer shall authorise the
Scheduled Bank concerned to refund the amount of earnest money deposited to the contractor making the tender, on
his giving a receipt for the return of the money.
6. The officer competent to dispose of the: tenders shall have the right of rejecting all or any of the tender without
assigning any reason thereof.
7. No receipt for any payment alleged to have been made by a contractor in regard to any matter relating to this
tender or the contract shall be valid and binding on MIDC unless it is signed by the Executive Engineer.
8. The memorandum of work to be tendered for and the schedule of materials to be supplied by MIDC and their rates
shall be filled in and completed by the office of the Executive Engineer, before the tender form is uploaded. If a form
which has not been so filled in and completed, contractor shall request the said office through query to have this done
before he completes and submits his tender.
9. All works shall be measured net by standard measure and according to the rules and customs of MIDC and their
rates shall be without reference to any local custom.
10. Under no circumstances shall any contractor be entitled to claim enhanced rates for any items in this contract.
11. The measurements of work will be taken according to the usual methods in use in MIDC and no proposals to
adopt alternative methods will be accepted. The Executive Engineer's decision as to what is the usual method in use
in the MIDC will be final.
12. The contractor shall comply with the provision of the Apprentices Act 1961 and the rules and orders issued
there under from time to time. If he fails to do so, his failure will be a breach of the contract and the Superintending
Engineer, may in his discretion, cancel the contract. The contractor shall also be liable, for any pecuniary liability
arising on account of any violation by him of the provisions of the Act.
========================================================================
Contractor
Page 7
Executive Engineer
MEMORANDUM
a
b
c
Name of work
Widening of Chillar-Boisar approach road to four

lane road.
Estimated Cost
Rs. 1,03,77,88,335.00
E.M.D.
Rs. 51,89,000.00 by DD / RTGS of Nationalized

Bank / Scheduled Bank/ Bank approved by
Government of Maharashtra payable at in favour of
The Executive Engineer, MIDC, Div. No.I, Thane
Security Deposit
Initial SD Rs. 3,11,33,700.00 or 3.00 % of tendered

cost whichever is higher by DD / RTGS of
Nationalized Bank / Scheduled Bank/ Bank approved
by Government of Maharashtra. S. D. inform of BG
will be accepted when amount of S.D. is more than
Rs.50,000/Rs.7,26,45,200.00 or 7.00 % of tendered cost
whichever is higher through RA bills.
Total SD
e
Rs. 10,37,78,900.00 or 10.00 % of tendered cost

whichever is higher.
Percentage, if any, to be deducted

from bills so as to make up the total
amount required as security deposit
7 %
Compensation for non-completion of

work in time/slow progress of work,
for every day the work is carried out at
disproportionately slow rate
Rs. 5000 per day
Time allowed for the work from the

date of written order to commence the
work.
36 Months Including monsoon
Contractor
Page 8
Executive Engineer
I/We hereby tender for the execution of above stated work for Maharashtra Industrial Development Corporation
(hereinafter referred to as MIDC) at (in figures) _____________________________________
percent
above/below. (in words) ________________________________________________ _percent above/below. The
estimated rates entered in Schedule B (memorandum showing items of work to be carried out) & in accordance with
all specifications, designs, drawings, instructions & rules, terms & conditions of contract as hereinabove &
hereinafter included in these documents & agree that when materials are provided by the MIDC, such material & the
rates to be paid for them shall be as provided in Schedule A hereto. Should this tender be accepted, I/We hereby
agree to abide by & fulfill all the terms & conditions of contract annexed hereto & in default thereof to forfeit & pay
to MIDC the sums of money mentioned in the said conditions. Demand Draft No. _________________dated
_____/
/
_____from the bank ________________in respect of the sum of Rs.(in figures) _____________ &
(in words) _______________________________________________________ is herewith forwarded, towards the
cost of blank tender form, which is non-refundable.Demand Draft No. dated /
/
from the
bank___________________________in respect of the sum of Rs.(in figures) _____________________ & (in words)
________________________________ _____________________________________________ is herewith
forwarded, representing the earnest money, full value of which is to be absolutely forfeited to MIDC should I/We do
not deposit the full amount of security deposit specified in the above memorandum, in accordance with Clause I(A)
of the Contract Conditions; otherwise the said earnest money shall be refunded to us.
Signature of witness:
Address:
Signature of the contractor.

Address:
Occupation:
Date:
Date:
The above tender is hereby accepted by me on behalf of the MIDC______ at
Place:
Date:
% above/ below the estimated cost.
Executive Engineer
Maharashtra Industrial Development Corporation
Contractor
Page 9
Executive Engineer
CONDITION OF CONTRACT
CLAUSE 1; Securiy deposit: The person(s) whose tender may be accepted (hereinafter called the contractor, which
expression shall unless excluded by or repugnant to the context include his heirs, executors, administrators &
assigns) shall A) within 10 days (which may be extended by the Suptd. Engineer concerned upto 15 days if the
Superintending Engineer thinks fit to do so) of the receipt by him of the notification of the acceptance of his tender,
deposit with the Exe. Engineer in cash to the Exe. Engineer (if deposited for more than 12months) of sum sufficient
which will make up the full security deposit specified in the tender or B) Permit MIDC at the time of making any
payment to him for work done under the contract to deduct such as will amount (*% of all money so payable)such
deductions to be held by MIDC by way of Security deposits) provided always that in the event of the contractor
depositing a lump sum by way of security deposit as contemplated at (A) above, then & in such case, if the sum so
deposited shall not amount to 10.00 % of the total estimated cost of the work, it shall be lawful for MIDC at the time
of making any payment to the contractor for work done under the contract to make up the full amount of 10.00 % by
deducting a sufficient sum from every such payment at last aforesaid until the full amount of the security deposit is
made up. All compensation or other sums of money payable by the contractor to MIDC under the terms of his
contract may be deducted from or paid by the sale of sufficient part of his security deposit or from interest arising
there from or from any sums which may be due or may become due by MIDC to the contractor under any other
contract or transaction of any nature, on any account whatsoever & in the event of his Security deposit being reduced
by reasons of any such deductions or sale as aforesaid, the contractor shall, within 10 days thereafter, make good in
cash as aforesaid any sum(s) which may have been deducted from (* or raised by sale of his security deposit) or any
part thereof.
If the amount of security deposit to be paid in a lump sum within the period specified at (A) above is not paid
the tender/contract already accepted shall be considered as cancelled & legal steps taken against the contractor for
recovery of the amount.
* [NOTE: This will be the same percentage as that in the tender at (f)]
CLAUSE 2; Compensation for delay: The time allowed for carrying out the work as entered in the tender shall be
strictly observed by the contractor & shall be reckoned from the date on which the order to commence work is given
to the contractor. The work shall throughout the stipulated period of the contract be proceeded with, with all due
diligence (time being deemed to be of the essence of the contract on the part of the contractor). In the event of the
contractor failing to comply with this condition he shall be liable to pay as compensation an amount of Rs. 5000 per
day or such amount upto 1% as Suptd. Engineer (whose decision in writing shall be final) may decide, of the amount
of the estimated cost of the whole work as shown by the tender for each day that the work remains
uncommenced /unfinished, after the proper date. And further to ensure good progress during the execution of the
work, the contractor shall be bound, in all the cases in which the time allowed for any work exceeds 1 month to
complete:
25%
of the work in
25 %
of the time
50%
of the work in
50%
of the time
75%
of the work in
75%
of the time
Contractor
Page 10
Executive Engineer
100%
of the work in
100%
of the time
Note: The quantity of work to be done within a particular time to be specified above shall be fixed by the officer
competent to accept the contracts after taking into consideration the circumstances of each case and inserted in the
blank space kept for the purpose & abide by the programme of detailed progress laid down by the Exe. Engineer.
In the event of contractor failing to comply with this condition, he shall be liable to pay as compensation an amount
of Rs. 5000 per day or such amount upto 1% as Suptd. Engineer (whose decision in writing shall be final) may
decide of said estimated cost of the whole work for every day that the due quantity of work remains incomplete,
provided always that the total amount of compensation to be paid under the provisions of this clause shall not exceed
10% of the estimated cost of the work as shown in the tender.
CLAUSE 3: In any case in which under any clause(s) of this contract, the contractor shall have rendered himself
liable to pay compensation amounting to the whole of this security deposit (whether paid in one sum or deducted by
installments) or in case of the abandonment of work owing to serious illness or death of the contractor or any other
cause the Exe. Engineer on behalf of MIDC shall have power to adopt any of the following courses, as he may deem
best suited to the interest of MIDC:Action when whole of security deposit is forfeited.
a) To rescind the contract (of which rescission notice in writing to the contractor under the hand of the Exe.
Engineer shall be conclusive evidence) & in that case the security deposit of the contractor shall stand forfeited & be
absolutely at the disposal of MIDC.
b) To carry out the work or any part of the work departmentally debiting the contractor with the cost of the work,
expenditure incurred on the tools & plants, & charges on additional supervisory staff including the cost of work
charged establishment employed for getting the unexecuted part of the work completed & crediting him with the
value of the work done departmentally in all respects in the same manner & at the same rates as if it had been carried
out by the contractor under the terms of his contract. The certificate of Exe. Engineer, as to the cost & other allied
expenses so incurred & as to the value of the work so done departmentally shall be final & conclusive against the
contractor.
c) To order that the work of the contractor be measured up & to take such part thereof as shall be unexecuted out of
his hands & to give it to another contractor to complete in which case all expenses incurred on advertisement for
fixing a new contracting agency additional supervisory staff including the cost of work charged establishment & cost
of the work executed by the new contract agency will be debited to the contractor & the value of the work done or
executed through the new contractor shall be credited to the contractor in all respects & in the same manner & at the
same rates as if it had been carried out by the contractor under the terms of his contract. The certificate of the Exe.
Engineer as to all the cost of the work & other expenses incurred as aforesaid for or in getting the unexecuted work
done by the new contract & as to the value of work so done shall be final & conclusive against the contractor.
In case the contract shall be rescinded under clause:
a) above, the contractor shall not be entitled to recover or be paid any sum for any work therefor, actually performed
Contractor
Page 11
Executive Engineer
by him under this contract unless & until the Exe. Engineer shall have certified in writing the performance of such
work & the amount payable to him in respect thereof, & he shall only be entitled to be paid the amount so certified.
In the event of either of the courses referred to in clauses
b) or c) being adopted & the cost of the work executed departmentally or through a new contractor & other allied
expenses exceeding the value of such work credited to the contractors, the amount of excess shall be deducted from
any money due to the contractor by MIDC under the contract or otherwise howsoever or from his security deposit or
the sale proceed thereof provided. However, the contractor shall have no claim against MIDC even if certified value
of the work done departmentally or through a new contractor, exceeds the certified cost of such work & allied
expenses, provided always that whichever of the three courses mentioned in clause a), b) or c) is adopted by the Exe.
Engineer the contractor shall have no claim to compensation for any loss sustained by him by reason of his having
purchased or procured any materials, or entered into any engagements or made any advances on account of or with a
view to the execution of the work or the performance of the contract.
The certificate of the Executive Engineer as to all cost of the work done by the new contractor and as to the
value of the work so done and shall be final and conclusive against the contractor.
CLAUSE 4; Action when the progress of any particular portion of the work is unsatisfactory: If the progress of any
particular portion of the work is unsatisfactory the Exe. Engineer shall, notwithstanding that the general progress of
the work is in accordance with the conditions mentioned in Clause 2, be entitled to take action under Clause 3(b)
after giving the contractor 10 days notice in writing. The contractor will have no claim for compensation, for any loss
sustained by him owing to such action.
CLAUSE 5; Contractor shall remain liable to pay compensation if action not taken under Clauses 3 & 4. Power to
take possession of or require removal of, or sell contractor's plant: In any case in which any of the powers conferred
upon the Exe. Engineer by Clauses 3 & 4 hereof shall have become exercisable & the same shall not have been
exercised, the non exercise thereof shall not constitute a waiver of any of the conditions hereof & such powers shall
notwithstanding be exercisable in the event of any future case of default by the contractor for which under any clause
(s) hereof he is declared liable to pay compensation amounting to the whole of his security deposit & the liability of
the contractor for past & future compensation shall remain unaffected. In the event of the Exe. Engineer taking action
under sub-clause a) or c) of Clause 3: he may, if he so desires, take possession of all or any tools, plant, materials &
stores, in or upon the works or the site thereof or belonging to the contractor, or procured by him & intended to be
used for the execution of the work or any part thereof, paying or allowing for the same in account at the contract
rates, or in the case of contract rates not being applicable at current market rates, to be certified by the Exe. Engineer
whose certificate thereof shall be final. In the alternative the Exe. Engineer may, after giving notice in writing to the
contractor or his clerk of the works, foreman or other authorised agent, require him to remove such tools, plant,
materials or stores from the premises within a time to be specified in such notice; & in the event of the contractor
failing to comply with any such requisition, the Exe. Engineer may remove them at the contractor's expense or sell
them by auction or private sale on account of the contractor & at his risk in all respects & the certificate
of the Exe. Engineer as to the expense of any such removal, & the amount of the proceeds & expense of any such
sale shall be final & conclusive against the contractor.
Contractor
Page 12
Executive Engineer
CLAUSE 6; Extension of time: If the contractor shall desire an extension of the time for completion of the work on
the ground of his having been unavoidably hindered in its execution or on any other ground, he shall apply in writing
to the Exe. Engineer before the expiration of the period stipulated in the tender or before the expiration of 30 days
from the date on which he was hindered as aforesaid or on which the case for asking for extension occurred, which,
is earlier ever & the Exe. Engineer may, if, in his opinion, there are reasonable grounds for granting an extension,
grant such extension as he thinks necessary or proper. The decision of the Exe. Engineer in this matter shall be final.
CLAUSE 7; Final certificate: On completion of the work, the contractor shall be furnished with a certificate by the
Exe. Engineer (hereinafter called the Engineer-in-charge) of such completion, but no such certificate shall be given
nor shall the work be considered to be complete until the contractor shall have removed from the premises on which
the work shall have been executed all scaffolding, surplus materials & rubbish, & shall have cleaned off the dirt from
all woodwork, doors, windows, walls, floor or other parts of any buildings, in or upon which the work has been
executed, or of which he may have had possession for the purpose of executing the work, nor until the works shall
have been measured by the Engineer-in-charge or where the measurements have been taken by his subordinates until
they have received the approval of the Engineer-in-charge, the said measurements being binding & conclusive
against the contractor. If the contractor shall fail to comply with the requirements of this clause as to the removal of
scaffolding, surplus materials & rubbish, & cleaning off dirt on/before the date fixed for the completion of the work,
the Engineer-in-charge may, at the expense of the contractor, remove such scaffolding, surplus materials & rubbish
& dispose of the same as he thinks fit & clean off such dirt as aforesaid & the contractor shall forthwith pay the
amount of all expense so incurred, but shall have no claim in respect of any such scaffolding or surplus materials as
aforesaid except for any sum actually realised by the sale thereof.
CLAUSE 8; Payments on intermediate certificates to be regarded as advances: No payment shall be made for any
work, estimated to cost less than rupees one thousand till after the whole of the work shall have been completed & a
certificate of completion given. But in the case of works estimated to cost more than rupees one thousand, the
contractor shall, on submitting a monthly bill therefor, be entitled to receive payment proportionate to the part of the
work then approved & passed by the Engineer-in-charge, whose certificate of such approval & passing of the sum so
payable shall be final & conclusive against the contractor. All such intermediate payments shall be regarded as
payments by way of advance against the final payments only & not as payments for work actually done &
completed, & shall not preclude the Engineer-in-charge from requiring any bad, unsound, imperfect or unskillful
work to be removed or taken away & reconstructed or re-erected, nor shall any such payment be considered as an
admission of the date performance of the contract or any part thereof in any respect or the accruing of any claim, nor
shall it conclude, determine, or affect in any other way the powers of the Engineer-in-charge as to the final settlement
& adjustment of accounts or otherwise, or in any other way vary or affect the contract. The final bill shall be
submitted by the contractor within one month of the date fixed for the completion of the work, otherwise, the
Engineer-in-charge's certificate of the measurements & of the total amount payable for the work shall be final &
binding on all parties.
CLAUSE 9; Payment at reduced rates on account of items of work not accepted as completed to be at the discretion
of Engineer-in-charge: The rates for several items of works estimated to cost more than Rs.1000/- agreed to within,
shall be valid only when the item concerned is accepted as having been completed fully in accordance with the
sanctioned specifications. In cases where the items of work are not accepted as so completed the Engineer-in-charge
Contractor
Page 13
Executive Engineer
may make payment on account of such items at such reduced rates as he may consider reasonable in the preparation
of final or on account bills.
CLAUSE 10; Bills to be submitted monthly: A bill shall be submitted by the contractor each month on or before the
date fixed by the Engineer-in-charge for all work executed in the previous month, & the Engineer-in-charge shall
take or cause to be taken the requisite measurement for the purpose of having the same verified, & the claim, so far
as it is admissible, shall be adjusted, if possible, within ten days from the presentation of the bill. If the contractor
does not submit the bill within the time fixed as aforesaid, the Engineer-in-charge may depute a subordinate to
measure up the said work in the presence of the contractor or his duly authorised agent whose counter signature to
the measurement list shall be sufficient warrant, & the Engineer-in-charge may prepare a bill from such list which
shall be binding on the contractor in all respects.
CLAUSE 11; Bills to be on printed forms: The contractor shall submit all bills on the printed forms to be had on
application at the office of the Engineer-in-charge. The charges to be made in the bills shall always be entered at the
rates specified in the tender or in the case of any extra work ordered in pursuance of these conditions, & not
mentioned or provided for in the tender, at the rate herein after provided for such work.
CLAUSE 12; Stores supplied by MIDC: If the specification or estimate of the work provides for the use of any
special description of materials to be supplied from the store of MIDC or if it is required that the contractor shall use
certain stores to be provided by the Engineer-in-charge (such material & stores, & the prices to be charged therefore
as hereinafter mentioned being so far as practicable for the convenience of the contractor but not so as in any way to
control the meaning or effect of this contract specified in the schedule or memorandum hereto annexed) the
contractor shall be supplied with such materials & stores as may be required from time to time to be used by him for
the purpose of the contract only, & the value of the full quantity of the materials & stores so supplied shall be set off
or deducted from any sums then due, or thereafter to become due to the contractor under the contract, or otherwise,
or from the security deposit, or the proceeds of sale thereof; of the security deposit is held in Government securities,
the same of a sufficient portion thereof shall in that case be sold for the purpose. All materials supplied to the
contractor shall remain the absolute property of MIDC, & shall on no account be removed from the site of work, &
shall at all times be open to inspection by the Engineer-in-charge. Any such materials unused & in perfectly good
condition at the time of completion or termination of the contract shall be returned to MIDC store, if the Engineer-incharge so requires by a notice in writing given under his hand, but the contractor shall not be entitled to return any
such material except with consent of the Engineer-in-charge & he shall have no claim for compensation on account
of any such material supplied to him as aforesaid but remaining unused by him or for any wastage in or damage to
any such materials.
CLAUSE 13; Works to be executed in accordance with specifications, drawings, orders etc.: The contractor shall
execute the whole & every part of the work in most substantial & workmanlike manner, both as regards materials &
in every other respect in strict accordance with specifications. The contractor shall also conform exactly, fully &
faithfully to the designs, drawings & instructions in writing relating to the work signed by the Exe. Engineer-incharge & lodged in the office to which the contractor shall be entitled to have access for the purpose of inspection at
such office, or on the site of work during the office hours. The contractor will be entitled to receive 3 sets of contract
drawings & working drawings as well as one certified copy of the accepted tender along with the work order free of
cost. Further copies of the contract drawings & working drawings if required by him shall be supplied at the rate of
Rs.100 per No. of contract drawings & Rs.100 per No. of drawings except where otherwise specified.
Contractor
Page 14
Executive Engineer
CLAUSE 14; Alterations in specifications & designs not to invalidate contracts: The Engineer-in-charge shall have
power to make any alterations in, or addition to, the original specifications, drawings, designs & instructions that
may appear him to be necessary or advisable during the progress of work, & the contractor shall be bound to carry
out the work in accordance with any instructions in this connection which may be given to him in writing signed by
the Engineer-in-charge & such alteration shall not invalidate the contract; & any additional work which the
contractor may be directed to do in the manner above specified as part of the work shall be carried out by the
contractor on the same conditions in all respects on which he agreed to do the main work & at the same rates as are
specified in the tender for the main work.
Rates for works not entered in estimate, for schedule of rates of the district: And if the additional & altered work
includes any class of work for which no rate is specified in this contract; then such class of work shall be carried out
at the rates entered in the Schedule of Rates of the Division or at the rates mutually agreed upon between the
Engineer-in-charge & the contractor, whichever are lower. If the additional or altered work, for which no rate is
entered in the Schedule of Rates of the Division, is ordered to be carried out before the rates are agreed upon them,
the contractor shall, within seven days of the date of receipt by him of the order to carry out the work, inform the
Engineer-in-charge of the rate which he intends to charge for such class of work & if the Engineer-in-charge does not
agree to this rate, he shall By Notice in writing be at liberty to cancel his order to carry out such class of work, &
arrange to carry it out in such manner as he may consider advisable provided always that if the contractor shall
commence work or incur any expenditure in regard thereto before the rates shall have been determined as lastly
hereinbefore mentioned, then in such case he shall only be entitled to be paid in respect of the work carried out or
expenditure incurred by him prior to the date of the determination of the rate as aforesaid according to such rate(s) as
shall be fixed by the Engineer-in-charge. In the event of the dispute, the decision of the Suptd. Engineer of the circle
will be final.
Where, however, the work is to be executed according to the designs, drawings & specifications recommended by
the contractor & accepted by the competent authority the alterations above referred to shall be within the scope of
such designs, drawings & specifications appended to the tender.
Extensions of time in consequence of additions or alterations: The time limit for the completion of the work shall be
extended in the proportions that the increase in its cost occasioned by alterations/additions bears to the cost of the
original contract work & the certificate of the Engineer-in-charge as to such proportions shall be conclusive.
CLAUSE 15; No claim to any payment or compensation for alteration in, or restriction of work:
1. If at any time after execution of the contract documents the Engineer shall for any reason whatsoever (other than
default on the part of the contractor for which MIDC is entitled to rescind the contract) desire that the whole or any
part of the work specified in the tender should be suspended for any period or that the whole or part of the work
should not be carried out at all he shall give to the contractor a notice in writing of such desire & upon the receipt of
such notice the contractor shall forth required after having the regard of the appropriate stage at which the work
should be stopped or suspended so as to cause any damage or injury to the work already done or endanger the safety
thereon provided that the decision of the Engineer as to the stage at which the work or any part of it could be or could
have been safely stopped or suspended shall be final & conclusive against the contractor. The contractor shall have
no claim to any payment or compensation whatsoever by reason of or in pursuance of any notice as aforesaid on
Contractor
Page 15
Executive Engineer
account of any suspension, stoppage or curtailment except to the extent specified here in after.
2. Where the total suspension of work ordered as aforesaid continued for continuous period exceeding 90 days, the
contractor shall be at liberty to withdraw from the contractual obligations under the contract so far as it pertains to
the unexecuted part of the work by giving 10 days prior notice in writing to the Engineer within 30 days of the expiry
of the said period of 90 days of such intention are requiring the Engineer to record the final measurement of the work
already done & to pay the final bill. Upon giving such notice, the contractor shall be deemed to have been discharged
from his obligation to complete the remaining unexecuted work under this contract. On receipt of such notice the
Engineer shall proceed to complete the measurement & make such payment as may be finally due to the contractor
within a period of 90 days from receipt of such notice in respect of the work already done by the contractor. Such
payment shall not in any manner prejudice the right of the contractor to any further compensation under the
remaining provisions of this clause.
3. Where the Engineer requires the contractor to suspend the work for a period in excess of 30 days at any time or
60 days in the aggregate, the contractor shall be entitled to apply to the Engineer within 30 days of resumption of
work after such suspension for payment of compensation to the extent of pecuniary loss suffered by him in respect of
working machinery rendered idle on the site or on account of his having had to pay the salary/wages of a labour
engaged by him during the said period of suspension provided always that the contractor shall not be entitled to any
claim in respect of any such working machinery, salary/wages for the first 30 days whether consecutive or in the
aggregate of such suspension or in respect of any suspension where so ever occasioned by unsatisfactory work or any
other default on his part. The decision of the Engineer in this regard shall be final & conclusive against the
contractor.
4.
In the event of.
i)
Any total stoppage of work on notice from the Engineer under sub-clause(1) in that behalf.
ii) Withdrawal by the contractor from the contractual obligation to complete the remaining unexecuted work under
sub-clause (2) on account of continued suspension of work for a period exceeding 90 days, iii) Curtailment in the
quantity of item(s) originally tendered on account of any alteration, omission or substitutions in the specifications,
drawings, designs or instructions under Clause 14(1) where such curtailment exceeds 25% in quantity & the value of
the quantity curtailed beyond 25% at the rates for the item specified in the tender is more than Rs.5000/-.
It shall
be open to the contractor, within 90 days from the service of... i) The notice of stoppage of work or; ii) Other
notice of withdrawal from the contractual obligations under the contract on account of the continued suspension of
work or;
iii) Notice under Clause 15(i) resulting in such curtailment to produce to the Engineer satisfactory documentary
evidence of that he had purchased or agreed to purchase material for use in the contracted work before receipt by him
of the notice of stoppage, suspension or curtailment & require MIDC to take over on payment such material at the
rates determined by the Engineer. Provided, however, that such rates shall in no case exceed the rates at which the
same were acquired by the contractor. The MIDC shall thereafter take over the material so offered, provided the
quantities, offered, are not in excess of the requirements of the unexecuted work as specified in the accepted tender
and are of quality and specifications approved by the Engineer.
CLAUSE 15(A); No claim to compensation on account of loss due to delay in supply of material by MIDC: The
Contractor
Page 16
Executive Engineer
contractor shall not be entitled to claim any compensation from MIDC for the loss suffered by him on account of
delay by MIDC in the supply of materials entered in Schedule 'A' where such delay is caused by:
i) Difficulties relating to the supply of railway wagons.
ii) Force majeure.
iii) Act of God.
iv) Act of enemies of the state or any other reasonable cause beyond the control of MIDC.
In the case of delay in the supply of materials MIDC shall grant such extension of time for the completion of the
works as shall appear to the Exe. Engineer to be reasonable in accordance with the circumstances of the case. The
decision of the Exe. Engineer as to the extension of time shall be accepted as final by the contractor.
CLAUSE 15 (B); Time limit for unforeseen claims: Under no circumstances whatever shall the contractor be entitled
to any compensation from MIDC on any account unless the contractors shall have submitted a claim in writing to the
Engineer-in-charge within one month of the cause of such claim occurring.
CLAUSE 16; Action & compensation payable in case of bad work: If any time before the security deposit or any part
thereof is refunded to the contractor it shall appear to the Engineer-in-charge or his subordinate in charge of the
work, that any work has been executed with unsound, imperfect or unskillful workmanship or with materials of
inferior quality or that materials / articles provided by him for the execution of the work are unsound, or of a quality
inferior to that contracted for, or are otherwise not in accordance with the contract, it shall be lawful for the Engineer
-in-charge to intimate this fact in writing to the contractor & then not with standing the fact that the work, materials
or articles complained of may have been inadvertently passed, certified & paid for, the contractor shall be bound to
forthwith rectify, or remove & reconstruct the work so specified in whole or in part, as the case may require or if so
required, shall remove the materials or articles so specified & provided other proper & suitable materials or articles at
his own charge & cost & in the event of his failing to do so within a period to be specified by the Engineer-in-charge
in the written intimation aforesaid, the contractor shall be liable to pay compensation at the rate of one percent on the
amount of the estimate for every day not exceeding 10 days, during which the failure so continues & in the case of
any failure the Engineer-in-charge may rectify or remove & re-execute the work or remove & replace the materials
or articles complained of as the case may be at the risk & expense in all respects of the contractor. Should the
Engineer-in-charge consider that any such inferior work or materials as described above may be accepted or made
use of, it shall be within his discretion to accept the same at such reduced rates as he may fix therefore.
CLAUSE 17; Work to be open to inspection. Contractor or responsible agent to be present: All works under or in
course of execution or executed in pursuance of the contract shall at all times be open to the inspection & supervision
of the Engineer-in-charge & his subordinates, & the contractor shall at all times during the usual working hours, & at
all other times at which reasonable notice of the intention of the Engineer-in-charge or his subordinate to visit the
work shall have been given to the contractor, either himself be present to receive orders & instructions, or have a
responsible agent duly accredited in writing present for that purpose. Orders given to the contractor's duly authorised
agent shall be considered to have the same force & effect as if they had been given to the contractor himself.
Contractor
Page 17
Executive Engineer
CLAUSE 18; Notice to be given before work is covered up: The contractor shall give not less than five day's notice
in writing to the Engineer-in-charge or his subordinate in-charge of the work before covering up or otherwise placing
beyond the reach of measurement any work in order that the same may be measured & correct dimensions thereof
taken before the same is so covered up or placed beyond the reach of measurement, & shall not cover up or place
beyond the reach of measurement any work without the consent in writing of the Engineer-in-charge or his
subordinate in-charge of the work & if any work shall be covered up or placed beyond the reach of measurement
without such notice having been given or consent obtained, the same shall be uncovered at the contractor's expense,
& in default thereof no payment or allowance shall be made for such work or for the materials with which the same
was executed.
CLAUSE 19; Contractor liable for damage done & for imperfections: If during the period of 60 Months from the
date of completion as certified by the Engineer-in-charge pursuant to Clause-7 of the contract or 60 Months after
commissioning the work, whichever is earlier in the opinion of the Exe. Engineer, the said work is defective in any
manner whatsoever, the contractor shall forthwith on receipt of notice in that behalf from the Exe. Engineer, duly
commence execution & completely carry out at his cost in every respect all the work that may be necessary for
rectifying & setting right the defects specified therein including dismantling & reconstruction of unsafe portions
strictly in accordance with & in the manner prescribed & under the supervision of the Exe. Engineer. In the event of
the contractor failing or neglecting to commence execution of the said rectification work within the period prescribed
therefore in the said notice &/or to complete the same as aforesaid as required by the said notice, the Exe. Engineer
get the same executed & carried out departmentally or by any other agency at the risk on account & at the cost of
contractor. The contractor shall forthwith on demand pay to the MIDC the amount of such costs, charges & expenses
sustained or incurred by the MIDC of which the certificate of the Exe. Engineer shall be final & binding on the
contractor. Such costs, charges & expenses shall be deemed to be arrears of land revenue & in the event of the
contractor failing or neglecting to pay the same on demand as aforesaid without prejudice to any other rights &
remedies of the MIDC the same may be recovered from the contractor as arrears of land revenue. The MIDC shall
also be entitled to deduct the same from any amount which may then be payable or which may thereafter become
payable by the MIDC to the contractor either in respect of the said work or any other work whatsoever or from the
amount of security deposit retained by MIDC (of which the certificate of the Engineer-in-charge shall be final) from
any sums that may then be due or may thereafter become due to the contractor; or from his security deposit or the
proceeds of sale thereof, or of a sufficient portion thereof.
CLAUSE 20 Contractor to supply plant, ladders, scaffoldings etc.: The contractor shall supply at his own cost all
materials (except such special materials, if any, as may, in accordance with the contract, be supplied from the MIDC
stores) plant, tools, appliances, implements, ladders, cordage, tackles, scaffolding, & temporary works requisite or
proper for the proper execution of the work, whether, in the original, altered or substituted form, & whether included
in the specifications, or other documents forming part of the contract or referred to in these conditions or not &
which may be necessary for the purpose of satisfying or complying with the requirements of the Engineer-in-charge
as to any matter as to which under these conditions he is entitled to be satisfied, or which is entitled to require
together with carriage therefore, to & from the work.
Contractor is liable for damages arising from non-provisions of lights, fencing etc.
The contractor shall also supply without charge the requisite number of persons with the means & materials
Contractor
Page 18
Executive Engineer
necessary for the purpose of setting out works, &, counting, weighing & assisting the measurement or examination at
any time & from time to time of the work or the materials. Failing this the same may be provided by the Engineer-incharge at the expense of the contractor & the expenses may be deducted from any money due to the contractor under
the contract or from his security deposit or the proceeds of sale thereof, or of a sufficient portion thereof. The
contractor shall provide all necessary fencing & lights required to protect the public from accident, & shall also be
bound to bear expenses of defense of every suit, action or other legal proceedings, that may be brought by any
persons for injury sustained owing to neglect of the above precautions, & to pay any damages & costs which may be
awarded in any such suit, action or proceedings to any such person, or which may with the consent of the contractor
be paid for compromising any claim by any such person.
CLAUSE 21: The contractor shall provide suitable scaffolds & working platforms, gangways & stairways, & shall
comply with the following regulations in connections therewith.
a) Suitable scaffolds shall be provided for workmen for all work that cannot be safely done from a ladder or by
other means
.b) A scaffold shall not be constructed, taken down, or substantially altered, except
Under the supervision of a competent & responsible person; &
i)
ii) as far as possible by competent workers possessing adequate experience in this kind of work.
c)
All scaffolds & appliances connected therewith & all ladders shall :i)
be of sound materials;
ii) be of adequate strength having regard to the loads & strains to which they will be
subjected; &
iii) be maintained in proper condition

d)
Scaffolds shall be so constructed that no part thereof can be displaced in consequence of
normal use.
e)
Scaffolds shall not be overloaded & so far as practicable the load shall be evenly distributed.
f)
Before installing lifting gear on scaffolds special precautions shall be taken to ensure the strength & stability
of the scaffolds.
g)
Scaffolds shall be periodically inspected by a competent person.
h)
Before allowing a scaffold to be used by his workmen the contractor shall, whether the scaffold has been
erected by his workmen or not, take steps to ensure that it complies fully with the regulations herein specified.
i)
i)
Working platforms, gangways & stairways shall :be so constructed that no part thereof can sag unduly or unequally.
ii) be so constructed & maintained, having regard to the prevailing conditions as to reduce as far as practicable risks
Contractor
Page 19
Executive Engineer
of persons tripping or slipping; &

iii) be kept free from any unnecessary obstructions,
j)
In the case of working platforms, gangways, working places & stairways at a height exceeding eight feet.
i)
every working platform & every gangway shall be closely boarded unless other adequate measure are taken to
ensure safety.
ii) every working platform & gangway shall have adequate width; &
iii) every working platform, gangway, working place & stairway shall be suitably fenced.
k)
Every opening in the floor of a building or in a working platform shall, except for the time & to the extent
required to allow the access of persons or the transport of shifting of material, be provided with suitable means to
prevent the fall of persons or material.
l)
When persons are employed on a roof where there is a danger of falling from a height exceeding six feet
suitable precautions shall be taken to prevent fall of persons or material,
m)
Suitable precautions shall be taken to prevent persons being struck by articles which might fall from scaffolds
or other working places,
n)
Safe means of access shall be provided to all working platforms & other working places.
CLAUSE 22: The contractor shall comply with the following regulations as regards hoisting appliances to be used by
him:
a) Hoisting machines & tackles, including their attachments, anchorages & support shall:i)
be of good mechanical construction, sound material & adequate strength & free from patent defect; &
ii) be kept in good repair & in good working order.

b) Every rope used in hoisting/lowering materials or as a means of suspension shall be of suitable quality, adequate
strength & free from patent defect.
c) Hoisting machines & tackle shall be examined & adequately tested after erection on the site & before use & be
re-examined in position at intervals to be prescribed by the MIDC.
d) Every chain, ring, hook, shackle, swivel & pulley block used in hoisting/lowering materials or as a means of
suspension shall be periodically examined.
e) Every crane driver/hoisting appliance operator shall be properly qualified.
Contractor
Page 20
Executive Engineer
f) No person who is below the age of 18 years shall be in control of any hoisting machine including any scaffold or
give signals to the operator.
g) In the case of every hoisting machine & of every chain, ring, hook, shackle, swivel & pulley block used in
hoisting/ lowering/ as a means of suspension the safe working load shall be ascertained by adequate means.
h) Every hoisting machine & all gears referred to in the preceding regulation shall be plainly
safe working load.
marked with the
i)
In the case of a hoisting machine having a variable safe working load each safe working load & the conditions
under which it is applicable shall be clearly indicated. j)
No part of any hoisting machine or of any gear referred
to in regulation (g) above shall be loaded beyond the safe working load except for the purpose of testing.
k) Motors, gearings, transmissions, electric wiring & other dangerous parts of hoisting appliance shall be provided
with efficient safeguards.
l)
Hoisting appliances shall be provided with such means as will reduce to a minimum the risk of the accidental
descent of the load.
m) Adequate precautions shall be taken to reduce to a minimum the risk of any part of a suspended load becoming
accidentally displaced.
CLAUSE 23: Measure for prevention of fire: The contractor shall not set fire to any standing jungle, trees,
brushwood or grass without written permit from the Exe. Engineer.When such permit is given, & also in all cases
when destroying cut or dug up trees, brushwood, grass etc. by fire, the contractor shall take necessary measures to
prevent such fire spreading to or otherwise damaging surrounding property. The contractor shall make his own
arrangements for drinking water for the labour employed by him.
CLAUSE 24: Liability of contractor for any damage done in or outside work area: Compensation for all damage
done intentionally or unintentionally by contractor's labour whether in or beyond the limits of MIDC property
including any damage caused by the spreading of fire mentioned in Clause 22 shall be estimated by the Engineer-incharge or such other officer as he may appoint & the estimates of the Engineer-in-charge subject to the decision of
the Suptd. Engineer on appeal shall be final & the contractor shall be bound to pay the amount of the assessed
compensation on demand failing which the same will be recovered from the contractor as damages in the manner
prescribed in Clause 1 or deducted by the Engineer-in-charge from any sums that may be due or become due from
MIDC to the contractor under this contract or otherwise.
The contractor shall bear the expenses of defending any action or other legal proceedings that may be brought by any
persons for injury sustained by him owing to neglect of precautions to prevent the spread of fire & he shall pay any
damages & cost that may be awarded by the court in consequence.
CLAUSE 25: Employment of female labour: The employment of female labourers on works in the neighbourhood of
soldier's barracks should be avoided as far as possible.
Contractor
Page 21
Executive Engineer
CLAUSE 26: Work on Sundays: No work shall be done on a Sunday without the sanction in writing of the Engineerin-charge.
CLAUSE 27: Work not to be sublet. Contract may be rescinded & security deposit forfeited for subletting it without
approval or for bribing a public officer or if contractor becomes insolvent: The contract shall not be assigned/sublet
without the written approval of the Engineer-in-charge. And if the contractor shall assign or sublet his contract, or
attempt so to do or become insolvent or commence any proceeding to get himself adjudicated an insolvent or make
any composition with his creditors, or attempt so to do or if any bribe, gratuity, gift, loan, perquisite, reward or
advantage, pecuniary or otherwise, shall either directly or indirectly be given, promised or offered by the contractor,
or any of his servants or agents to any public officer or person in the employ of MIDC in any way relating to his
office or employment, or if any such officer or person shall become in any way directly or indirectly interested in the
contract, the Engineer-in-charge may thereupon by notice in writing rescind the contract, & the security deposit of
the contractor shall thereupon stand forfeited & be absolutely at the disposal of MIDC & the same consequences
shall ensue as if the contract had been rescinded under Clause 3 hereof & in addition the contractor shall not be
entitled to recover or be paid for any work therefore actually performed under the contract.
CLAUSE 28: Sum payable by way of compensation to be considered as reasonable compensation without reference
to actual loss: All sums payable by a contractor by way of compensation under any of these conditions shall be
considered as a reasonable compensation to be applied to the use of MIDC without reference to the actual loss or
damage sustained, & whether any damage has or has not been sustained.
CLAUSE 29: Changes in the constitution of firm to be notified: In the case of tender by partners, any change in the
constitution of a firm shall be forthwith notified by the contractor to the Engineer-in-charge for his information.
CLAUSE 30: Works to be under direction of Suptd.Engineer: All works to be executed under the contract shall be
executed under the direction & subject to the approval in all respects of the Superintending Engineer of the Circle for
the time being, who shall be entitled to direct at what point(s) & in what manner they are to be commenced, & from
time to time carried on.
CLAUSE 31: Decision of Superintending Engineer to be final:
Except where otherwise specified in the contract & subject to the powers delegated to him by MIDC under the Code
rules then in force, the decision of the Suptd. Engineer of the Circle for the time being shall be final, conclusive &
binding on all parties to the contract upon all questions relating to the meaning of the specifications, designs,
drawings & instructions hereinbefore mentioned & as to the quality of workmanship, or materials used on the work,
or as to any other question, claim, right, matter or thing whatsoever, if any way arising out of, or relating to the
contract, designs, drawings, specifications, estimates, instructions, orders or other conditions, or otherwise,
concerning the works or the execution, or failure to execute the same, whether arising during the progress of work, or
after the completion or abandonment thereof.
CLAUSE 32: Stores of European/American manufacture to be obtained from MIDC: The contractor shall obtain
from the MIDC's store all stores & articles of European or American manufacture which may be required for the
work, or any part thereof or in making up any articles required therefor or in connection therewith unless he has
obtained permission in writing from the Engineer-in-charge to obtain such stores & articles elsewhere. The value of
such stores & articles as may be supplied to the contractor by the Engineer-in-charge will be debited to the contractor
Contractor
Page 22
Executive Engineer
in his account at the rates shown in the Schedule in Form 'A' attached to the contract & if they are not entered in the
said Schedule, they shall be debited to him at cost price which for the purposes of this contract shall include the cost
of carriage & all other expenses whatsoever, which shall have been incurred in obtaining delivery of the same at the
stores aforesaid.
CLAUSE 33: Lump sums in estimates: When the estimate on which a tender is made, includes lump sums in respect
of parts of the work, the contractor shall be entitled to payment in respect of the items of work involved or the part of
the work in question at the same rates as are payable under this contract for each items, or if the part of the work in
question is not in the opinion of the Engineer-in-charge capable of measurement, the Engineer-in-charge may at his
discretion pay the lump amount entered in the estimate, & the certificate in writing of the Engineer-in-charge shall be
final & conclusive against the contractor with regard to any sum(s) payable to him under the provision of this clause.
CLAUSE 34: Action where no specification exists: In the case of any class of work for which there is no such
specification as is mentioned in Rule 1 such work shall be carried out in accordance with the Divisional specification,
& in the event of there being no Divisional specification, then in such case the work shall be carried out in all
respects in accordance with the instructions & requirements of the Engineer-in-charge.
CLAUSE 35: Definition of work: The expression "work(s)" where used in these conditions, shall, unless there be
something in the subject or context repugnant to such construction, be construed to mean the work(s) contracted to be
executed under or in virtue of the contract, whether temporary or permanent & whether original, altered, substituted
or additional.
CLAUSE 36: Contractor's percentage whether applied to net or gross amounts of bill: The percentage referred to in
the tender shall be deducted from/added to the gross amount of the bill before deducting the value of any stock
issued.
CLAUSE 37: Payment of quarry fees & royalties: All quarry fees, royalties, octroi, duties & ground rent for stacking
materials, if any, should be paid by the contractor, as specified elsewhere in tender.
CLAUSE 38: Compensation under the Workmen's Compensation Act: The contractor shall be responsible for &
shall pay any compensation to his workmen payable under the Workmen's Compensation Act, 1923 (VIII of 1923),
hereinafter called the said Act) for injuries caused to the workmen. If such compensation is paid by MIDC as
principal under sub-section (1) of section 12 of the said Act on behalf of the contractor, it shall be recoverable by
MIDC from the contractor under sub-section (2) of the said section. Such compensation shall be recovered in the
manner laid down in Clause 1 above.
CLAUSE 39: The contractor shall be responsible for & shall pay the expenses of providing medical aid to any
workman who may suffer a bodily injury as a result of an accident. If such, expenses are incurred by MIDC the same
shall be recoverable from the contractor forthwith & be deducted without prejudice to any other remedy of MIDC
from any amount due or that may become due to the contractor.
CLAUSE 40: The contractor shall provide all necessary personal safety equipment & first aid apparatus available for
the use of the persons employed on the site, shall maintain the same conditions suitable for immediate use at any time
& shall comply with the following regulations in connection herewith :Contractor
Page 23
Executive Engineer
a) The workers shall be required to use the equipment so provided by the contractor & the contractor shall take
adequate steps to ensure proper use of the equipment by those concerned.
b) When work is carried on in proximity to any place where there is a risk of drowning, all necessary equipment
shall be provided & kept ready for use & all necessary steps shall be taken for the prompt rescue of any person in
danger.
c) Adequate provision shall be made for prompt first aid treatment of all injuries likely to be sustained during the
course of the work.
CLAUSE 41: Claim for Quantities entered in the Tender or Estimate:
1.Quantities in respect of the several items shown in the tender are approximate & no revision in the tendered rate
shall be permitted in respect of any of the items so long as, subject to any special provision contained in the
specifications prescribing different percentage of permissible variation, the quantity of the item does not exceed the
tender quantity by more than 25% & so long as the value of the excess quantity beyond this limit at the rate of the
item specified in the tender is not more than Rs.5,000/-.
2.The contractor shall, if ordered in writing by the Engineer to do so, carry out any quantities in excess of the limit
mentioned above in sub-clause (1) hereof, on the same conditions as & in accordance with the specifications in the
tender & at the rates (i)
derived from the rates entered in the current Schedule of Rates & in absence of such
rates, (ii) at the rate prevailing in the market. The said rate being increased/decreased as the case may be, by the
percentage which the total tendered amount bears to the estimated cost of the work as put to tender based on
Schedule of Rates applicable to the year in which the tender was invited. For the purpose of operation of this clause,
this cost shall be taken to be worked out from the DSR prevailing at the time at the acceptance of tender.
3.Claims arising out of reduction in the tender quantity of any item beyond 25% will be governed by the
provision of Clause 15 only, when the amount of such reduction beyond 25% at the rate of the item
specified in the tender is more than Rs.5,000/-.(The clause is not applicable to extra items)
4. The clause is not applicable to extra items.
5.There is no change in the item rate if the excess is more than 25% of the tendered quantity but the value
of excess work at the tendered rate does not exceed Rs.5000/6.The quantities to be paid at tendered rate shall include
a)
Tendered quantity plus
b) 25% excess of the tendered quantity or the excess quantity of the value of Rs.5000/- at the tendered
rates, whichever is more.
Contractor
Page 24
Executive Engineer
CLAUSE 42: Employment of famine affected labour: The contractor shall employ any famine, affected, convict or
other labour of a particular kind or class if ordered in writing to do so by the Engineer-in-charge.
CLAUSE 43: Claim for compensation for delay in starting the work: No compensation shall be allowed for any delay
caused in the starting of the work on account of acquisition of land or, in the case of clearance works, on account of
any delay in according sanction to estimates.
CLAUSE 44: Claim for compensation for delay in the execution of work: No compensation shall be allowed for any
delay in the execution of the work on account of water standing in borrow pits or compartments. The rates are
inclusive for hard or cracked soil, excavation in mud, sub-soil water or water standing in borrow pits & no claim for
an extra rate shall be entertained, unless otherwise expressly specified.
CLAUSE 45: Entering upon or commencing any portion of work: The contractor shall not enter upon or commence
any portion of work except with the written authority & instructions of the Engineer-in-charge or of his subordinatein-charge of the work. Failing such authority the contractor shall have no claim to ask for measurements of or
payment for work.
CLAUSE 46: Minimum age of persons employed, the employment of donkeys &/or other animals & the payment of
fair wages:
i)
No contractor shall employ any person who is under the age of 18 years.
ii) No contractor shall employ donkeys or other animals with breaching of string or thin rope. The breaching must be
atleast three inches wide & should be of tape (Nawar).
iii) No animal suffering from sores, lameness or emaciation or which is immature shall be employed on the work.
iv) The Engineer-in-charge or his agent is authorised to remove from the work any person/ animal found working
which does not satisfy these conditions & no responsibility shall be accepted by MIDC for any delay caused in the
completion of work by such removal.
v) The contractor shall pay fair & reasonable wages to the workmen employed by him in the contract undertaken by
him. In the event of any dispute arising between the contractor & his workmen on the grounds that the wages paid
are not fair & reasonable the dispute shall be referred without delay to the Exe. Engineer, who shall decide the same.
The decision of the Exe. Engineer shall be conclusive & binding on the contractor but such decision shall not in any
way affect the conditions in the contract regarding the payment to be made by MIDC at the sanctioned tender rates.
vi) The contractor shall provide drinking water facilities to the workers. Similar amenities shall be provided to the
workers engaged on large work in urban areas.
Contractor
Page 25
Executive Engineer
CLAUSE 47: Method of payment: Payment to contractors shall be made by cheques drawn on any bank within the
Division convenient to them, provided the amount exceeds Rs.10. Amounts not exceeding Rs.10 will be paid in cash.
CLAUSE 48: Acceptance of conditions compulsory before tendering for work: Any contractor who does not accept
these conditions shall not be allowed to tender for works.
CLAUSE 49: Employment of scarcity labour: If Government declares a state of scarcity or famine to exist in any
village situated within 10 miles of work, the contractor shall employ upon such parts of the work, as are suitable for
unskilled labour, any person certified to him by the Exe. Engineer or be any person to whom the Exe. Engineer may
have delegated this duty in writing to be in need of relief & shall be bound to pay to such persons wages not below
the minimum which the Government may have fixed in this behalf. Any dispute which may arise in connection with
the implementation of this clause shall be decided by the Exe. Engineer whose decision shall be final & binding on
the contractor.
CLAUSE 50: The prices quoted by the contractor shall not in any case exceed the control price if any fixed by
Government or reasonable price which is permissible for him to charge a private purchaser for the same class &
description of goods under the provisions of Hoarding & Profiteering Prevention Ordinance, 1943 as amended form
time to time. If the price quoted exceeds the controlled price or the price permissible under Hoarding & Profiteering
Prevention Ordinance the contractor will specifically mention this fact in his tender along with the reasons for
quoting such higher price. The purchaser at his discretion will in such case exercise the right of revising the price at
any stage so as to conform with the controlled price on the permissible under the Hoarding & Profiteering Prevention
Ordinance. This discretion will be exercised without prejudice to any other action that may be taken against the
contractor.
CLAUSE 51: The rates to be quoted by the contractor must be inclusive of sales tax/VAT, LBT etc. no extra
payment on this account will be made to the contractor.
CLAUSE 52: The contractor should as far as possible obtain his requirement of labour, skilled & unskilled from the
nearest Employment Exchange.
CLAUSE 53: The provision regarding contractor's labours provisioning the Contract Labour (Regulation &
Abolition) Act, 1970 with the Maharashtra Contract Labour (Regulation & Abolition) Rule, 1971 shall be binding on
the contractors. If the provision in the said Act contradicts with any of the provisions regarding Contractor's labours
in any of the clauses in this tender, the provisions in the Contract Labour (Regulation & Abolition) Act, 1970 with
the Maharashtra Labour (Regulation & Abolition) Rules, 1971 shall prevail.
CLAUSE 54: The contractor shall comply with the provisions of the Apprentices Act, 1961 & the rules & the orders
issued under these from time to time. If he/they fails to do so, the failure will be a breach of the contract & the
Superintending Engineer, may in his discretion, cancel the contract. The contractor shall be liable to him/them, of the
provisions of the Act.
Contractor
Page 26
Executive Engineer
CLAUSE 55: Supply of materials etc. by the contractors: The contractors are to provide every article (with the
exceptions noted in Schedule 'A' attached) which may be necessary & requisite for the due & proper execution of the
several works included in contract according to the true indent & measuring of the drawings & specifications taken
together which are to be signed by Exe. Engineer, MIDC, (hereinafter called the Exe. Engineer) & by the contractor
(s) whether the same may or may not have been prescribed in the specifications or shown on the drawings provided
however that the same are reasonable & obviously to be informed therefor. In case of any discrepancy between the
drawing & the specification the Exe. Engineer, shall decide which of the two is to be followed.
CLAUSE 56: Execution of work: The contractor shall set out the whole of the work as per approved drawings &
details supplied to him & as per the instruction given during the execution of work by the Engineer-in-charge or his
agent, & shall rectify any errors, which may be found therein & shall provide all necessary labour & materials for the
purpose. The contractor shall also provide plants, labour & materials (with the exceptions noted in Schedule attached
which may be necessary & requisite for the works). The materials & workmanship are to be the best of their
respective jobs. The contractor shall have the work in all respects clean & perfect at the completion thereof.
CLAUSE 57: Drawings & Specifications: Atleast 6 copies of the drawings & specifications submitted by the
Contractor & approved & signed by the Superintending Engineer shall be furnished by the Contractors to the MIDC
& copies there of shall be kept on binding. Contractor's agent who is to be constantly kept on the ground by the Exe.
Engineer, MIDC, under Schedule 'A' of the contract will supply plain MS rounds &/or TOR steel depending upon the
availability. As such, designs based on exclusive use Tor steel shall not be accepted.
CLAUSE 58: Control over works: The Exe. Engineer or his duly authorised representative have at all times access to
the works which are to be entirely under his control. He may require the Contractors to dismiss person in the
Contractor's employment upon the works if such person in his opinion is incompetent or misconducts himself & the
contractor shall forthwith comply with every such requirements.
CLAUSE 59: Materials left at site: All works & materials brought & left upon the site of the work either by the
contractor or by his orders for the purpose of forming part of the work are to be considered to be property of the
MIDC, & the same shall not be removed or carried away by the Contractor or any other person, without the special
leave or consent in writing of the Exe. Engineer, but the MIDC shall not in any way be answerable for any loss or
damage which may happen to or in respect of any such work or materials on account of the same being lost or stolen
or injured or damaged by weather or otherwise.
CLAUSE 60: Removal & substitution of materials: The Exe. Engineer, shall have full power to order the removal
from the premises of the materials which in his opinion are not in accordance with the specifications & may employ
other persons to remove the same without having to be answerable or accountable for any loss or damage that may be
caused to such materials. The Exe. Engineer, shall also have full power to order other proper material to be
substituted & in case of default the Exe. Engineer, may cause the same to be supplied & all cost which be incurred in
such removal & substitution shall be borne by the contractor.
CLAUSE 61: Action in case of improper materials & workmanship: If in the opinion of the Exe. Engineer, any work
or any part thereof is executed with improper materials or defective workmanship, the contractor shall when required
by the Exe. Engineer, forthwith re-execute the same & substitute proper material & workmanship & in case of
default by the contractor in so doing within a week from the date of the requisition, the Exe. Engineer, shall have full
Contractor
Page 27
Executive Engineer
power to employ other persons to re-execute the work & cost there of shall be borne by the contractor.
CLAUSE 62: Action & compensation payable in case of backlog/delay: If at any time before security deposit is
refunded to the Contractor, it shall appear to the Exe. Engineer or his subordinate in-charge of the work, that any
works have been executed with unsound, imperfect or unskillful workmanship or with materials or articles provided
by him for the execution of the work are unsound, or of a quality inferior to that contracted, it shall be lawful for the
Engineer-in-charge to intimate this fact in writing to the Contractor & then not with standing the fact that the work,
materials or articles complained or any have been inadvertently passed, certified & paid for, the contractor shall be
bound to forthwith rectify or remove or reconstruct the work so specified in whole or in part, as the case may require,
or if so required, shall remove the materials or articles so specified & provide other proper & suitable materials or
articles at his own charge & cost. In the event of his failing to do so within in the limit aforesaid, the Contractor shall
be liable, to pay compensation at the rate of 1 % on the amount of the estimated cost for every day not exceeding 10
days, during which the failure so continues & in the event of any such failures as aforesaid the Engineer-in-charge
may rectify or remove & re-execute the work or remove & replace the material/articles complained of, as the case
may be, at the risk & expenses in all respects of the Contractor. Should the Engineer-in-charge consider that any such
inferior work or materials as described above is not acceptable, then it will be straight way rejected.
CLAUSE 63: Performance & guarantee of the work or plant completed by the contractor: The contractor shall make
good & repair defects in materials & workmanship & performance etc. revealed in the finished work or the plant
completed by him, for a period of 60 Months from the date of which final completion certificate, is issued by the
Engineer-in-charge. The decision of the Engineer-in-charge as to the necessity of repairs shall be binding on the
contractor. If the contractor fails to maintain & keep in proper condition the work completed by him or if the plant
erected by him falls in performance of guarantee furnished by the contractor over the stipulated period of
maintenance or performance, then the Engineer-in-charge shall be entitled to carry out the necessary repairs,
departmentally or through another agency at the cost of contractor. The decision of Engineer-in-charge regarding the
amount of the expenses incurred in carrying out the repairs shall be final & binding on the contractor. The Engineerin-charge shall be entitled to forfeit the whole or any part of the security deposit towards the expenses incurred by
him in repairing the work completed by the contractor.
CLAUSE 64: Responsibility of contractor for damage or fire etc.: From the commencement of the work to the
completion of the same, the work shall be under the Contractor's charge. The contractor shall be held responsible for
any damage done to the same by fire or any other cause & they shall be liable to make good all such damages & to
carry out any repairs which may be rendered necessary to the same by fire or other causes & they are to hold the
MIDC harmless from any claims for injuries to persons or structural damage, damage to property happening from
any neglect or default or want of proper care or misconduct on the part of the Contractor or any of their employee
during the execution of the work.
CLAUSE 65: Execution of work included in the contract: The Exe. Engineer shall have full power to send workmen
on the premises to execute fittings & other works not included in the Contract & for which the Contractors shall
afford every reasonable facility during ordinary working hours, provided that such operations shall be carried on in
such a manner as not to impede the progress of the work included in the contract. The contractor shall not however
be responsible for any damage which may happen to or be occasioned in the execution of any such fittings or other
works.
Contractor
Page 28
Executive Engineer
Contractor
Page 29
Executive Engineer

Schedule A
Name Of Work
Widening of Chillar-Boisar approach road to four lane road.
Schedule showing (approx) the material to be issued to the contractor for works to be executed on this
contract, & the rate at which they are to be charged.
Schedule B
Sr. No.
Particulars
NIL
NIL
Rate at which the

Material is to be
Quantity
charged to the
contractor with unit
NIL
NIL
Unit
Place of
Delivery
NIL
NIL
TERMS & CONDITIONS FOR ISSUE OF MATERIAL UNDER SCHEDULE 'A'
1.Materials required in excess of the quantity may or may not be supplied by the Deptt. If not
supplied, the contractor should make his own arrangements to provide the same, for which no extra
claims will be entertained.
2.All materials remaining unused after the completion of the works should be returned to the
Department at the Departmental Store. For the materials remaining unused & not returned, recovery
will be effective at twice the issue rate of the materials or the prevailing market rate at the time of
completion of work, whichever is higher.
3.Considerable delay is likely to occur in getting the materials required to be conveyed by rail,
whether such materials are to be supplied by the MIDC or by the contractor himself. The contractor,
therefore, should submit indent for his requirement sufficiently in advance to allow for the period
usually taken for supply of such material.
No responsibility can be accepted for such delays in regard to supply of these materials. Every
assistance will be given to obtain the supplies as quickly as possible.
4.Contractor should check the materials before they are issued to him. Any complaint after the
material is accepted by him will not be entertained.
5.The contractor should make his own arrangements for storing, the material issued to him, by
constructing a pucca shed which should be leak proof & should protect against moist climates.
6.All other
materials
in the above schedule will have to be procured by the contractors
from
the open
marketnot
at included
his own cost.
Contractor
Page 30
Executive Engineer
from the open market at his own cost.

7.The contractor shall maintain a regular account of consumption of the material issued to him by the
Department, either at cost or free of cost & shall be produced when asked for.
8.All conveyance charges including loading & unloading operations for bringing the materials issued
from the place of delivery to the site of work should be borne by the contractor.
9.Weight of MS rounds that will be issued under Schedule 'A' will be computed on the basis of
following table.
Dia of Bar in mm.
Weight in Kg/RM length of

bar
6
8
10
12
16
18
20
22
25
28
32
36
40
0.22
0.39
0.62
0.89
1.58
2.00
2.46
2.92
3.85
4.83
6.31
7.99
9.87
In case of dispute or delegations in diameters, computation of weights shall be made at a rate of

0.785 Kg/Sq.cm. of cross sectional area.
10.The issue of steel from the stores stipulated in Schedule 'A' shall be on the basis of lengths of MS
rounds measured in metric system to the nearest 10mm. length. The surplus steel after completion
of work shall also be taken back & measured on the same basis. The MS rounds returned to the
departmental store shall be in the form of cut pieces of whole lengths remaining unutilised & will be
accepted as such. Pieces of length one metre & above shall accepted. The percentage waste in the
Contractor
Page 31
Executive Engineer
form of pieces of length below one metre shall not be more than 1% of the tonnage actually used in
work. Any additional loss beyond 1% stipulated above, shall be treated as used in an unauthorized &
wasteful manner, & recovery at double the issue rate or market rate, whichever is more, shall be
effected for such wasteful use of steel.
Contractor
Page 32
Executive Engineer
ACCOMPANIMENT TO THE GOVERNMENT RESOLUTION

PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT NO. CAT/06/04/148 DT 16.5.2005
PRICE VARIATION CLAUSE
1. If during the operative period of the contract as defined in condition (i) below,there shall be any variation in the
Consumer Price Index (New Series) for Industrial workers for MUMBAI Centre as per the Labour Gazette published
by the Commissioner of Labour, Govt.of Maharashtra &/or in the Wholesale Price Index for all commodities
prepared by the Office of Economic Adviser, Ministry of Industry, Govt. of India, or in the price of petrol/oil &
lubricants & major construction materials like bitumen, cement, steel, various types of metal pipes etc, then subject
to the other conditions mentioned below, price adjustment on account of
i) Labour component
ii) Material component
iii) Petrol, oil & lubricant components
iv) Bitumen component
v) HYSD & mild steel component
vi) Cement component
vii) CI & DI pipes component
calculated as per the formula hereinafter appearing, shall be made. Apart from these, no other adjustment shall be
made to the contract price for any reason whatsoever. Component percentage as given below are as of the total cost
of work put to tender. Total of labour, material & POL components shall be 100 & other components shall be as per
actual's,
i) Labour component
(Kl) 30 %
ii) Material component
(K2) 65 %
iii) Petrol, Oil & Lubricant components (K3) 5 %
iv) Bitumen component
v) HYSD & mild steel component
8mm to 10 mm dia.
Rs.49220/-/MT
12mm dia. and above
Rs.48150/-/MT
vi) Cement component
Rs.6000/-/MT
vii) CI & DI pipes component
Note: if cement, steel, bitumen, CI & DI pipes are supplied on Schedule-A, then respective component shall not be
considered. Also, if particular component is not relevant, same shall be deleted.
Contractor
Page 33
Executive Engineer
1)
Formula for Labour components :
V1 = 0.85 P x K1 x L1-L0
100
L0
Where
V1= Amount of price variation in Rupees to be allowed for labour component P= Cost of work done during the
quarter under consideration minus the cost of cement, HYSD & mild steel, bitumen, CI & DI pipes calculated at the
basic star rates as applicable for the tender, consumed during the quarter under consideration. Star rates:
K1= Percentage of LABOUR component as indicated above.
L0= Basic Consumer Price Index for MUMBAI centre shall be average consumer price index for the quarter
preceding the month in which the last date prescribed for receipt of tender falls.
L1= Average Consumer Price Index for MUMBAI centre for the quarter under consideration.
2)
Formula for Materials components :
V2 = 0.85 P x K2 x M1 -M0
100
M0
Where
V2= Amount of price variation in Rupees to be allowed for material component P= Same as worked out for labour
component K2= Percentage of Material component as indicated above.
M0= Basic Wholesale Price Index shall be average wholesale price index for the quarter preceding the month in
which the last date prescribed for receipt of tender falls.
M1= Average Wholesale Price Index for the quarter under consideration.
3)
Formula for petrol, oil & lubricant components :
V3 = 0.85 P x K3 x P1-P0
100
Contractor
P0
Page 34
Executive Engineer
Where
V3= Amount of price variation in Rupees to be allowed for POL component
P= Same as worked out for labour component
K3= Percentage of petrol, oil & lubricant component as indicated above.
P0= Average Price of HSD at MUMBAI, during the quarter preceding the month in which the last date prescribed for
receipt of tender falls.
P1= Average Price of HSD at MUMBAI, during the quarter under consideration.
4)
Formula for Bitumen Component:
V4 = QB (B1 - B0)
Where
V4= Amount of price variation in Rupees to be allowed for bitumen component
QB= Quantity of bitumen (Grade ) in Metric Tonnes used in the
permanent works & approved enabling works during the quarter under consideration.
B1= Current, average ex-refinery price per metric tonne of bitu
men (Grade ) under consideration including taxes (octroi,
excise, sales tax/VAT etc) during the quarter under consideration.
B0= Basic rate of bitumen in Rupees per metric tonne as considered for working out value of P or average exrefinery price in Rupees per metric tonne including taxes (octroi, excise, sales tax/VAT) of bitumen for the grade of
bitumen under consideration during prevailing quarter preceding the month in which the last date prescribed for
receipt of tender falls whichever is higher.
5)
Formula for HYSD & mild steel component: V5 = SO x (SI1 - SI0) x T

SI0
Contractor
Page 35
Executive Engineer
Where
V5= Amount of price variation in Rupees to be allowed for HYSD/ mild steel component SO= Basic rate of
HYSD/mild steel in rupees per metric tonne as considered for working outvalue of P. SI1= Average Steel Index as
per RBI Bulletin during the quarter under considerationSI0= Average of Steel Index as per RBI Bulletin for the
quarter preceding the month in which the last date prescribed for receipt of tender falls. T= Tonnage of steel used in
the permanent works for the quarter under consideration.
6)
Formula for cement component :V6 = CO x (CI1 - CI0) x T

CI0
Where
V6= Amount of price escalation in Rupees to be allowed for cement component CO= Basic rate of cement in
rupees per metric tonne as considered for working out value of P. CI1= Average Cement Index published in the RBI
Bulletin for the quarter under consideration. CI0= Average of Cement Index published in the RBI Bulletin for the
quarter preceding the month in which the last date prescribed for receipt of tender falls. T= Tonnage of cement used
in the permanent works for the quarter under consideration.
7)
Formula for CI/DI pipe Component: V7 = QD x (D1 - D0)
Where
V7= Amount of price escalation in Rupees to be allowed for CI/DI pipe component D0= Pig iron basic price in
Rupees per tonne considered for working out value of P. D1= Average pig iron price in Rupees per tonne during the
quarter under consideration (Published by IISCO). QD= Tonnage of CI/DI pipes used in the works during the quarter
under consideration.
The following conditions shall prevail:
b) The operative period of the contract shall mean the period commencing from the date of the work order issued to
the contractor & ending on the date on which the time allowed for the completion of work specified in the contract
for work expires, taking into considering the extension of time, if any, for completion of the work granted by
Engineer under the relevant clauses of the Conditions of Contract in cases other than those where such extension is
necessitated on account of default of the contractor. The decision of Engineer as regards the Operative Period of the
contract shall be final & binding on the contractor. Where any compensation for liquidated damages is levied on the
contractor on account of delay in completion or inadequate progress under the relevant contract provisions, the price
adjustment amount for the balance of work from the date of levy of such compensation shall be worked out by
pegging the indices L1, M1, C1, P1, B1, SI1, CI1 to levels corresponding to the date from which such compensation
is levied. ii) This price variation clause shall be applicable to all contracts in B1 & B2 forms but shall not apply to
piece works. The price variation shall be determined during each quarter as per formula given above in this clause.
iii) Price variation under this clause shall not be payable for the extra items required to be executed during the
completion of the work & also on the excess quantities of items payable under the provision of Clause 14/41 of the
contract form B1 & B2. Since the rates payable for the extra items or the extra quantities under Clause 14/41 are to
be fixed as per the current DSR or as mutually agreed to yearly revision till completion
of such
work. In other words,
Contractor
Executive
Engineer
Page 36
be fixed as per the current DSR or as mutually agreed to yearly revision till completion of such work. In other words,
when the completion/execution of extra items as well as extra quantities under Clause 14/41 of the Contract Form B1
& B2 extends beyond the operative date of the DSR, then rates payable for the same beyond that date shall be revised
with reference to the current DSR prevalent at that time on year to year basis or revised in accordance with mutual
agreement thereon, as provided for in the contract, whichever is less. iv) This clause is operative both ways ie.if the
price variation as calculated above is on the plus side, payment on account of the price variation shall be allowed to
the contractor & if it is on the negative side, MIDC shall be entitled to recover the same from the contractor & the
amount shall be deductible from any amounts due & payable under the contract. v) To the extent that full
compensation for any rise or fall in costs to the contractor is not entirely covered by the provisions of this or other
clauses in the contract, the unit rate & price included in the contract shall be deemed to include amount to cover the
contingency of such other actual rise or fall in costs.
vi) Calculation for working out escalation payment on account of material, labour & POL will be restricted to 2
digits only.
Where V5= Amount of price variation in Rupees to be allowed for HYSD/ mild steel component SO= Basic rate of
HYSD/mild steel in rupees per metric tonne as considered for working out value of P. SI1= Average Steel Index as
per RBI Bulletin during the quarter under consideration. SI0= Average of Steel Index as per RBI Bulletin for the
quarter preceding the month in which the last date prescribed for receipt of tender falls. T= Tonnage of steel used in
the permanent works for the quarter under consideration.
8)
Formula for CI/DI pipe Component: V7 = QD x (D1 - D0)
Where V7= Amount of price escalation in Rupees to be allowed for CI/DI pipe component D0= Pig iron basic price
in Rupees per tonne considered for working out value of P. D1= Average pig iron price in Rupees per tonne during
the quarter under consideration (Published by IISCO).
QD= Tonnage of CI/DI pipes used in the works during the quarter under consideration.
The following conditions shall prevail: b) The operative period of the contract shall mean the period commencing
from the date of the work order issued to the contractor & ending on the date on which the time allowed for the
completion of work specified in the contract for work expires, taking into considering the extension of time, if any,
for completion of the work granted by Engineer under the relevant clauses of the Conditions of Contract in cases
other than those where such extension is necessitated on account of default of the contractor. The decision of
Engineer as regards the Operative Period of the contract shall be final & binding on the contractor. Where any
compensation for liquidated damages is levied on the contractor on account of delay in completion or inadequate
progress under the relevant contract provisions, the price adjustment amount for the balance of work from the date of
levy of such compensation shall be worked out by pegging the indices L1, M1, C1, P1, B1, SI1, CI1 to levels
corresponding to the date from which such compensation is levied.
Contractor
ii) This price variation
Engineer
clause shall be applicable to all contracts
in B1 & B2 formsExecutive
but shall not
apply to piece works.
Page 37
ii) This price variation clause shall be applicable to all contracts in B1 & B2 forms but shall not apply to piece works.
The price variation shall be determined during each quarter as per formula given above in this clause.
iii) Price variation under this clause shall not be payable for the extra items required to be executed during the
completion of the work & also on the excess quantities of items payable under the provision of Clause 14/41 of the
contract form B1 & B2. Since the rates payable for the extra items or the extra quantities under Clause 14/41 are to
be fixed as per the current DSR or as mutually agreed to yearly revision till completion of such work. In other words,
when the completion/execution of extra items as well as extra quantities under Clause 14/41 of the Contract Form B1
& B2 extends beyond the operative date of the DSR, then rates payable for the same beyond that date shall be revised
with reference to the current DSR prevalent at that time on year to year basis or revised in accordance with mutual
agreement thereon, as provided for in the contract, whichever is less. iv) This clause is operative both ways ie.if the
price variation as calculated above is on the plus side, payment on account of the price variation shall be allowed to
the contractor & if it is on the negative side, MIDC shall be entitled to recover the same from the contractor & the
amount shall be deductible from any amounts due & payable under the contract.
v) To the extent that full compensation for any rise or fall in costs to the contractor is not entirely covered by the
provisions of this or other clauses in the contract, the unit rate & price included in the contract shall be deemed to
include amount to cover the contingency of such other actual rise or fall in costs.
vi) Calculation for working out escalation payment on account of material, labour & POL will be restricted to 2
digits only.
Contractor
Page 38
Executive Engineer
CLAUSE FOR REIMBURSEMENT OF TAXES/DUTIES
While submitting the tender, the contractor shall consider the prevailing taxes & duties on the date
of submission. In case there is statutory increase in the taxes/duties, the contractor shall submit
documentary evidence for the payment of the same. On verification of the documents, the reimbursement
will be made if there is increase. In case there is reduction in the statutory taxes/duties, deduction will be
effected. It may also be noted that this clause is not applicable if there is increase in the octroi during
execution of the work.
=======================================
Contractor
Page 39
Executive Engineer

CLAUSE FOR PAYMENT OF STAMP DUTY
As per Article-63 of Schedule-I of Bombay Stamp Act, 1958, stamp duty charges shall be as follows: Works
contract, that is to say a contract for works & labour or services involving transfer of property in goods(whether as
goods or in some other form) in its execution & includes sub-contract:
a)
Where the amount or value set forth

in such contract
Rs.100/-
does not exceed Rs.10 lakhs.

b)
Where it exceeds Rs.10 lakhs.
Rs.100/- plus Rs.100/- for every

Rs.1,00,000/- or part thereof, above
Rs.10 lakhs, subject to the maximum of
Rs.5,00,000/-
The contractor whose offer will be accepted will be called for execution of the agreement & shall only be liable to
pay the stamp duty applicable thereon.
==============================================================================
Contractor
Page 40
Executive Engineer

CLAUSE FOR RECOVERY OF LABOUR CESS
The Govt. of Maharashtra vide its decision dated 17/06/2010 has decided to recover Labour cess on all
the construction works undertaken by Govt., Public sector undertaking and Municipal Corporation, Municipal
Councils, Gram Panchayat etc.
The contractors are therefore requested to note that labour cess at 1% of the cost of construction (excluding
land cost) arrived at after deducting amount of compensation if any paid to the workers or their relatives under
workers compensation Act 1923 will be recovered from them. The recovery of labour cess at 1% shall be made from
the payment due for each bill to be paid to the contractor.
Contractor
Page 41
Executive Engineer

(A Govt of Maharashtra Undertaking)
CLAUSE FOR RECOVERY OF ADDITONAL SECURITY DEPOSIT

A) Clause for Recovery of Additional Security Deposit in case tenders ACCEPTED more than 15% below :
The tenderer shall note that, in case the tender is quoted and accepted more than 15% below then theadditional
security deposit shall be recovered in the form of cash at the time of execution of agreement .
The recovery of additional security deposit shall be as detailed below:
Sr.
No.
Offer received below
Additional security
deposit to be
recovered
1)
For offer between 15.01% upto

20% below
1% of estimated cost.
2)
For offer between 20.01% upto

25% below
2% of estimated cost
3)
For offer more than 25.01%

below
3% of estimated cost
B) Clause for Recovery of security deposit for quantities Exceeding 125% and Extra Item Rate List (EIRL):
It shall also be noted that security deposit for the quantities exceeding 125% of tendered quantities and/or
EIRL shall also be deducted at the % to be recovered through bills (i.e. in cash) as mentioned in the tender text.
C) Refund of above Security deposit:
The security deposit so recovered in above events shall be refunded after satisfactory completion of defect
liability period.
Contractor
Page 42
Executive Engineer

SPECIAL CONDITION FOR ROYALTY PAYMENT
Clause regarding recovery of royalty charges through the bills of contractor towards Minor Minerals such as murum, excavation,
sand, metal etc. work done by the contractor
1). It shall be noted by the contractor that the amount of royalty charges towards the minor minerals (Excavation, murum, metal, sand etc.)
consumed/used by the contractor for the work will be deducted from his bills and will be paid to the concerned Revenue Deptt. by MIDC.
2) The contractor shall obtain above types of minor minerals from Govt. approved quarries or from the private land after obtaining legal
permission from the concerned authorities. However, in case the contractor brings the material from unauthorized quarries or in illegal
manner, he shall be fully responsible for any legal action taken by the Revenue or any Govt. authorities against him for such authorized or
illegal act, even though
3) The contractor shall give an undertaking on court fee stamp of Rs.100/- for indemnifying MIDC officers from any legal action taken by
Govt. as detailed above.
Contractor
Page 43
Executive Engineer

Maintenance Guarantee Clause during Defect Liability Period .
1. The contractor will have to guarantee the work executed under the agreement for a period of 60 Months from the date of completion
of the work. During this period of 60 Months , the contractor will have to make good all damages caused to the works done by him under
this agreement, to the full satisfac-tion of Engineer-in-charge, without charging any extra cost. The repairs to defects due to bad workmanship
shall be done.
2. The contractor will have to maintain the work done by him under this agreement in good condition during the defect liability period. The
list of defects to be observed and rectified is attached separately in the tender document.
3. The contractor will have to carry out the repairs within 8 days from the date of intimation by MIDC about the damages.
4. If during the guarantee period, the company/contractor's firm gets dissolved or some new partners are introduced, then the responsibility
to maintain the work done under this agree-ment during the defect liability period will have to be borne by the new Company/Contractor's
firm.
5. For enforcing this guarantee, 10.00 % Security Deposit of esti-mated cost or tendered cost whichever is higher, shall be recovered from
the contractor as under:
a)
3.00 % initial security deposit in the form of DD/BG at the time of issue of work order.
b)
7.00 % to be recovered through RA bills.
Out of this 10.00 %, the initial security deposit of 3.00 % in the form of BG/DD will be released alongwith the final bill. However,
remaining 7.00 % recovered through RA Bills shall be released after completion of defect liability period or after 60 Months from the date
of completion of work.
Before releasing such security deposit after 60 Months or after the defect liability period, the Executive Engineer along with the
representative of the contractor shall in-spect the work & if the work is found to be satisfactory then only 7.00 % security deposit shall be
released.
6. Considering the guarantee offered by the contractor, the contractor is requested to thoroughly inspect & study the site conditions before
quoting for this work. No extra claim on this account will be entertained later.
7. If certain works are neglected by the contractor, the same shall be carried out by the department at the risk & cost of the contractor. The
cost of the same shall be recovered from the amount balance with MIDC.
8. Before starting the work, the contractor will have to give in writing, guarantee on stamp paper of Rs.100/- for free maintenance of work
done by him for the period of 60 Months from the date of completion of work.
9. This Maintenance Guarantee Clause supersedes all clauses regarding security deposit mentioned elsewhere in this tender.
Contractor
Page 44
Executive Engineer

( A Govt. of Maharashtra Undertaking)
List of Defects Required to be observed and Rectified by the Contractor during the Defect Liability Period
For WBM Road, CD works & Asphalting Works
1.
Sinkiing of embankment, side shoulders, forming depressions, forming boils etc.
2. Developing pot holes, ruts, boils, wavy surface.

3. Sinking of road at CD Works, forming depressions/ bumps.
4. Underpining at CD works.
5. Developing longitudinal cracks.
6. Side shoulders not devleoped and compacted to level of asphalted road surface.
7. Damage of NP2/NP3 Class pipes and pipe joints of CD works.
8. Damge of UCR masonry.
9. Sinking of cushioning over CD works pipes.
10. Peeling out of pointing of UCR masonary.
11. Developing horizontal and vertical cracks to UCR masonry, coping, concrete and plaster.
12. Any other defect crititical or logical defect informed by Engineer-in-charge.
Note:
i.
Any other defect over and above those mentioned above or any defect as an when pointed out by the\
Engineer-in-charge will have to be attended satisfactorily by the contractor at his own cost during the defect liability
period.
ii.
Out of the above mentioned defects, the defects relevent to the work executed under this contract shall
only be observed.
Contractor
Page 45
Executive Engineer

INSURANCE OF WORK
The contractor shall take out necessary Insurance Policy/Policies immediately after issuing work order and produce a
copy of same prior to payment of first RA bill so as to pro-vide adequate insurance cover for exe-cution of the
awardedcontract work for total contract value & complete con-tract period including defect liability period as
stipulated in thetenderpaper and upto the period for which the extension of time limit is granted from the "Directorate
of Insurance,MaharashtraState, Mumbai" only. Its postal address for correspon-dence is "264, MHADA, 1st floor,
Opp Kalanagar,Bandra (E), Mumbai-400 051". Tel.26438690 / 26438746 & Fax:26438461. Similarly, all workmen
appointed to complete the contract work are required to be insured under Workmen's Compensa-tion Insurance
Policy. Insurance Policy /Policies taken out from any other com-pany will not be accepted. If any con-tractor has
effected insurance with any Insurance Company, the same will not be accepted.
Contractor
Page 46
Executive Engineer

QUALITY AUDIT CLAUSE

The contractor shall note that nominated by MIDC.
1. The quality audit of the work shall be exercised by authority nominated by MIDC at a stage
when 80% of the work is completed or at stage as decided byMIDC.
2. The contractor should remain present (alongwith all test re-ports & necessary documents for the
works) at site when quality audit of the work is being exercised.
3. Final Bill will be released for payment only after complia-nce of the points/remarks raised by the
quality auditor with proper reasoning to the competent authority & only after re-ceipt of clearance
of nominated authority.
4. The contractor has to make all necessary rectifications, al-terations to the work executed, as
suggested by the quality auditor without any extra cost. If the contractor fails to do so, or does
not intend to do so, then the probable amount required for the rectifi-cation shall be withheld from
the bills & other dues payable to the contractor. The contractor shall be liable to pay suitable
compensation as decided by the Superintending Engineer.
Contractor
Page 47
Executive Engineer
SITE OFFICE CLAUSE
1. The contractor has to provide site office with furniture,drinking water facility, cupboards, with double locking
arrangementas per the directions of Engineer-in-charge. The contractor shall also provide pucca cement godown for
storing not less than 1000 bags. After completion of work, the contractor may demolish the same with the permission
of the Engineer-in-charge & clear the site as directed. If such office is not constructed by the contractor within a
period of one month from the date of work order, additional penalty of Rs.10,000/month will be recovered from
contractor's RA bill till site office including all facility is constructed. The contractor shall provide 2 nos. new 2 MT
capacity split air-conditioner for site office. The installation, electric connection of split AC shall be carried out by
the agency, within one month from the date of work order & maintenance of split AC during the contract period
shall be carried out by the agency at his own cost. If not provided MIDC will provide the same & the cost of the
same will be recovered through RA bill.
2. The agency shall have to provide two new laptops with accessories of reputed approved brand with latest
configuration as approved by Engineer-in-charge & two new laser printers (one colour & one regular) of reputed
approved brand for exclusive
use of MIDC officials within 30 days from the date
of workorder with unlimited USB internet connectivity
equivalent to TATA Photon 3G device. It is the responsibility of contractor to maintain the laptop & printer in good
working condition during the contract period. Contractor shall provide one digital camera (Sony/Nikon make) of
latest version. Agency should provide communication facility ie. Mobile with sim card etc to his Engineer/Supervisor
& to MIDC
concerned staff DE, AE, JE & TA etc from commencement to completion of work. If not provided MIDC will
provide the same & cost of the same will be recovered through contractor RA Bill.
3. The contractor has to provide AC Scorpio/Tata Sumo Jeep for the exclusive use of MIDC staff during execution of
work with driver & fuel arrangement & its maintenance till completion of work for site & official use. If contractor
fails to provide jeep at site of work/DE's office, then MIDC will hire the above type of vehicle & the payment for
hire charges
will be recovered from the contractor's RA bill for which further complaints will not be entertained.
4. Contractor shall provide one Cannon DR 2010C scanner image formula for the use of MIDC only.
5. All the materials such as laptops, ACs, printers, allied accessories,scanner & jeep shall be property of contractor
after completion of work in all respect.
6. In addition to the above, contractor shall establish well equipped laboratory along with required testing equipments
for flexible/rigid pavement/concrete work etc for testing of construction material & confirmation of quality of
material & mix.
Contractor
Page 48
Executive Engineer

(A Government of Maharashtra Undertaken)
THIRD PARTY INSPECTION

Material such as all type of pipes (of all sizes) R .C.C. / P.S.C. / MS /DI /CI./A.C./ HDPE/PVC/GRP &
other, all type of valves (of all sizes), any other materials as per requirements which are supplied by the contractor
under this contract are subject to third party inspection. The charges for third party inspection shall be 0.25% on the
actual cost of materials, excluding Excise and freight of materials. The charges for such inspection shall be paid by
the contractor. All the arrangements for inspection i.e. measuring tools, testing equipments and tools, labour required
for handling materials during testing etc shall be made available / arranged by the manufacturer / Vendor / contractor
in their premises at their own costs. If any particular testing facility is not available at the premises / location of
Factory, then the test shall be arranged by the factory owner / Vendor at his own cost at other locations / test
laboratory. All expenses in this regard shall also have to be borne by the manufacturer /vendor /contractor only.
If the material inspected fails during test on no fault of the inspecting agency, fees are payable to the inspecting
agency for the said inspection and for any further re-inspection of the same material.
Third party inspection shall be done from one of the following agencies. The name of the agency for
third party inspection shall be informed by Engineer-in-charge.
1. M/s. Quality Services and Solutions (QSS), Thane.
2. M/s. Dr. Amin Controllers Pvt. Ltd., Khar (West), Mumbai 400 052.
3. M/s. Wapcos Ltd., Kalyan
4. M/s. Projects and Development India Ltd., Mumbai
5. M/s. Gooly Consultancy Services, Bangalore.
If it is subsequently observed that there are defects in the quality of material, the contractor shall replace
the material without any extra cost.
In addition to third party inspection, the Engineer-in-charge or his representative may conduct inspection
intermittently.
Third Party Inspection Report: The third part y inspection report merely in the certificate form stating
that pipes/valves/specialsor any other material inspected are found satisfactory will not be accepted, but it should be
in the form of detailed report stating the parameters checked & observations made with comments of the Inspecting
Officer in accordance with the respective specifications/detailed item wise specifications / as per Tender notice.
Contractor
Page 49
Executive Engineer

ADDITIONAL CONTRACT CONDITIONS
1. The contractor will take all the precautions during the execution of work, so as not to cause any damage to any
property & shall be responsible to make it good at his cost as directed by the Executive Engineer.
2. If in the opinion of Engineer-in-charge, any construction material brought by the contractor is defective, improper,
unsuitable or not as per specifications, the same shall be removed within 24 hours from the receipt of written
instructions
from the Engr-in-charge, otherwise the same will be
disposed off by Department at risk & cost of contractor & no claims will be entertained on this ground.
3. The stacks of materials measured shall be simultaneously marked by the contractor by white lines as directed by
the Executive Engr. or his representative.
4. The contractor shall take into account while tendering that the road is kept open for traffic during execution. If any
extra expenditure is involved in this regard, the same shall be borne by him without extra claim. The contractor shall
be
fully responsible for accidents, disruption of traffic etc. during the period of contract. Necessary diversion of road if
any for traffic shall be made by the contractor at his own cost.
5. All materials & methods of preparation & construction shall conform to the requirements hereinafter detailed. The
finished road surface shall conform in all respects with lines, grade, dimensions & cross sections as per requirements.
The contractor shall make at his cost all the arrangement for
controlling the traffic during the execution of the works. All arrangements such as proper barricading of road, red &
green flags during the day & red lights at nights shall be provided by the contractor to control & safeguard the traffic.
The contractor shall have to carry out work without stopping the traffic & without any extra cost.
6. Contractor using explosive materials for excavation in the work, for quarrying the material or for any other
purpose connected with this work, the contractor will be deemed to have proper license for using such material
issued by competent authority & all responsibility for following Rules will rest with contractor only.
7. The contractor shall be deemed to be thoroughly conversant with the local condition such as the availability of all
Contractor
Page 50
Executive Engineer
construction materials, skilled & unskilled labour & to have

based his rates accordingly for this work. He shall be deemed to have carefully studied & understood all
specifications, drawings & conditions before submission of his offer.
8. Tenderers should note that conditional tenders will not be considered by MIDC. It may please be noted that such
conditional tenders will not be entertained at all & will be summarily rejected.
9. The contractor shall get the materials to be used on the work tested from approved Govt. laboratory, as per latest
relevant IS Specifications, at his own cost, failing which an amount as deemed fit by MIDC shall be deducted from
the bills.
10. Mixing Plant: It is obligatory to have DM-50 hot mix plant within 30 Kms from the site of work.
11. Metal: For LBM/BM/AC/DBM & hot mix, only crushed metal will be permissible. The quality of stone, quarry
rubble, metal/aggregate used in the mix must satisfy the laboratory tests as per IS Specification. Approval of
Engineer-in-charge prior to selection
of quarry will be essential.
12. Laboratory Control: The mix design for AC shall be got approved in advance. During the contract period, a strict
laboratory control & adequate No. of tests shall be carried out for the materials, asphalt mix, strengths, temperature
control etc in systematic manner & regular record maintained. Changes
as demanded by laboratory tests shall be made with prior approval of Engr-in-charge. A well equipped laboratory to
conduct the following tests shall be set up at site of work:
i. Sieve Analysis. ii. Bitumen extraction test.
iii. % voids. iv. Specific Gravity
Thermometers shall be kept at plant & site of work where laying is going on. Other tests such as Marshall stability
test may however be carried out in approved laboratory. A random sample of asphalt mix may be sent to Govt
Laboratory for the confirmation of results as directed by Engineer-incharge at the cost of contractor. Testing charges
to be borne
by the contractor.
13. Asphalt Challan: The original weigh bridge challans issued by weighing agency shall be produced by the
contractor along with RA & Final Bills.
14. Each & every trip/load of bulk asphalt/LBM/BM/AC/DBM shall be weighed, weigh slips produced, records kept
& made available for inspection when demanded. Test check shall be exercised by the Exe.Engineer frequently
enough to confirm the correctness of records kept.
15. The details of tack coat & challans in support of procurement of asphalt for tack coat must be submitted
Contractor
Page 51
Executive Engineer
separately along with every bill.

16. The contractor shall produce weighment slips along with the original challans of refinery for each trip of asphalt
supply for the items of asphalt ie.LBM/BM/AC/DBM/Grouting. Test checks shall be exercised by the Exe.Engineer
frequently enough from third party. Weigh bridge challans shall be produced
to confirm the correctness of the records kept.
17. Progress of work: The contractor shall complete the work as per direction of Engineer-in-charge as per
programme submitted by contractor in consultation with MIDC.If the contractor fails to complete the work as per
schedule,the contractor is liable for action under Clause 2 of the contract.
18. Specifications: Work shall be executed as per specifications provided by Ministry of Surface Transport (MOST)
& in Std. Spcf Book of B&C Dept, Govt of Maharashtra, 1972 Edtn/MIDC &
as per the specifications enclosed in the tender document.
Contractor
Page 52
Executive Engineer

MOBILISATION ADVANCE CLAUSE

The tenderers are hereby informed that MIDC would consider grant of mobilisation advance, for the purpose of
speeding up the works in the interest of MIDC on following stipulations.
1. The advance will not exceed 5% of the tendered cost (i.e. cost after taking into consideration the
percentage quoted by the tenderer).
2. The advance will be granted in case of those work where the tender cost exceeds Rs.100 lakhs.
3. The duration of contract should exceed 12 calendar months.
4. The rate of interest will be the Bank term loan rate that will be prevailing as on the date of receipt of
tender. However, it shall not be less than 17 % in any case.
5. The recovery of such advances will start from the 3rd RA Bill irrespective of bills against any agreement
or the 3rd month whichever is earlier and it will be recovered in 5 equal installments along with interest,
sub-ject to the condition that full recovery of advance should be made on or before 75% of the value of
work is completed.
6. The cases where the tender cost exceeds Rs.100 lakhs and the duration of contract does not exceeds the
period of 12 months the mobilization advance shall be sanctioned on the merits of the each case and shall
be solely at the discretion of the CEO, MIDC.
7. Advance shall be granted only against a valid Bank Guarantee from any Nationalized Bank or Scheduled
Bank in the form prescribed by MIDC for granting of advance.
8. The contractors should note that if they intend to take ad-vantage of this particular concession, they should
make a mention of the same in the forwarding letter of the tender and they should also specifically state
that the rates quot-ed by them are only after consideration of the Mobilisation Advance as pointed out
above. They should also quote the percentage/rates if the Mobilisation Advance asked by them is not
granted.
Contractor
Page 53
Executive Engineer
1 . Site of work :The site of work is on Chillar-Boisar road between Chillar Phata of National Highway No.8
(ie.Ahmedabad- Mumbai) to ROB of Tarapur Indl Area.
2. Alignment & Benchmarks: The alignment of work to be carried out under the contract shall be marked on the
ground as per drawings & as per instructions of Engr-in-charge. All cost involved in the process of marking the
alignment on the ground, checking the layout, constructing the masonry pillars & establishing bench marks shall be
borne by the contractor. It will be the responsibility of the contractor to preserve the masonry pillars so constructed
from damages in any way during the period the work is in progress. It is to be constructed
at least 5m away from the edge of excavation.
3. Materials: Unless otherwise provided in the contract all the materials required for the work are to be provided by
the contractor. All the materials to be used in the work shall be of the best quality & must be got approved before
they are used in the work. All these materials shall also conform to
item wise specifications attached separately. All materials which are rejected shall be forthwith removed from the
site.
4. Labour Rates & Labour Payments: All the acts & rules regarding payment & other conditions of employing labour
on the work shall be binding on the contractors. The provisions of Workmen's Compensation Act are also binding on
the contractor who shall be responsible for making all payments due under the Act in case of accident.
5. Damages to Public Property: The contractor is expected to carry out the works in such a manner as not to cause
any damage to public property.In case any damage occur to public property on account of negligence or otherwise by
the contractor,
he shall be fully responsible for making good the
damages so caused by him entirely at his cost.
6. Safety of materials & recoveries: The contractor shall use
the materials supplied to him by MIDC at free of cost very properly & economically. The contractor shall be
responsible for proper handling & safe custody of the materials so issued to him. The materials remaining unused
after the completion of the work shall be returned by the contractor to MIDC. MIDC will accept only such materials
as are in perfect conditions.
If any of the materials issued to the contractor is
found short or damaged, cost thereof shall be recovered from the contractor at double the rate at which it was
purchased by MIDC or the market rate prevailing at the time whichever is higher. The contractor shall maintain a day
to day account of materials issued to him by MIDC & shall produce it to the Engineer-in-charge when demanded.
7. Supervisory Staff: The contractor shall engage on the work a qualified & experienced supervisor capable of
managing & guiding the work properly. This supervisor shall be authorised by the contractor in writing to receive
orders issued by Engr-in-charge from time to time. The contractor shall be responsible for carrying out these orders
Contractor
Page 54
Executive Engineer
orders issued by Engr-in-charge from time to time. The contractor shall be responsible for carrying out these orders
promptly.
8. Cleaning the Site: The contractor shall clear the site of work before starting work & after completing it. The work
of clearing the site includes cutting of trees, shrubs, bushes, grass, removing constructions such as stacks of various
materials underground pipes etc & also rearranging the same as directed by the Engr-in-charge. The cost of cleaning
the site as explained above stands included in the unit rates for
various items of work & MIDC shall not make any extra payment whatsoever on that account. All the materials
obtained in clearing the site shall be the property of MIDC. This work is excluding the works to be attended during
the defect liability period.
9. Progress of Work: The contractor shall carry out the work according to the program approved by MIDC from time
to time. He will also not be allowed to work in a scattered manner.
10. Excavated Stuff: All the materials obtained during the process of excavation shall remain the property of MIDC
& shall be disposed off as instructed by Engr-in-charge. The contractor shall use/dispose the material as directed by
the Engineerin-charge.
11. Accidents: Should any accident, fatal or otherwise occur, a detailed report about the same shall be made promptly
by the contractor to Engr-in-charge, Police authorities & relatives of the persons who met with the accident & all cost
involved therein shall be borne by the Contractors.
12. Field Book: Whichever payments is based on levels, all sets of levels such as initial, intermediate & final shall be
taken & recorded by the Engr-in-charge or his representative in the presence of Contractor or his authorised
representative.
Contractor shall attend the site for checking these levels & signing in token of acceptance thereof. If Contractor fails
to attend the site on the day or for any reason fails to sign the documents in which these levels are recorded, they
shall be final & binding on the contractor.
13. Levels shown on the drawings: Whichever payment is based on the levels, all sets of levels such as initial,
intermediate & final shall be taken & recorded by the Engr-in-charge or his representative in the presence of
contractor or his authorised
representative. Advance intimation of day & time
when the levels would be taken will be given by MIDC to the contractor or his authorised representative. Contractor
shall attend the site for checking these levels & signing in token of acceptance thereof. If contractor fails to attend the
site on the day or for any reason fails to sign the documents in which these levels are recorded, they shall be final &
binding
on the contractor.
14. Departmental Rubble : Departmental rubble obtained from the excavation will be issued to the contractor at the
Contractor
Page 55
Executive Engineer
14. Departmental Rubble : Departmental rubble obtained from the excavation will be issued to the contractor at the
rate of Rs.550/CuM if available. Necessary loading, unloading & transportation to site is to be arranged by the
contractor for which no extra payment will be made. The rubble issued will be measured in stack without deduction
of voids.
15. Housing arrangement: The contractor shall have to make temporary housing & public health arrangement for his
staff as provided in Contract Labour (Regulation & Abolition Act, 1970).
16. Electric connections & telephone lines: All installations such as electric cables, telephone wire, water lines, sewer
lines, manholes, natural drainage, CD work, storm water drain, etc coming in the way shall be protected from
damages by taking proper & adequate precautions. Otherwise damages will
have to be made good by contractor at his own cost.
17. Road Crossings: Any work at the road crossing shall be restricted only to half the width of the road, leaving the
other half open for traffic. Work on second half shall be taken up only after the work on first half is completed &
made upto the original surface, serviceable with the permission of Engineer-in-charge. All roads shall be reinstated
by
the contractor without any extra cost after proper consolidation, watering, cutting etc. Guarding barricading shall be
provided by the contractor for 24 hrs. a day.
18. Sign Boards: Necessary sign boards, danger flags & lamps during night time to mark the closure of the road shall
be provided by the contractor at his cost. A chowkidar is essential to be appointed by the contractor to keep light &
watch the materials lying on site, intact through the night. Contractor
is responsible for the accidents if above care in not taken properly. He will have to pay compensation for the same.
19. The contractor should make diversions if necessary at his own cost during the process of execution of work.
Normally, unless specifically permitted for any particular length, the contractor will not close the traffic totally on the
road &
should do work in half strip at a time wherever necessary. Providing all traffic regulations, diversions, barricading,
signals, traffic guards, caution boards, red lights at night etc for smooth & safe movement of vehicles & persons
during execution will be contractor's full responsibility.
20. The contractor should also take into account while tendering that the road is kept open for traffic during
execution & if any extra expenditure is involved, the same should be borne by him & contractor will be fully
responsible for accidents,
disruption of traffic etc. during the period of contract.
* All materials & methods of preparation & construction shall conform to the requirements hereinafter detailed. The
finished road surface shall conform in all respects with lines, grade, dimensions & cross sections as per requirements.
The contractor shall make at his cost all the arrangement for
all controlling the
Contractor
traffic during the execution of the works.Page

All56arrangements such
as proper Engineer
barricading of road, red
Executive
all controlling the traffic during the execution of the works. All arrangements such as proper barricading of road, red
& green flags during the day & red & green lights at nights shall be provided by the contractor to control &
safeguard the traffic. The contractor shall have to carry out work without stopping the traffic & without any extra
cost.
Contractor
Page 57
Executive Engineer

STANDARD CEMENT CONSUMPTION STATEMENT
Item of Work
Rate of Cement
Consumption in
bags.
Remarks
A] Cement Concrete (Nominal Mix)

Lower Limit
Upper Limit
1:5:10
(M-5)
2.60/m3
2.35
2.85
1:4:8
(M-7.5)
3.10/m3
2.80
3.40
1:3:6
(M-10)
4.10/m3
3.80
4.40
1:2:4
(M-15)
6.20/m3
5.90
6.50
8.20/m3
7.90
8.50
8.70/m3
8.40
9.00
1:1½:3
1: 1: 2
(M-20)
(M-25)
B] Cement Concrete (Design Mix)
Minimum cement
consumption for
Design Mix
M-15
5.80/m3
M-20
6.60/m3
M-25
6.60/m3
M-30
7.00/m3
M-35
7.50m3
M-40
8.00/m3
The grater value of either the

minimum cement content
specified or cement
consumption as per design mix
will prevail during execution of
work.
C] Brick Masonry II Class with 30% mortar

CM - 1:8
1.05/m3
CM - 1:6
1.40/m3
CM - 1:5
1.70/m3
CM - 1:4
2.10/m3
Contractor
D] 115 mm thick Brick Masonry II Class

CM - 1:3
E] Brick Masonry I Class without
pointing with 25% mortar
0.28/m2
Page 58
Executive Engineer
M-40
8.00/m3
C] Brick Masonry II Class with 30% mortar

CM - 1:8
1.05/m3
CM - 1:6
1.40/m3
CM - 1:5
1.70/m3
CM - 1:4
2.10/m3
D] 115 mm thick Brick Masonry II Class

CM - 1:3
0.28/m2
E] Brick Masonry I Class without

pointing with 25% mortar
CM - 1:6
1.15/m3
CM - 1:5
1.40/m3
CM - 1:4
1.70/m3
F] UCR Masonry without pointing with 35% mortar

CM - 1:6
1.70/m3
CM - 1:5
2.00/m3
CM - 1:4
2.50/m3
G] UCR Masonry without pointing with 45% to 50% mortar

CM - 1:6
2.15/m3
CM - 1:5
2.60/m3
CM - 1:4
3.10/m3
H] Laterite Stone Masonry with 18% mortar

CM - 1:6
0.85/m3
CM - 1:5
1.00/m3
CM - 1:4
1.30/m3
I] Cement Plaster with Cement mortar 1:3 (neeru finish)

6 mm
0.07/m2
12 mm
0.13/m2
20 mm
0.20/m2
25 mm
0.23/m2
Contractor
40 mm
0.40/m2
Page 59
J] Cement Plaster with Cement mortar 1:4 (without neeru finish)

6 mm
0.06/m2
12 mm
0.11/m2
20 mm
0.17/m2
Executive Engineer
6 mm
0.07/m
12 mm
0.13/m2
20 mm
0.20/m2
25 mm
0.23/m2
40 mm
0.40/m2
J] Cement Plaster with Cement mortar 1:4 (without neeru finish)

6 mm
0.06/m2
12 mm
0.11/m2
20 mm
0.17/m2
25 mm
0.22/m2
40 mm
0.34/m2
K] Coursed Rubble masonry with pointing 30% mortar

1:6 CM
1.70/m3
1:5 CM
2.00/m3
1:4 CM
2.50/ m3
L] Sand Faced plaster CM 1:3

12 MM
0.20/m2
20 MM
0.23/m2
25 MM
0.25/m2
M] Cement plaster without neeru finish CM 1:3

6 MM
0.07/m2
12 MM
0.13/m2
20 MM
0.20/m2
25 MM
0.25/m2
N] Cement plaster with neeru finish CM 1:4

6 MM
0.06/m2
12 MM
0.10/m2
20 MM
0.17/m2
25 MM
0.22/m2
O] Decorative
Contractor
texture plaster
CM 1:4
Page 60
0.15/m2
P] Neat Cement Finish over green surface

1.5 mm Thick
Q] Wet on wet finish CM 1:3
0.04/m2
Executive Engineer
6 MM
0.06/m
12 MM
0.10/m2
20 MM
0.17/m2
25 MM
0.22/m2
O] Decorative texture plaster

CM 1:4
0.15/m2
P] Neat Cement Finish over green surface

1.5 mm Thick
0.04/m2
Q] Wet on wet finish CM 1:3

12 MM
1.05/m2
R] Pointing with Cement Mortar 1:3

Brick Masonry
0.03/m2
Stone Masonry
0.05/m2
S] Paving and Flooring

Shahabad / Tandur / Kotta / Kaddapa
Chequred tiles / plain cement tiles /
marble / mosaic / granite CM 1:4 bed
and with pointing 1:3
0.19/m2
Skirting & Daddo
0.30/m2
Shahabad / Tandur / Kadappa CM 1:6
0.14/m2
White / coloured glazed tiles
0.28/m2
Granite stone facing plaster CM 1:3
0.20/m2
Ceramic tiles
0.22/m2
IPS flooring 40 mm
0.30/m2
T] Colgrout Masonry with 45 % mortar

Cement 1:3 sand mortar
3.54/m3
U] Gunniting CM 1:3
25 MM
0.28/m2
40 MM
0.45/m2
50 MM
0.55/m2
V] Water proofing
Box type water proofing
0.80/m2
Water proofing by injection grouting
1.00/m2
Water proofing on terrace slab
0.50/m2
Contractor
Page 61
Executive Engineer
40 MM
0.45/m
50 MM
0.55/m2
V] Water proofing
Box type water proofing
0.80/m2
Water proofing by injection grouting
1.00/m2
Water proofing on terrace slab
0.50/m2
Contractor
Page 62
Executive Engineer

CEMENT VARIATION CLAUSE
The rates in Schudule are based on the above stated rates of cement consumption. The permissible variation in the cement consumption
shall be as given under Item No.1 above. For rest of the item permissible variation shall be + 5% of figures give above. If the actual
consuption on any work is below these limits, reduced rates shall be paid (considering double the prevailing market rate) for any item of
work on which less cement has been used below limit of -5%. If consumption goes beyond the limit of +5% the same shall not be paid.
It may be noted that when specifically ordered out to adopt richer mix than specified in the tender, the excess cement so
consumed above the specified mix in the tender, the same will be paid at prevailing market rate. However, for cement saved
due to adoption of poorer mix when so specifically directed by the department, a reduced rate will be paid (as per prevailing
market rate).
For excess/less cement use on work as per cement variation clause the standarad consumption for cement shall be as per
table given above.
Contractor
Page 63
Executive Engineer
GENERAL SPECIFICATION FOR CONCRETE( PCC& RCC)

1 General: The Ingredients, mixing procedure, placing methods, centring & scaffolding, curing etc are all common to various grades of PCC/RCC.
Therefore for all items of works covered under the concrete works, the most common items of the materials, mixing, placing, curing etc. of all types of castin situ
& precast concrete, used in foundations, underground & over ground structures, floors, etc. are covered in this item. In item wise
specifications, the appropriate reference of this item are made to avoid repetition. Any special requirements of the specific item or as shown
or noted on the drawings shall supersede over the provisions of these pecifications.
** Reference Codes: Apart from these specifications, construction of plain & reinforced concrete works shall be in accordance with the Indian
Standard Code of Practice for Plain & Reinforced Cement Concrete IS:456 (Revised) year 2000 & other relevant codes mentioned therein.
** In case of conflicts between the clauses mentioned in this specification & those in the Indian standards, these specifications shall govern.
2 Materials:
2.1 Cement: Cement to be used, for civil & structural works,shall be one of the following or in combination thereof. For plain & reinforced
concrete works normally 43 grade ordinary Portland cement, shall be used. Specific requirement for any other type of cement shall be as
shown in the drawings or as
specified in contract or as directed by the Engineer-in- Charge.
** Storage at Site: The storage of cement at the site of work shall be at contractors cost & risk & shall meet the requirements of IS:4082-1977
1st Revision. The cement shall be stored at least 15 Cm above ground on a dry platform in a suitable weather tight building or go down & in
such a manner as to permit easy access for proper inspection & also to prevent deterioration due to moisture.
** The cement bags are to be placed closed together to reduce circulation of air. The bags shall not be placed along the wall. At least 30 Cm
distance should be left from the wall. The height of 1 pile of cement bags should not be more than 8 bags ie.2.25m & width not more than 3m
or as specified in IS:4082-1977. In the event of any damage occurring to the quality of cement due to faulty storage or on account of
negligence on the part of the contractor, such damages shall be borne by the contractor himself.
** All approved cement shall be arranged in batches with type, brand & date of receipt along with date of manufacture shall be flagged on
them. A maximum of 8 bags shall be stacked one over the other. Cement bags shall be used in the same order as received from the
manufacturer/MIDC. The Contractor shall maintain a register, on day-to-day basis, giving the details
of the receipt/consumption, source of supply, type of cement & location of cement used etc. The register shall always be accessible to the
Engr-in-Charge for verification. The cement shall be used only after inspection & instructions of Engineer-in-charge.If any batch found faulty, it
will be the contractors responsibility to replace the same without ant
extra cost.
** Tests after Delivery: Each consignment of cement supplied by Contractor, shall after delivery at site & at the discretion of the Engineer-inCharge, be subjected to any or all of the tests & analysis, required by the relevant IS Codes as mentioned
elsewhere in the tender document. The contractor
Contractor
Page 64
Executive Engineer
shall carry out & bear the cost of all tests & analysis required to ensure quality of cement before using in actual works.
** Rejection: The Engineer-in-Charge may reject at his discretion any cement, notwithstanding the manufacturers certificate/ failing to meet
the requirements of relevant IS Codes for testing of cement. He may similarly reject any cement which has deteriorated due to inadequate
protection from
moisture/due to intrusion of foreign matter/any other cause.
Any cement which is considered defective, shall not be used & shall be promptly removed from the site by the Contractor, at his own cost.
2.2 Fine Aggregate (Sand): The Fine Aggregate/sand shall consist of natural sand, crushed stone sand/crushed gravel sand or a combination
of any of these meeting requirements of IS:383- 1970.The sand shall be hard, durable, clean & free from adherent
coating & organic matter & shall not contain the amount of clay, silt & fine dust more than specified in IS:2116- 1980 (sand for masonry
mortar).
** The sand shall not contain any harmful impurities such as iron pyrites, alkalis, salts, coal/other organic impurities, mica, shale/similar
laminated materials, soft fragments, sea shells in such form/in such quantities as to affect adversely the hardening, strength/durability of the
mortar. The sand should consist of sharp angular & hard grains, which should
be approximately, cubical in size. It should be strong & durable & should be as far as possible pure silica SiO2.
** Unless found satisfactory as a result of further tests as may be specified by the Engr-in-Charge, or unless evidence of such performance is
offered which is satisfactory to him, the maximum quantities of clay, fine silt, fine dust & organic impurities in the sand, when tested in
accordance with IS:2386-1977 (Part II), colour of the liquid shall be lighter
than that indicated by the standard solution specified in IS:2386. The use of sand from sea-shore shall not be permitted, only river sand shall
be used. The sand should not contain more than 5% dirt if it is natural & 2% in case of crushed sand. The sand containing mica shall be
avoided as it reduces the strengths of the concrete.
** The lower size limit of sand is 0.07mm/a little less. Particles between 0.06mm & 0.002mm are classified as silt & the particles having size
less than 0.002mm are termed as clay. Silt & clay are undesirable particles longer than 75mm micron
are used as aggregate. Hence if such results are obtained the sand may be rejected.
** Grading of Sand: The particle size grading of sand for use in concrete/mortars shall be within the limits as specified below:
Grading of Sand:
Contractor
Page 65
Executive Engineer
IS SIEVE DESIGNATION
% PASSING BY MASS
IS:460 (PART-1)
4.75mm
100
2.36mm
90 to 100
1.18mm
70 to 100
600 micron
40 to 100
REF.TO METHOD OF IS:2386

(Part-I
5 to 70
300 micron
Contractor
150 micron
Page 66
0 to 15
Executive Engineer
600 micron
40 to 100
5 to 70
300 micron
150 micron
0 to 15
In case of sand grading of which falls outside the specified limits due to excess/deficiency of coarse/fine particles, shall be processed to
comply with the standard by screening
through a suitably sized sieve &/or blending with required quantities of suitable sizes of natural sand particles or crushed stone screenings
which are by themselves unsuitable.
Based on test results & in the light of practical experience with the use of local materials, deviation in grading of sand may be considered by
the Engineer-in-Charge. The various size of particles of which the sand is composed shall be uniformly distributed throughout the mass.
Sampling & Testing: The method of sampling shall be in accordance with IS:2430-1986. The amount of material required for each test shall be
as specified in relevant parts of IS: 2386-1977. Any test which the Engineer-in-Charge may require in connection with this, shall be carried out
in accordance with the relevant parts of IS:2386-1977.
** If further confirmation as to the satisfactory nature of the material is required, compressive test on cement mortar cubes (1:6) may be made
in accordance with IS:2250-1981 using the supplied material in place of standard sand & the strength value so obtained shall be compared
with that of another mortar made with a sand of acceptable & comparable quality.
2.3 Coarse Aggregate:

General: Coarse & fine aggregates shall conform in all respect to IS:383-1970 (Specification for coarse & fine aggregates from natural
sources for concrete). Aggregates shall be obtained from an source approved after testing the aggregate
as per provisions in the relevant IS Specifications &
known to be producing the same satisfactorily. Aggregates shall consist of naturally occurring (crushed/uncrushed)stones, water worn gravel
Contractor
Page 67
Executive Engineer
& sand or a combination thereof. These shall be chemically inert, hard, strong, dense, durable, clean & free from veins, adherent coatings,
injurious amount of alkalies, vegetable matter & other deleterious substances such as iron pyrites, coal, lignite, mica, shale, sea shells etc.
** Source & type of aggregates shall be got approved by Engrin- Charge prior to procurement. Change in source & type of aggregates, at later
stage, shall not be generally permitted; but under specific circumstances, Engr-in-Charge can allow a change in source & type of aggregate.
Contractor shall produce
necessary test certificates from approved laboratories regarding the quality & suitability of the proposed aggregates & submit for approval of
the Engr-in-Charge, if required. Any such change, if permitted by the Engr-in-Charge, shall be without any time & cost implication to the MIDC.
The testing if required by department, the charges for testing
shall be borne by the contractor.
** Aggregates, which may chemically react with alkalies/cement/ might cause corrosion of the reinforcement, shall not be used. If so desired
by the Engr-in-Charge, the Contractor shall carry out alkali reactivity tests & submit the results
to him for approval. The maximum size of coarse aggregate shall be such that it can be conveniently mixed, placed & compacted where it is
required. For Reinforced Concrete the size of aggregate shall not be so large as to create difficulty in placing & compacting thoroughly the
concrete surrounding
the congested reinforcement & filling the corners
of the forms. The aggregate having maximum size of 20mm are to be considered satisfactory for reinforced concrete.
** The maximum quantities of deleterious materials in the aggregates as determined in accordance with IS:2386-1977 Part- 2 (Estimation of
deleterious materials organic impurities), shall not exceed the limits defined in IS:383. No special test is required to prove the absence of such
deleterious matters if the aggregates are from a known source with satisfactory prior data on the properties of concrete made using them. In
case of newly developed quarry sites, the contractor shall submit necessary test results as per IS:383- 1970 & IS:2386-1977 (Part 3) to the
Engr-in-Charge prior to his acceptance & approval. The method of Sampling shall be in accordance with the requirements given in IS:24301986.
** Coarse & fine aggregates shall be batched separately. All-in aggregates shall be used only where specifically permitted by the Engineer-inCharge.
** Separate sieve analysis & grading curves shall be prepared by the Contractor for any/all batches of coarse & fine aggregates, & submitted
to the Engr-in-Charge, whenever asked for,to ensure conformity with those submitted along with the mix design.
** Whenever required by Engr-in-Charge, the aggregates (coarse/ fine) shall be washed &/or sieved by the contractor before use in the works
to obtain clean & graded aggregate at no extra cost to the MIDC.
** Aggregates not in conformity with the specifications shall be rejected & the Contractor shall immediately remove them from the site of
work, at his cost.
** Coarse aggregates are the aggregates, which are retained on 4.75mm IS Sieve & contains only so much finer material as is permitted by
specifications. It shall have a specific gravity not less than 2.6 (saturated surface dry basis).
** These may be obtained form crushed or uncrushed gravel or stone as per clause 3.1 & may be supplied as single sized or graded. The
grading of the aggregates shall be as per IS:383 -1970,to obtain densest possible concrete. For this purpose,
each with different grading of coarse aggregates, proposed to be used. The Engr-in-Charge may allow All-in-aggregates to be used provided
they satisfy the requirements of IS:383- 1970.
Contractor
Page 68
Executive Engineer
Sampling & Testing: The Contractor shall carry out all tests at his own expense, at the start of work as well as during any stage of
constructions required by the Engr-in-Charge. Test shall be carried out in accordance with IS:516-1959.
Methods of test for strength of concrete & IS:2386-1977(Part I).
Methods of test for aggregates for concrete. Testing
shall be carried out from laboratories approved by the Engineer- in-Charge. The method of sampling shall be in accordance with the
requirements given in IS:2430-1986.
Storage of Aggregates: Storage of all types of aggregates at site of work shall be at contractors cost & risk & shall be stored as specified in
IS:4082. Aggregates shall in no case be stored near to the excavated earth or directly over the
ground surface.
** The Contractor shall maintain sufficient quantities of aggregates, near to the place of work, required for the continuity of the work. Each type
& grade of aggregate shall be stored separately on hard, firm surface having adequate slope for drainage of water.
** Aggregates delivered at site in wet condition/becoming wet due to rain/any other means, shall not be used for at least 24 hours. The
Contractor shall obtain proper approval of the
Engr-in-Charge for the use of such aggregates & shall adjust the water content in accordance with IS:2386-1977 (Part 2&3) to achieve the
desired mix. In the absence of test results,& to allow variation in mass of aggregates & water content on account of moisture content, the
Contractor can make suitable adjustment in the masses as per IS:456 (Revised), for preparation of nominal mix concrete only.
2.4 Water: Water used for mixing & curing shall be clean & free from injurious amount of oil, acids, alkalies, organic matters or other harmful
substances which may be deleterious to concrete, masonry or steel. The pH value of water sample shall not be less than 6, but generally it
should be between 6 to 8. Potable water shall be considered satisfactory. Underground water can also be used with the prior approval of Engrin-Charge,if it meets all the requirements of IS:456 (Revised).
** Tests on water samples shall be carried out in accordance with IS:3025-1964 & they shall fulfil all the guidelines & requirements given in
IS:456 (Revised).
** The Engr-in-Charge may require the Contractor to prove, that the concrete prepared with water, proposed to be used, shall not have a
average 28 days compressive strength lower than 90% of the strength of concrete prepared with distilled water.
The initial setting time of test block made with the
appropriate test cement &the water proposed to be used shall not be less than 30 minutes, & shall not differ by more than +5min from the
initial setting time of control test block prepared with appropriate test cement & distilled water.
** As directed by the Engr-in-Charge, the Contractor shall get the water tested from an approved laboratory before starting the construction
work & in case the water contains any oil/ organic matter/an excess of acid, alkalies/any injurious amount of salts etc beyond the permissible
maximum limits given in IS:456 (Revised),the Engr-in-Charge may refuse to
permit its use.In case the water is supplied by MIDC, the contractor shall get himself satisfied regarding its quality before using the same in his
works at his own expenses. In case there is any change in source of water, water samples shall be tested again to meet the specified
requirements.
Contractor
Page 69
Executive Engineer
Percentage of solids shall not exceed the following:
Sr.No
Types of Solids
Permissible limit, percentage by weight of

water
Organic
0.02
Inorganic
0.30
Sulphates
0.05
Chlorides for plain concrete
0.20
Contractor
Page 70
Chlorides for RCC
0.10
Executive Engineer
Sulphates
0.05
Chlorides for plain concrete
0.20
Chlorides for RCC
0.10
** Water shall be stored in tin barrels/water tankers/steel tanks/watertight reservoirs made with bricks/stone/reinforced concrete. These
reservoirs shall be of sufficient capacity to meet the water requirement, at any stage of construction.
** Water for curing shall be of the same quality as used for concreting & masonry works. Sea water shall not be used for preparation of cement
mortar, concrete as well as for curing of plain/reinforced concrete & masonry works, as it reduces the strength of concrete as well as causes
dampness, surface effervescences, corrosion of reinforcement etc. Sea water shall
not be used for hydro-testing & checking the leakage of liquid retaining structures also.
2.5 Steel:
General: All steel bars, section, plates & other miscellaneous steel materials, etc shall be free from loose mill scale, rust as well as oil, mud,
paint/other coatings. The materials, construction specifications such as dimensions, shape, weight, tolerances, testing etc for all materials
covered under this section shall conform to respective IS Std. NO REROLLED MATERIAL IS ACCEPTABLE. Contractor shall intimate to
Engineer in- Charge, the source of all steel materials & get the same approved before bringing any material on site. Reinforcement Bars:
Reinforcement bars, to be used for civil & structural works shall be one of the following or in combination
thereof. The shape of steel reinforcement shall be
such that, it should possess maximum possible perimeter to have better bond with concrete. High strength deformed steel bars of grade Fe
415 conforming to IS:1786-1985 shall normally be used. Specific requirement for any other type of reinforcement bars shall be as shown in the
drawings or as specified in Contract or as directed by the Engr-in-Charge. Specification for MS & medium tensile steel bars & hard drawn
IS:432-1982 steel wire for concrete reinforcement (Grade I) Specification for hard drawn steel wire fabric for concrete IS:1566-1982 (2nd
Revision) reinforcement. Specification for Rolled steel made from Structured Steel IS:226-1972 (Vth Revision) Specification for plain hand
drawn steel wire for IS:1785-1983 (Part 1&2) pre stressed concrete. Specification for High strength deformed steel bars & wires IS:1786-1985
(3rd Revision superseding for concrete reinforcement. IS:1139-1966)
Steel for general structural purposes (Grade A) IS:2062 Specification for high tensile steel bars used in IS:2090 Pre stressed concrete.
Contractor
Page 71
Executive Engineer
Specification for indented wire for pre stressed concrete. IS:6003-1983 (1st Revision)
Structural Steel: Structural steel to be used for general structural purpose shall be of Grade A, conforming to IS:2062 Specific requirement for
any other type of structural steel shall be as shown in drawings/as specified in the contract
or as directed by the Engineer-in-Charge. Structural steel sections shall conform to following IS specifications. (Latest Revisions) Steel tubes
for structural purpose. IS:1161 MS Tubes tubulars & other wrought steel fittings. IS:1239Steel for general structural purpose. (Grade A)
IS:2062 Hollow steel section for structural use. IS:4923 Miscellaneous Steel Materials: Miscellaneous steel materials
shall be conforming to the following IS specifications:
Expanded Metal Steel Sheets for General purpose IS:412 Specification IS:412 for MS & medium tensile steel bars & hard drawn steel wire for
concrete
reinforcement (Grade I) (For MS bars of anchor bolts, rungs,metal inserts, grating etc.) IS:432-1982 (Part 1&2) Hexagonal headbolts, screws
& nuts of product grade C. IS:1363 Cold formed light gauge structural steel section IS:811 Technical supply condition for threaded steel
fasteners. IS:1367 Plain washers. IS:2016 Steel wire rope for general engineer purpose IS:2266-1977 Timbles for wire ropes IS:2315
Bulldog grips. IS:2361 MS Tubes, tubulars & other wrought steel fillings. IS:1239 (For Hand rail tublar section) Drop forged socket for wire
ropes for general engineering purpose. IS:2485 Steel chequered plates. IS:3502 Hexagonal bolts & nuts (M42 to M150) IS:3138
MS Steel Plates IS:2062
Anchor Bolts: Material for Anchor Bolts such as MS bars, washers, nuts, pipe sleeves & plates etc. shall be as per relevant IS Codes
mentioned above under.
Storage: The storage of all materials at site of work shall be at the Contractors cost & risk & shall be done as per the requirements given in
IS:4082-1977. The contractor shall maintain the proper records of receipt/consumption/balance. The records shall always be accessible to the
Engr-in-Charge for verification.
** The reinforcement bars, structural steel section & other miscellaneous steel materials etc. shall be stored in such a way as to avoid &
prevent deterioration, corrosion, bending, twisting & wrapping. In case of any damage occurring to the material on account of faulty storage or
negligence by the contractor same shall be borne by the Contractor himself.
Tests after Delivery: Materials after delivery at site & at the discretion of Engineer-in-Charge, shall be subjected to any or all of the tests,
required by the relevant IS Codes. The Contractor shall carry out & bear the cost of such tests irrespective of the fact whether the material is
procured by the department or the Contractor.
Rejection: The Engineer-in-Charge may reject at his discretion any material, notwithstanding the manufacturers certificate or failing to meet
the requirements or relevant IS Codes for testing of materials. He may similarly reject any material, which has found deteriorated or corroded
etc., due to improper storage, handling or transport. Defective materials shall not be used & removed form the site by the contractor at his own
expense, & replace the same at his cost.
2.6 Admixtures:These shall be used as directed by Engr-in-charge of approved makes only as specified elsewhere in this tender document.
Contractor
Page 72
Executive Engineer
Water Stops: PVC water bars shall be used in reinforced concrete construction of liquid retaining structures/any other structure to safeguard
them from hydrostatic pressure & water leakage & any relative movement between two parts of the structure due to thermal loading shrinkage
or differential movement of foundations. Wherever desired/shown in the drawings, they shall be used at expansion/contraction/ construction
joints. These shall be preformed & shall provide a permanent water tight seal along the entire joint in the poured concrete structures. These
shall also be flexible enough to withstand deflection/displacements at joints arising due to
variation of temperatures/settlement of foundations. The minimum thickness of water bar shall be as shown on drawings /described in the
schedule of rates & unless otherwise mentioned, these shall be able to withstand a water head of at least 12m.
** Performance requirements of PVC water bars shall meet the requirements of IS:12200. These shall be of approved make & of
ribbed/serrated/plane type with a bulb at the centre. The thickness & width of water bars shall be as per schedule of rates/drawings but in no
case the thickness shall be less than 5mm & width less than 150mm the joining of the water bars shall be carried out by vulcanising strictly as
per the manufacturers specifications. Lapped joints shall not be allowed under any circumstances.
Grades of Concrete: The grades of concrete shall be as mentioned on drawings & as specified in the contract & generally be as per Table 1,2
& 3 as defined in IS : 456 (Revised).
Table-1 Table-2
Grades of Concrete
(PCC)
Type of Mix
Grades of Concrete
(RCC)
Designation
Characteristic
Grade
Designation
Compressive Strength
of 15 Cm cube at 28
days (N/Sqmm)
1:5:10
Contractor
1:4:8
Volumetric
M 15
Volumetric
M 20
15
Page 73
20
Executive Engineer
1:5:10
Volumetric
M 15
15
1:4:8
Volumetric
M 20
20
1:3:6
Volumetric
M 25
25
1:2:4
Volumetric
M 30
30
M 35
35
M 40
40
The characteristic strength is defined as the strength of the concrete mix, below which not more than 5% of the test results are expected to
fall.
Table-3
Contractor
Page 74
Executive Engineer
Designation Type of Mix
Equivalent Design Mix Grade
1:2:4 Volumetric
M-15
1:1.5:3 Volumetric
M-20
1:1:2 Volumetric
M-25
4. Types of Concrete Mixes: Normally 2 types of concrete mixes are adopted, viz.
a. Nominal mix on volumetric basis &
b. Design mix depending on characteristic strength.
Contractor
Page 75
Executive Engineer
4.1 Nominal Mix on Volumetric Basis: This concrete shall be made (without preliminary tests) by adopting nominal concrete mix with
proportions of materials as specified in Table -4.
Table 4: Proportions for nominal Mix Concrete
-----------------------------------------------------Plain Cement Concrete
Quantity of water per 50 kg
(by mass)
of cement (max.)
-----------------------------------------------------1:2:4
1:1.5:3
1:1:2
Volumetric
Volumetric
Volumetric
-----------------------------------------------------Note: The cement content of the mix shall be proportionately increased if the quantity of water in a mix has to be increased to overcome the
difficulties of placement & compaction, so that the water-cement ratio, as specified, is not exceeded.
Design Mix Concrete:The mix shall be designed to produce the grade of concrete having the required workability & characteristic strength not
less than appropriate values mentioned relevant IS.The design mix will have to be got approved from Govt approved testing
laboratory/Institutions before start of work.
** As long as the quality of materials does not change, a mix design done earlier shall be considered adequate for later work.
** However, in case the quality of materials changes the Engr in- Charge may ask for a new design mix.
** While designing the mix, the durability requirement as given in IS:456 (Revised) shall also be taken into account.
5 Concrete Mix Proportioning: Proportioning, as used in this specification, shall mean the process of determining the proportions of the various
ingredients to be used to produce concrete of the required strength, workability, durability & other properties.
5.1 Maximum Density: Suitable proportion of sand & the different sizes of coarse aggregates for each grade of concrete shall be selected to
give as nearly as practicable the max. density. This shall be determined by mathematical means, laboratory tests, field trials & suitable
changes in aggregate gradation. The Contractor shall submit to the Engr-in-Charge
test results after varying the mix proportions &/or grading of aggregate so as to establish the max. density of any particular grade of concrete.
5.2 Water-Cement Ratio: Once a mix, including its water-cement ratio, has been determined & approved for use by Engr-in-Charge that watercement ratio shall be maintained. The Contractor shall determine the water content of the aggregates frequently as the work progress, & the
amount of mixing water shall be adjusted so as to maintain the approved water cement
ratio. Maximum water-cement ratio shall never exceed
Contractor
Page 76
Executive Engineer
the values given in IS:456 (Revised) & IS:4651 for various exposures & sulphate attach conditions from durability considerations.
5.3 Consistency: The concrete shall have a consistency such that it shall be workable in the required position & when properly vibrated it flows
around reinforcing steel, all embedded fixtures, etc.
5.4 Workability: The concrete mix proportion shall be such that the concrete is of adequate workability for the placing condition & can be
properly compacted with the means available. Use of plasticiser/ super-plasticiser of approved make shall be taken recourse to where
required for attaining proper workability as specified under table 5 below. Where adequate workability is difficult to obtain at maximum
permissible. Water-cement ratio, increased cement content shall also be alternatively considered while designing the mix proportions. No
separate payment shall be given if plasticer /admixture proposed/approved in design mix.
** The suggested ranges of values of workability of concrete measured in accordance with IS:1199 are indicated in Table-5 below. However,
the actual values to be followed shall be established depending on aggregate sizing, mix proportions, placing conditions, etc & shall be got
approved by the Engineer- in-Charge.
Table 5 : Values of Workability
Placing Conditions
Degree of Workability
Values of
Workability
Concreting of shallow sections
Very low
20-10 seconds vee-bee time

or 0.75-0.80
with vibration compacting
factor
Contractor
Concreting of lightly reinforced
Page 77
Low
Executive Engineer

or 0.80-0.85
section with vibration
compacting factor
Concreting of shallow sections
Very low

or 0.75-0.80
with vibration compacting
factor
Concreting of lightly reinforced
Low

or 0.80-0.85
section with vibration
compacting factor
Heavily reinforced
Medium
5-2 seconds vee-bee time or

0.85-0.92
sections with vibration
compacting factor or 2575mm slump for
20mm aggregate
5.5 Durability: For achieving sufficiently durable concrete, strong, dense aggregates, low water-cement ratio & adequate cement content,
proper compaction & curing, proper cover to reinforcement shall always be used. Workability of concrete shall be such that concrete can be
completely compacted with the means available. Leak-proof formwork shall be used so as
to ensure no loss of cement-slurry during pouring & compaction. Cover to reinforcement shall be uniform & as shown in drawings. Concrete
mix design shall always take into account the type of cement, minimum cement content irrespective of the type of cement & maximum watercement ratio conforming to the exposure conditions.
6 Batching: In concrete, the quantity of both cement & aggregate shall be determined by mass. Where the mass of cement is determined on
the basis of mass of cement/bag, a reasonable number of bags shall be weighed periodically to check the net mass. Where the cement is
weighed at site & not in bags, it shall be weighed separately from the aggregates. Water shall be either measured by volume in calibrated
tanks or weighed. Any solid admixtures that are to be added, shall be measured by mass; liquid & paste admixtures shall be measured by
volume/mass. Batching plant, where used, shall conf.to IS:4925. All measuring equipment shall be maintained in a clean serviceable
condition, & their accuracy periodically checked.
** Except where it can be shown to the satisfaction of the Engr- in-Charge that supply of properly graded aggregate of uniform quality can be
maintained over the period of work, the grading of aggregate shall be controlled by obtaining the coarse aggregate in different size & blending
Contractor
Page 78
Executive Engineer
them in the right proportions when required, aggregates shall be

checked frequently, the frequency for a given job being determined by the Engr-in-Charge to ensure that the approved grading is maintained.
** The amount of added water shall be adjusted to compensate for any observed variations in the moisture contents in both fine & coarse
aggregates.
7 Concrete Mixing:
7.1 The mixing of concrete shall be strictly carried out in an approved type of mechanical concrete mixer. The mixing shall be continued until
there is a uniform distribution of the material & the mass is uniform in colour & consistency. The mixing should ensure that, the mass becomes
homogenous & uniform in colour & consistency. If there is segregation, after unloading from the mixer, the concrete shall be re-mixed.
7.2 Mixer: Mixer shall comply with IS:1791 & shall be maintained in satisfactory operation condition. The speed of the mixer shall be minimum
15-20 RPM/as specified in relevant IS code. Mixer drum shall be kept free of hardened concrete & blades shall be replaced when worn down
more than ten percent (10%)
of their depth. Should any mixer at any time produce unsatisfactory results, leak mortar or cause waste of materials, its use shall be promptly
discontinued until it is repaired.
7.3 Mixing Time: Mixing time shall be as indicated in the following table. Excessive mixing requiring additions of water shall not be permitted.
Time shall start when all solid materials are poured in the revolving mixer drum, provided that all of the mixing water shall be introduced before
1/4 of the mixing time has elapsed. The Engr-in-Charge may, however,
direct a change in the mixing time, if he considers such a change necessary.
Capacity of Mixer
2 CuM or less
Minimum mixing time .

1.5 minutes
3 CuM
2.5 minutes
5 CuM
3.0 minutes
** All records & charts for the batching & mixing operations shall be prepared & maintained by the Contractor as per the instructions of
Engineer-in-Charge.
7.4 Hand Mixing: Hand mixing of concrete shall not be permitted. However, for not-critical structures located at far away isolated places, this
may be permitted by the Engr-in-Charge as a special case. 10% extra cement shall have to be added to the normal mix when mixed by hand.
It shall be carried out on a watertight platform & care shall be taken to ensure
that mixing is continued until the mass is uniform in colour & consistency. No extra payment shall be made to the Contractor for mixing by
hand/for using extra cement due to hand mixing. However, extra cement consumed shall be considered for reconciliation purposes where
such concreting is allowed by the Engineer-in-Charge.
Contractor
Page 79
Executive Engineer
8 Transportation, Placing & Compaction:

8.1 General: The entire concrete placing programme including transportation arrangements, deployment of equipment, layout, proposed
procedures & methods, shall be submitted to the Engr- in-Charge 24 hours prior to concreting, for approval. No concreting shall be placed until
his approval has been received.
Approval of the Engr-in-Charge for pouring concrete
shall be taken.
Chuting: The use of long troughs, chutes & pipes for conveying concrete from the mixer to the forms shall be permitted only on written
authorisation from the Engineer-in-Charge. In case an inferior quality of concrete is produced by the use of such conveyors, the Engineer-inCharge may order discontinuation of their use & the substitution of a satisfactory method of placing the concrete. Open troughs & chutes shall
be equipped with baffles & be in short lengths to
avoid segregation. Chutes shall be designed so that the concrete is, to some extent, re-mixed at the lower end by passing down through a
funnel shaped pipe or drop chute. Alternatively, they shall discharge into a storage hopper from which the concrete shall be transported to the
point of placing by wheelbarrows or other means. Where drop chutes are used, a sufficient number of these must be provided, so that the
concrete discharged from the chute is not required to flow laterally more than 1m. Where a drop chute is swung
from the vertical, the bottom two sections must be maintained in a vertical position to avoid segregation. The addition of water at any point in
the system of chutes, troughs & pipes, shall be kept clean & free from coatings of hardened concrete by thoroughly flushing them with water
after each run; water used for flushing shall be discharged clear
of the structure. Concrete shall not be normally permitted to fall freely from a height of more than 1.5m nor to strike the forms at an angle.
However, a deviation from this normal practice may be allowed provided proper precaution is taken, while placing concrete into the forms to
avoid segregation, to the satisfaction of the Engineer-in-Charge.
Vibrators: Concrete shall compacted with mechanical vibrating equipment supplemented, if necessary to obtain consolidation, by hand
spreading, Roding & tamping. The vibrators shall be immersion type with operational frequency ranging between 8000 to 12000
vibrations/minute. All vibrators shall comply with IS:2505. Screed board concrete vibrators/concreting vibrating tables/form vibrators
conforming to IS:2506, 2514 & 4656, respectively, shall be used where specifically required & directed by Engr-in-Charge.
** Immersion type vibrators shall be inserted in a vertical position at intervals of about 600mm, depending upon the mix, the equipment used &
experience on work. The vibrators shall be withdrawn slowly. The spacing shall provide some overlapping
of the area vibrated at each insertion. In no case shall vibrators be used to transport concrete inside the forms. Over vibration /under vibration
shall not be permitted, as both are harmful. Hand tamping in some cases may be allowed subject to the approval of the Engr-in-Charge.
** In placing concrete in layers which are advancing horizontally as the work progress, great care shall be exercised adequate vibration,
bonding & moulding of the concrete between the succeeding batches.
** The vibrator shall penetrate the layer being placed & also penetrate the layer below while the under layer is still plastic to ensure good bond
& homogeneity between the 2 layers & prevent the formation of cold joints.
** Care shall be taken to prevent contact of vibrators against all embedded reinforcing steel or inserts. Vibrators shall not be allowed to come
in contact with forms.
** The use of form vibrators shall not be permitted for compaction of in-situ concrete without specific authorisation of Engr-in-Charge.
** The use of surface vibrators of screed board type shall not be permitted for consolidation of concrete under ordinary conditions. However,
Contractor
Page 80
Executive Engineer
for thin slabs (of thickness less than 200mm) surface vibration by such vibrators may be permitted, upon approval of the Engr-in-Charge.
** Whenever vibration has to be applied externally, the design of formwork & the disposition of vibrations shall be carefully planned to ensure
to efficient compaction & to avoid surface blemishes.
8.2 Transportation: All concrete shall be conveyed form the mixer to the place of final deposit as rapidly as possible in suitable buckets,
dumpers, containers/conveyors which shall be mortar leak tight. Care shall be taken to prevent the segregation/
loss of the ingredients & maintaining the required
workability. From the mixing batch plant, concrete will be brought at site by transit mixers, subject to approval from Engineer-in-charge.
** During hot/cold weather, concrete shall be transported in deep containers. Other suitable methods to reduce the loss of water by
evaporation in hot weather & heat loss in cold weather may also be adopted. All equipment used for transporting
& placing of concrete shall be maintained in clean
condition. All buckets, hoppers, chutes, dumpers & other equipment shall be thoroughly cleaned after each use.
8.3 Placing & Compaction: Before placing concrete,all soil surfaces upon which/against which concrete is to be placed shall be well
compacted & free from standing water, mud or debris. Soft or yielding soil shall be removed & replace, with lean concrete/with selected
soils/sand & compacted to the density as directed by Engr-in-Charge. The surface of absorptive soil
(against which concrete is to be placed) shall be moistened thoroughly so that moisture is not drawn from the freshly placed concrete.
** Concrete shall be discharged by vertical drop only & the drop height shall not normally exceed 1.5m throughout all stages of delivery until
the concrete comes to rest in forms. For continuous concreting operation windows of suitable size shall be kept in the formwork or chutes shall
be used to avoid segregation of concrete.
** Concrete shall be deposited as near as practicable in its final position to avoid re handling. Concrete shall be placed in successive
horizontal layers. The bucket loads/other units of deposit, shall be placed progressively along the face of the layer with such overlap as will
facilitate spreading the layer of uniform depth & texture with a minimum of hand
shovelling. Any tendency to segregation shall be corrected by shovelling coarse aggregates into mortar rather than mortar on the coarse
aggregates. Such a tendency for segregation shall be corrected by redesign of mix, change in process/ other means, as directed by Engr-inCharge.
** All struts, stays & braces (serving temporarily to hold the forms in correct shape & alignment pending the placing of concrete at their
locations)shall be removed when the concrete placing has reached an elevation rendering their service unnecessary. These shall not be
buried in the concrete. Concrete shall be thoroughly compacted with vibrators & fully worked around the reinforcement, embedded fixtures &
into
corners of formwork before setting commences & shall not be subsequently disturbed. Methods of placing shall be such as to preclude
segregation. The formation of stone-pockets/mortar bondage in corners & against face forms shall not be permitted. Should these occur, they
shall be dug out, reformed
& refilled to sufficient depth & shape for through
bonding as directed by the Engineer-in-Charge. Care shall be taken to avoid displacement of reinforcement & embedded inserts/ movement of
formwork.
Contractor
Page 81
Executive Engineer
** Unless otherwise approved, concrete shall be placed in single operation to the full thickness of foundation rafts, slabs,beams & similar
members. Concrete shall be placed continuously until completion of the part of the work between approved construction joints or as directed
by the Engr-in- Charge.
** The method of placing & compaction employed in any particular section of the work shall be to the entire satisfaction of the Engr-in-Charge.
** During hot weather (atmospheric temperature above 40 Deg.C)/ cold weather(atmospheric temperature below 5 Deg.C), the concreting
shall be done as per the procedure set out in IS: 7861 (Part 1&2).
** Concrete that has set standing & becomes stiffened shall not be used in the work.
8.4 Embedment in Concrete: Concreting shall not be started unless the electrical conduits, pipes, fixtures etc, wherever required, are laid by
the concerned agency. The Contractor shall afford all the facilities & maintain co-ordination of work with other agencies engaged in electrical &
such other works as directed by the Engr-in-Charge.
** Before concreting, contractor should obtain drawings from Engr-in-Charge showing all fixtures & accordingly the contractor shall provide,
fabricate & lay in proper position all metal inserts, anchor bolts, pipes etc. (Which are required to be embedded in concrete members)as per
relevant drawings & directions of Engr-in-Charge.
** All embedment, inserts etc. shall be fully held & secured in their respective positions by the concerned agencies to the entire satisfaction of
the Engineer-in-Charge so as to avoid any dislocation or displacement during the concreting operations.
The Contractor shall take all possible care during
concreting to maintain these embedment/inserts in their exact locations.
9. Construction Joints: Construction joints shall be provided in position as shown or described on the drawings or as directed by the Engineerin-Charge. These joints shall be provided in such a way that, they do not cause serious weakness in the structure. Such joints shall be kept to
the minimum. These shall be straight & at right angles to the direction of main reinforcement. These shall be located at the places
where bending moments & shear force are small or where the joints will be supported by the other members & which should not cause
difficulty in progress of the construction work.
** In a column, the joint shall be formed about 100 to 150mm below the lowest soffit of the beams framing into it. Concrete in a beam & slab
shall be placed throughout without a joint but if the provision of a joint is unavoidable, the joint shall be vertical & located within 1/3 to 1/4 of the
span, unless otherwise shown on the drawings.
** When stopping the concrete on a vertical plane in slabs & beams, an approved stop board shall be placed with necessary slots for
reinforcement bars. The construction joints shall be keyed by providing a triangular or trapezoidal fillet nailed on the stop board. Inclined joints
shall not be permitted.
Any concrete flowing through the joints of stop
board shall be removed soon after the initial set. When concrete is stopped on a horizontal plane, the surface shall be roughened & cleaned
after the initial set & a triangular or trapezoidal groove shall be provided for keying with the new concrete later.
** When the work has to be resumed on a surface which has hardened, such surface shall be cleared of any foreign materials & roughened to
expose the tips of the coarse aggregate. It shall then be swept clean & thoroughly washed & wetted before any new concrete is poured. Any
set mortar or concrete sticking to the exposed reinforcing rods in & around such joints shall be thoroughly removed. The reinforcements shall
be wire brushed & washed just before pouring any cement
Contractor
Page 82
Executive Engineer
be wire brushed & washed just before pouring any cement

slurry/mortar. For vertical joints neat cement slurry shall be applied on the surface before it is dry. For horizontal joints the surface shall be
covered with a layer of mortar about 10 to 15mm thick composed of cement & sand in the same ratio as the cement & sand in concrete mix.
This layer of cement slurry or mortar shall be freshly mixed & applied immediately before placing new concrete.
** Where the concrete has not fully hardened, all laitance shall be removed by scrubbing the wet surface with wire or bristle brushes, care
being taken to above dislodgement of particles of aggregate. The surface shall be thoroughly wetted & all free water removed. The surface
shall then be coated with
neat cement slurry. On this surface, layer of concrete not exceeding 150mm in thickness shall first be placed & shall be well rammed against
old work, particular attention being paid to corners & close spots; work thereafter shall proceed in normal way.
10. Separation Joint: Separation joint shall be obtained by suing an approved alkathene sheet stuck on the surface against which concrete
shall be placed. Adequate care shall be taken to cause no damage to the sheet.
11. Expansion Joints/Isolation Joint: Expansion/Isolation joints in structures shall be formed in the positions & to the shapes shown in the
relevant drawing. These are provided where structures exceeding 45m in length shall be divided by one or more expansion joints. Joints shall
be filled with
joint filling material as stipulated in the drawings/as per manufacturers code of practise. Isolation joints shall be provided around all equipment
foundations, columns, pedestals,trenches etc. on grade. The joints are constructed as
per directions of the Engr-in-charge & relevant IS codes.
12. Water Stops:PVC water stops shall be accurately cut, fitted & integrally joined as per manufacturers specifications to provide a continuous,
watertight diaphragm at all points.
** The water stops shall be located & embedded at expansion/ contraction/construction joints as indicated in the drawings /directed by the
Engineer-in-Charge.
** Adequate provision shall be made for the support & protection of water stops during the progress of the work. Damaged water stops shall
be replaced &/or repaired as directed.
11. Protection of Freshly Laid Concrete: Newly placed concrete shall be protected, by approved means, from rain, sun & wind. Concrete
placed below the ground level shall be protected from falling earth during & after placing. Surface shall be kept free from contact with such
ground or with water draining from such ground during placing of concrete for a period
of atleast 3 days,unless otherwise directed by the Engineer in- Charge. The ground water around newly poured concrete shall be kept to an
approved level by pumping or other approved means of drainage & adequate steps shall be taken to prevent floatation & flooding. Steps shall
be taken to protect immature concrete from damage by debris, loading, vibration, abrasion, mixing with deleterious materials, that may, in the
opinion of the Engineer-in-Charge impair the strength &/or durability of the concrete.
12 Curing: Concrete shall be cured by keeping it continuously moist wet for the specified period of time to ensure complete hydration of
cement & its hardening. Curing shall be started after 8 hours of placement of concrete, & in hot weather after 4 hours. The water used for
curing shall be of the same quality as that used for making of concrete.
** Curing shall be assured by use of an ample water supply under pressure in pipes, with all necessary appliances such as hose, sprinklers
etc. A layer of sacking, canvas, resin, or other approved material, which will hold moisture for long periods & prevent loss of moisture from the
concrete, shall be used as covering. Type of covering which would stain, disfigure, or damage the concrete, during & after the curing period,
shall not be used. Only approved covering shall be used for curing.
** Exposed surface of concrete shall be maintained continuously in a damp/wet condition for at least the first 7 days after placing of concrete,
Contractor
Page 83
Executive Engineer
except that high early strength concrete shall be so maintained for at least the 1st 3 days.
** The Contractor shall have all equipment & materials required for curing on hand & ready to use before concrete is placed.
** For curing the concrete in pavements, floors, flat roofs/other level surfaces, the pounding method of curing is preferred after the expiry of 1st
24 hrs during which (ie.1st 24 hrs) the concrete shall be cured by use of wet sacking, canvas, resin etc. The minimum water depth of 25mm for
pounding shall
be maintained. The method of containing the pomaded water shall be approved by the Engr-in-Charge. The pounded areas shall be kept
continuously filled with water & leaks, if any, shall be promptly repaired. Areas cured by pounding method shall be cleared of all debris &
foreign materials after curing
is over.
** Alternatively, membrane curing may be used in lieu of moist curing with the permission of the Engr -in-Charge. Such compounds shall be
applied to all exposed surfaces of the concrete by spraying of brushing as soon as possible after the concrete has set. Minimum film thickness
of such compounds shall be as per the recommendation of the manufacturer so as to obtain an efficiency of 90% as specified by BS-8110.
This
film of curing compound shall be fully removed from the concrete surface after the curing period specified earlier. Engr-in-Charge may not
allow curing by curing compounds for those surfaces where use of curing compound may be detrimental of future finishes according to him.
15 Field Tests:
15.1 Grading Test: Grading test on fine & coarse aggregates shall be carried out as per IS:2386 at intervals specified by the Engr-in-Charge.
** The mandatory tests & their frequencies shall be done on sand & stone aggregates as given in Table below.
Mandatory Tests on Sand & Stone Aggregates.
Material
Test
Field/Lab
Test
Min.
Qty. of
material/
Frequency of
Testing
work to
carry
out the
test
Contractor
Sand
Page 84
(A) Bulking of
sand
Field 20
CuM
20 CuM
Every 20 CuM
Executive Engineer
work to
carry
out the
test
Sand
(A) Bulking of
sand
Field 20
CuM
20 CuM
Every 20 CuM
(B) Silt
content
Field 20
CuM
20 CuM
-- do --
(C) Particle
size
Field or Lab
40 CuM
1. Every 40 CuM
of fine
distribution as
decided by
aggregate/sand
the EIC
2. Every 80 CuM
of fine
aggregate/sand
Stone aggregate
a. Percentage
of soft or
deleterious
material
General visual
inspection,
As
require
d by
Engr-in
Charge
For all quantities
laboratory
test where
require by
Contractor
Page 85
EIC or as
Specified
Executive Engineer
aggregate/sand
Stone aggregate
a. Percentage
of soft or
deleterious
material
General visual
inspection,
As
require
d by
Engr-in
Charge
For all quantities
45
CuM
For every 45 CuM
laboratory
test where
require by
EIC or as
Specified
b. Particle
size
distribution
Field or lab.
as required
by EIC
15.2 Vee-Bee Test/Slump Test of Concrete: At least one Vee-Bee Test/Slump Test shall be made for every compressive strength test carried
out. More frequent tests shall be made if there is a distinct change in working conditions or if required by the Engineer-in-Charge.
Contractor
Page 86
Executive Engineer
out. More frequent tests shall be made if there is a distinct change in working conditions or if required by the Engineer-in-Charge.
15.3 Strength Test of Concrete: Samples from fresh concrete shall be taken as per IS:1199 & cubes shall be made, cured & tested at 28 days
in accordance with IS:516.
** In order to get a relatively quicker idea of the quality of concrete, optional tests on beams for modulus of rupture at 72+2 hours/at 7
days/compressive strength test at 7 days may be carried out in addition to 28 days compressive strength tests. For this purpose, the values
given in Table below may be taken for general guidance in the case of concrete made
with OPC.In all cases, the 28 days compressive strength specified in Table below shall alone be the criterion for acceptance/ rejection of the
concrete from strength consideration. If, however, from tests carried out in a particular work over a reasonably long period, it has been
established to the satisfaction of Engr-in-Charge that a suitable ratio between 28 days compressive strength & the modulus of rupture at 72+2
hours/compressive strength at 7 days may be accepted, the Engr-in-Charge may suitably relax the frequency of 28 days compressive
strength, provided the expected strength values at the specified early age are consistently met. However, set of test cubes for 28 days
strength test shall always
be taken & maintained to cater to any contingencies in the event of failure of 7 days strength.
Optional Test Requirement of Concrete
Contractor
Page 87
Executive Engineer
Grade of Concrete
Compressive
strength on
15cm cubes
minimum at 7
days
(N/Sqmm
Modulus of Rupture by Beam

Test at minimum
72+2 hours (N/Sqmm
7 days
(N/Sqmm)
M15
10.0
1.5
2.1
M20
13.5
1.7
2.4
M25
17.0
1.9
2.7
Contractor
M30
Page 88
20.0
2.1
3.0
Executive Engineer
M25
17.0
1.9
2.7
M30
20.0
2.1
3.0
M35
23.5
2.3
3.2
M40
27.0
2.5
3.4
A random sampling procedure shall be adopted to ensure that each concrete batch shall have a reasonable chance of being tested, that is the
sampling should be spread over the entire period of concreting & cover all mixing units.
15.4 Frequency of Sampling: The minimum frequency of sampling of concrete for each grade shall be in accordance with the following :
-----------------------------------------------------Quantity of concrete
Number of samples
in the work in CuM

-----------------------------------------------------1-5
6-15
16-30
31-50
Contractor
Page 89
Executive Engineer
16-30
31-50
51 & Above
4+1 addl. sample
for each addl.
50 CuM/part thereof.
-----------------------------------------------------Note: At least 1 sample shall be taken from each shift.

15.5 Test Specimen: 3 test specimens shall be made from each sample for testing at 28 days. Addl. cubes may be required for various
purposes such as to determine the strength of concrete at 7 days/at the time of striking the formwork/to determine the duration of curing/to
check the testing error.
** Addl. cubes may also be required for testing cubes cured by accelerated methods as described in IS:9013. The specimen shall be tested as
described in IS:516.
15.6 Test Strength of Sample: The test strength of the sample shall be the average of the strength of three specimens. The individual variation
should not be more than + 15 percent of the average.
15.7 Standard Deviation:
15.7.1 Standard Deviation Based on Test Results:
A) Number of test results: The total number of test results required to constitute an acceptable record for calculation of Std deviation shall be
not less than 30. Attempts should be made to obtain the 30 test results, as early as possible, when a mix is used for the first time.
B) Standard deviation to be brought up to date: The calculation of the Std deviation shall be brought up to date after every change of mix
design & at least once a month.
15.7.2 Determination of Standard Deviation:
A) Concrete of each grade shall be analysed separately to determine its standard deviation.
B) The standard deviation of concrete of a given grade shall be calculated using the following formula from the results of individual tests of
concrete of that grade obtained as specified
elsewhere.
Estimated Standard Deviation(s) =
------/ E A^2
\/ n - 1
= deviation of the individual test strength from the
average strength of n samples
Contractor
Page 90
Executive Engineer
= deviation of the individual test strength from the

average strength of n samples
n = number of sample test results
C) When significant changes are made in the production of concrete batches (for example changes in the materials used, mix design,
equipment or technical control), the standard deviation value shall be separately calculated for such batches of concrete.
15.7.3 Assumed Standard Deviation: Where sufficient test results for a particular grade of concrete are not available, the value of std deviation
given in Table below may be assumed.
Assume Standardisation
Grade of Concrete
M15
3.5
M20
4.6
M25
5.3
M30
6.0
M35
6.3
M40
6.6
Assumed Std Deviation (N/Sqmm)
** However, when adequate past records for a similar grade exist & justify to the Engineer-in-Charge, a value of standard deviation different
from that shown in Table above, it shall be permissible to use that value.
15.8 Acceptance Criteria:
15.8.1 The concrete shall be deemed to comply with the strength requirements if:
(A) Every sample has a test strength not less than the characteristic value. OR
(B) The strength of 1/more samples though less than the characteristic value,is in each case not less than the greater of
1.
The characteristic strength minus 1.35 times the standard deviation &
2.
0.8 times the characteristic strength.
** And the average strength of all the samples is not less than the characteristic strength plus 1.65-(1.65+ Sq.Root[no. ofsample]*(the
std.deviation)
15.8.2 The concrete shall be deemed out to comply with the strength requirement if:
Contractor
Page 91
Executive Engineer
** And the average strength of all the samples is not less than the characteristic strength plus 1.65-(1.65+ Sq.Root[no. ofsample]*(the
std.deviation)
15.8.2 The concrete shall be deemed out to comply with the strength requirement if:
(A) The strength of any sample is less than greater of:
1. The characteristic strength minus 1.35 times the standard deviation &
2. 0.80 times the characteristic strength;
or
(B) The avg.strength of all the samples is less than the characteristic strength plus 1.65-3+Sq.Root[no. ofsample]*(the std.deviation)
** Concrete which does not meet the strength requirements as specified but has a strength greater than that required may, at the discretion of
the Engineer-in-Charge, be accepted as being structurally adequate without further testing.
** If the concrete is deemed not to comply pursuant to requirements, the structural adequacy of the parts affected shall be investigated as
stipulated.
** Concrete of each grade shall be assessed separately.
** Concrete shall be assessed daily for compliance.
** Concrete is labile to be rejected if it is porous or honeycombed; its placing has been interrupted without providing a proper construction
joint; the reinforcement has been displaced beyond the tolerances specified; or construction tolerances have not been met. However, the
hardened concrete may be accepted after carrying out suitable remedial measures to the satisfaction of the Engineer-in-Charge.
16 Finishing of Concrete:
16.1 On striking the formwork, all surface defects such as bulges, ridges & honey-combing etc. observed shall be brought to the notice of the
Engr-in-Charge. The Engr-in-Charge may, at his discretion allow rectification with mortar. However, if honeycombing or sagging is of such
extent as being undesirable,
the Engr-in-Charge may reject the work totally & his
decision shall be binding. No extra payment shall be made for rectifying these defects, demolishing & reconstructing the structure. However,
quantity of cement actually used for this purpose may be considered for reconciliation of materials.
All burrs & uneven faces shall be rubbed smooth with
the help of Carborundum stone.
** The surface of nonshuttered faces shall be smoothened with a wooden float to give a finish similar to that of the rubbed down shuttered
faces. Concealed concrete faces shall be left as from the formwork except that honey-combed surface shall
be made good as specified above. The top faces of slabs not intended to be covered shall be levelled & floated to smooth finish to the rises or
Contractor
Page 92
Executive Engineer
faces. Concealed concrete faces shall be left as from the formwork except that honey-combed surface shall
be made good as specified above. The top faces of slabs not intended to be covered shall be levelled & floated to smooth finish to the rises or
falls shown on the drawings/as directed. The floating shall not be executed to the extent of bringing excess fine materials to the surface. The
top faces of slabs intended to be covered with screed, granolithic/
similar finishes, shall be left with a rough finish.
16.2 Repair & Replacement of Unsatisfactory Concrete:
Repair shall be made as soon as possible after the forms are removed & before the concrete becomes too hard with prior permission from the
Engr-in-Charge, in writing. Stone pockets, segregation patches & damaged areas shall be chipped out & the edges undercut slightly to form a
key. All loose material shall
be washed out before patching. No excess water shall be left in the cavity, but the concrete shall be damp. A good bond between the patch &
parent concrete shall be obtained by sprinkling dry cement on the wet surface/by throwing mortar with force on to the wetted concrete, or by
brush in a coat of thick cement grout of about 1:1 (1 cement:1 Sand) just before applying the patching material. Before this has dried,
the remainder of the patch shall be filled with mortar/concrete,depending on the extent of the repair.
** Cement concrete/ mortar used in repair of exposed surfaces shall be made with cement from the same source as that used in concrete &
blended with sufficient amount of white Portland cement to produce the same colour as in the adjoining concrete. The proportions of
ingredients shall be same as those used in parent concrete. The mortar shall be as dry as
possible & well compacted into the cavity. All filling shall be tightly bonded to the concrete & shall be sound, free from shrinkage cracks after
the filling has been cured & dried.
** For larger repairs to hardened concrete, necessary formwork bearing tightly at the edges of the cavity shall be provided. Concrete shall be
chipped out to a depth of at least 100mm & preferably 150mm. Mortar shall be scrubbed into all surfaces with a wire brush before placing the
concrete. Damaged reinforcement shall be adequately spliced with new steel so as to maintain the original strength. Additional reinforcement,
if required in the patch, shall be provided as per the instructions of Engr-in-charge.
** In case in the opinion of the Engr-in-Charge defects in the concrete is excessive/beyond repair, the Contractor shall either redo the
structure/take other remedial measures as instructed by the Engr-in-charge. The decision of the Engr in- charge shall be final & binding to all
in this respect.
** Approved epoxy formulation for bonding fresh concrete used for repairs with already hardened concrete shall be used by the Contractor if
asked by the Engr-in-Charge. Epoxy shall be applied in strict accordance with specifications & the instructions
of the manufacturers.
** All repair works due to non-conformance/non-adherence to specification, if allowed by the Engr-in-Charge, shall be carried out free of cost
to MIDC.
16.3 Curing of Patched Work: Immediately after patching is completed, the patched area shall be covered with an approved non-staining
water saturated material, which shall be kept wet & protected against sun & wind for a period of 12 hours. Thereafter, the patched area shall
be kept continuously wet by a fine spray/sprinkling for not less than 10 days.
17. Cement Wash: If instructed by the Engineer-in-charge, the Contractor shall provide 1 coat of cement wash over the exposed concrete
surfaces of foundations, beams, columns, walls,
lintels, soffit of slabs etc. which are not plastered & appearance-wise not up to acceptable standard, as per the sole direction of Engineer-in-
Contractor
Page 93
Executive Engineer
to MIDC.
16.3 Curing of Patched Work: Immediately after patching is completed, the patched area shall be covered with an approved non-staining
water saturated material, which shall be kept wet & protected against sun & wind for a period of 12 hours. Thereafter, the patched area shall
be kept continuously wet by a fine spray/sprinkling for not less than 10 days.
17. Cement Wash: If instructed by the Engineer-in-charge, the Contractor shall provide 1 coat of cement wash over the exposed concrete
surfaces of foundations, beams, columns, walls,
lintels, soffit of slabs etc. which are not plastered & appearance-wise not up to acceptable standard, as per the sole direction of Engineer-inCharge, due to bad workmanship, defective shuttering, honey-combing & other repair works subsequently
undertaken by the Contractor. No extra amount shall
be paid to the Contractor on this account. However, cement used by the Contractor for providing the cement wash shall be taken into account
for material reconciliation purposes.
18 Form Work:
18.1 General: Forms for concrete shall be plywood conforming to IS:6461 or steel or as directed by the Engineer-in-Charge & shall give
smooth & even surface after removal thereof. The jungle wood can be permitted by Engineer-in-charge as per site requirement.
** If it is desired by the Engr-in-Charge, the Contractor shall prepare, before commencement of actual work, design & drawings for formwork &
get them approved by the Engr-in-charge.
** Form work & its supports shall maintain their correct position & be to correct shape & profile so that the final concrete structure is within the
limits of dimensional tolerances specified below, unless required otherwise, for functional/aesthetic reasons. The decision of the Engr-inCharge shall be final & binding in this regard.
(A) Deviation from specified dimensions -6 to +12mm of cross section of columns & beams.
(B) Deviation from dimensions of footings (See Note below).
I) Dimensions in plan -12 to + 50mm
II) Eccentricity -0.02 times the width of the Footing in the direction of deviation but not more than 50mm.
III) Thickness +0.05 times the specified thickness.
Note: Tolerances apply to Cast-in-situ concrete dimensions only, not to positioning of vertical reinforcing steel or dowels.
(C) Deviation in length (major dimension of single unit)
Upto 3m
+6mm
3m to 4.5m
+9mm,
4.5m to 6m
+12mm Additional deviation for every subsequent
6m
+ 6mm
(D) Deviation in straightness or blow (deviation form specified line) for a single or continuous member
e.g. beam, column
or slab edge.
Contractor
Executive
Engineer
Page 94
II) Eccentricity -0.02 times the width of the Footing in the direction of deviation but not more than 50mm.
III) Thickness +0.05 times the specified thickness.
Note: Tolerances apply to Cast-in-situ concrete dimensions only, not to positioning of vertical reinforcing steel or dowels.
(C) Deviation in length (major dimension of single unit)
Upto 3m
+6mm
3m to 4.5m
+9mm,
4.5m to 6m
+12mm Additional deviation for every subsequent
6m
+ 6mm
(D) Deviation in straightness or blow (deviation form specified line) for a single or continuous member e.g. beam, column or slab edge.
Upto 3m
+6mm
3m to 4.5m
+9mm,
4.5m to 6m
+12mm
Additional deviation for every subsequent

6m
+ 6mm
(E) Deviation in square ness shall be measured taking the longer of two adjacent sides as the base line.
** The shorter side shall vary in its distance form a perpendicular so that the difference between the greatest & shortest dimensions exceeds
6mm. For this purpose, any error due to lack of straightness shall be ignored. Square ness shall be checked with respect to the straight lines
that are most nearly parallel with the features being checked. When the nominal angle is other than 90 degree, the included angle
between check lines shall be varied accordingly.
(F) Deviation in twist shall be within a limit such that any corner shall not be more than the limit given below from the plane containing other
three corners:
Upto 600mm wide & Upto 6m in length
Over 600mm wide & for any length
-6mm
-12mm
(G) Maximum deviation in flatness from a 1.5m straight edge placed in any position on a nominally plain surface shall not exceed 6mm.
19.2 Form Requirement: The formwork shall be true, rigid & adequately braced both horizontally as well as diagonally. The forms shall have
Contractor
Page 95
Executive Engineer
6m
+ 6mm
(E) Deviation in square ness shall be measured taking the longer of two adjacent sides as the base line.
** The shorter side shall vary in its distance form a perpendicular so that the difference between the greatest & shortest dimensions exceeds
6mm. For this purpose, any error due to lack of straightness shall be ignored. Square ness shall be checked with respect to the straight lines
that are most nearly parallel with the features being checked. When the nominal angle is other than 90 degree, the included angle
between check lines shall be varied accordingly.
(F) Deviation in twist shall be within a limit such that any corner shall not be more than the limit given below from the plane containing other
three corners:
Upto 600mm wide & Upto 6m in length
Over 600mm wide & for any length
-6mm
-12mm
(G) Maximum deviation in flatness from a 1.5m straight edge placed in any position on a nominally plain surface shall not exceed 6mm.
19.2 Form Requirement: The formwork shall be true, rigid & adequately braced both horizontally as well as diagonally. The forms shall have
smooth & even surface & be sufficiently strong to carry, without deformation, the dead weight of the green concrete, working load, wind load &
also the side pressure exerted by the green concrete. As far as practicable,
clamps shall be used to hold the forms together. Where
use of nails is unavoidable minimum number of nails shall be used. Projected part of nail shall not be bent or twisted for easy withdrawal.
** Where through tie rods are required to be put to hold the formwork & maintain accurate dimension, they shall always be inserted through a
pre-cast concrete block (of same mix proportion as is to be used for concreting) with a through hole of bigger diameter. The pre-cast block
shall tightly fit against in inner faces of formwork. The holes left after the
withdrawal of tie rods shall be fully grouted with cement sand mortar of same proportion as that used for concrete. However, use of such precast block shall in no case impair the desired appearance or durability of the structure. No such tie rods shall be used in any liquid retaining or
basement structure. Contractor may also be permitted to use PVC pipes subject to the approval of Engineer-in-Charge.
** The wires shall be permitted only upon approval of the Engineer- in-Charge & shall be cut off flush with the face of the concrete or counter
sunk, filled & finished in the manner specified.
** Form joints shall not permit any leakage. The formwork shall be strong enough to withstand the effect of vibrations practically without any
deflection, bulging, distortion/loosening of its components.
** Forms for beams & slabs (span more than 6.0) shall have camber of 1 in 500 so as to offset the deflection & assume correct shape & line
after deposition of concrete. For cantilevers, the camber at free end shall be 1/100th of the projected length. Where architectural
considerations & adjunctive work are critical, smaller form cambers shall be adopted
as decided by the Engineer-in-Charge.
Contractor
Page 96
Executive Engineer
1.5
46.0
37.0
-----------------------------------------------------All horizontal forms shall be designed & constructed to withstand the dead load of the green concrete, reinforcement, equipment, material,
embedment & a minimum live load 2 kN/SqM.
19.3 Inspection of Forms: Temporary openings shall be provided at the base of column & wall forms & other places necessary to facilitate
cleaning & inspection. Before concrete is placed, all forms shall be carefully inspected to ensure that they are properly placed, sufficiently rigid
& tight, thoroughly
cleaned, properly treated & free from foreign material. The complete form work shall be inspected & approved by the Engineer- in-Charge
before the reinforcement bars are placed in position. When forms appear to be unsatisfactory in any way, either before or during the placing of
concrete, the work shall be stopped until the defects have been corrected as per the instructions of the Engineer-in-Charge.
19.4 Treatment of Forms: The surfaces of forms that would come in contact with concrete shall be well treated with approved non-staining
release agents such as soft soap, oil, emulsions etc. Care shall be taken that such releasing agents are kept out of contact with the
reinforcement.
19.5 Chamfers & Fillets: All corners & angles shall be formed with 45 Deg mouldings to form chamfers or fillets on the finished concrete. The
standard dimensions of chamfers & fillets, unless otherwise detailed or specified shall be 25x 25mm. For heavier work chamfers or fillets shall
be 50x50mm.Care shall
be exercised to ensure accurate mouldings. The diagonal face of the moulding shall be planed or surface to the same texture as the forms to
which it is attached.
19.6 Reuse of Forms: Before reuse, all forms shall be thoroughly scrapped, cleaned, examined & when necessary, repaired & retreated,
before resetting. Formwork shall not be reused, if declared unfit or un-serviceable by the Engineer-in-Charge.
19.7 Removal of Forms/Stripping Time: In the determination of time for removal of forms, consideration shall be given to the location &
character of the structures, the weather &
other conditions including the setting & curing of the concrete & material used in the mix.
** Forms & their supports shall not be removed without the approval of the Engr-in-Charge. The formwork shall be removed without shock &
methods of form removal likely to cause over stressing or damage to the concrete, shall not be adopted. Supports shall be removed in such a
manner as to permit the concrete to uniformly & gradually take the stresses due to its own weight.
** In normal circumstances when average air temperature exceeds 16 Deg.C during the period under consideration after pouring of concrete &
where ordinary Portland cement is used, forms may generally be removed after expiry of following periods.
(A) Walls, columns & vertical
faces of all structural members 24 to 48 hours
(B) Slabs (props left under)

(C) Beam Soffits (props left under)
Contractor
as may be decided by Engr-in-Charge
7 days
14 days
Page 97
Executive Engineer
character of the structures, the weather &

other conditions including the setting & curing of the concrete & material used in the mix.
** Forms & their supports shall not be removed without the approval of the Engr-in-Charge. The formwork shall be removed without shock &

7 days
14 days
(D) Removal of props under slabs:

Spanning Upto 4.5m
7 days.
Spanning over 4.5m
14 days.
(E) Removal of props under beams & arches:

Spanning Upto 6m
14 days.
Spanning 6m to 9m
21 days.
Spanning over 9m
28 days.
(F) Cantilever Construction Formwork shall remain

till structure for counter acting/bearing down
have been erected & have attained sufficient strength(minimum 14 days)
Notes:
1. For rapid hardening cement,3/7 of the above mentioned periods shall be considered subject to a minimum of 24 hours.
2. For other cements, the stripping time recommended for ordinary Portland cement shall be suitably modified as per the instruction of the
Engineer-in-Charge.
3. The number of props left under, their sizes, supporting arrangement,& disposition shall be such as to be able to safely carry the full dead
Contractor
Page 98
Executive Engineer

7 days
14 days

Spanning Upto 4.5m
7 days.
Spanning over 4.5m
14 days.

Spanning Upto 6m
14 days.
Spanning 6m to 9m
21 days.
Spanning over 9m
28 days.

Notes:
Engineer-in-Charge.
load of the slab, beam or arch as the case may be together with any live load likely to occur during curing or further construction.
4. Where the shape of the element is such that the formwork has re-entrant angles, the form work shall be removed as soon as possible after
the concrete has set, to avoid shrinkage cracking occurring due to the restraint imposed.
Contractor
Page 99
Executive Engineer

7 days
14 days

Spanning Upto 4.5m
7 days.
Spanning over 4.5m
14 days.

Spanning Upto 6m
14 days.
Spanning 6m to 9m
21 days.
Spanning over 9m
28 days.

Notes:
Engineer-in-Charge.
load of the slab, beam or arch as the case may be together with any live load likely to occur during curing or further construction.
4. Where the shape of the element is such that the formwork has re-entrant angles, the form work shall be removed as soon as possible after
the concrete has set, to avoid shrinkage cracking occurring due to the restraint imposed.
19.8 Staging/Scaffolding: Staging/Scaffolding shall be properly planned & designed by the Contractor at his cost. Use of only steel tubes is
permitted for staging/scaffolding. The Contractor shall get it reviewed & approved by Engr-in-Charge before commencement of work. While
designing & during erection of scaffolding/staging, the following measures shall be considered :
A) Sufficient sills or under pinning in addition to base plates shall be provided particularly where scaffolding are erected on soft grounds.
B) Adjustable bases to compensate for uneven ground shall be used.
C) Proper anchoring of the scaffolding/staging at reasonable intervals shall be provided in each direction with the main structure wherever
available.
Contractor
Page 100
Executive Engineer
** The Engineer-in-Charge, at his absolute discretion, order removal of any forms considered unfit for use in the work irrespective of the
number of uses specified above.
20.2 Finishing: Repairing to exposed concrete work shall be avoided. Rendering & plastering shall not be done. Minor repairing, if unavoidable
shall be done as specified in Cl 17.0 with the written permission of the Engineer-in-Charge.
21. Reinforcement:
21.1 Reinforcement shall be cut, bent to shape & dimensions as shown in the bar bending schedules/drawings. In normal course the bar
bending schedule of selected structures/ structural parts shall be supplied to the Contractor. However, in cases
where bar bending schedule is not provided, the
Contractor shall develop the same at no extra cost to the MIDC & get it reviewed by the Engr-in-Charge. The Contractor shall check the bar
bending schedule (issued by MIDC) prior to fabrication & satisfy himself about the correctness of the same.
21.2 Straightening, Cutting & Bending: Procedure for cutting & bending shall be as given in IS:2502. In case bars are supplied in coils, they
shall be smoothly straightened without any kinks.
** Cold twisted deformed bars shall be bent cold. Bars larger than 25mm in size (except cold twisted deformed bars) may be bent hot at cherry
red heat to a temperature not exceeding 85 deg.C. as per the instructions of the Engr-in-Charge. The bars shall be allowed to cool gradually
without quenching.
** Bars shall be bent in a slow & regular movement to avoid fractures. Bars which develop cracks or splits after bending shall be rejected. A
second bending of reinforcement bars shall be avoided but when reinforcement bars are bent aside at construction joints & afterwards bent
back into their original position, care should be taken to ensure that at no
time is radius of the bend less than 4 times bar diameter for plain MS or 6 times bar dia for high strength deformed bars. Care shall also be
taken when bending back bars to ensure that concrete around the bars is not damaged. All bars shall be properly tagged for easy
identification.
21.3 Placing & Fixing: All reinforcement shall be cleaned to ensure freedom from loose mill scale, loose rust, oil, grease or any other harmful
material before placing them in position. Reinforcement shall not be surrounded by concrete unless it is free from all such materials.
** All reinforcement shall be fixed in the correct position & shall be properly supported to ensure the displacement will not occur when the
concrete is placed & compacted.
** The reinforcement bars shall be tied at every intersections by two strands of 16 SWG black soft annealed binding wire. Crossing bars shall
not be tack welded for assembly of reinforcement. The reinforcement bars shall be kept in position by using the followings methods:
a) In case of beam & slab construction, pre-cast cover blocks (having the same cement sand contents as the concrete which shall be placed)
of size 40x40mm & thickness equal to the specified covers shall be placed firmly in between the bars & forms so as to secure & maintain the
specified covers over the reinforcement.
** When reinforcement bars are placed in 2/more layers in beams the vertical distance between the horizontal bars shall be maintained by
introducing spacer bars at 1 to 1.2m c/c.
Contractor
Page 101
Executive Engineer
angles. The size of forms shall be so selected as to exactly match with the pattern of forms impression on the concrete face indicated in the
drawings. Maximum care shall be taken to make the form work watertight. Burnt oil shall not be used for treatment of forms.
** The Contractor shall be permitted reuse of forms brought new on the work for exposed concrete work as specified below.
A) Plywood Forms B) Steel Forms -
6 Reuses (Max.)
30 Reuses (Max.)
** The Engineer-in-Charge, at his absolute discretion, order removal of any forms considered unfit for use in the work irrespective of the
number of uses specified above.
20.2 Finishing: Repairing to exposed concrete work shall be avoided. Rendering & plastering shall not be done. Minor repairing, if unavoidable
shall be done as specified in Cl 17.0 with the written permission of the Engineer-in-Charge.
21. Reinforcement:
21.1 Reinforcement shall be cut, bent to shape & dimensions as shown in the bar bending schedules/drawings. In normal course the bar
bending schedule of selected structures/ structural parts shall be supplied to the Contractor. However, in cases
where bar bending schedule is not provided, the
Contractor shall develop the same at no extra cost to the MIDC & get it reviewed by the Engr-in-Charge. The Contractor shall check the bar
bending schedule (issued by MIDC) prior to fabrication & satisfy himself about the correctness of the same.
21.2 Straightening, Cutting & Bending: Procedure for cutting & bending shall be as given in IS:2502. In case bars are supplied in coils, they
shall be smoothly straightened without any kinks.
** Cold twisted deformed bars shall be bent cold. Bars larger than 25mm in size (except cold twisted deformed bars) may be bent hot at cherry
red heat to a temperature not exceeding 85 deg.C. as per the instructions of the Engr-in-Charge. The bars shall be allowed to cool gradually
without quenching.
** Bars shall be bent in a slow & regular movement to avoid fractures. Bars which develop cracks or splits after bending shall be rejected. A
second bending of reinforcement bars shall be avoided but when reinforcement bars are bent aside at construction joints & afterwards bent
identification.
Contractor
Page 102
Executive Engineer
identification.
a) In case of beam & slab construction, pre-cast cover blocks (having the same cement sand contents as the concrete which shall be placed)
of size 40x40mm & thickness equal to the specified covers shall be placed firmly in between the bars & forms so as to secure & maintain the
specified covers over the reinforcement.
** When reinforcement bars are placed in 2/more layers in beams the vertical distance between the horizontal bars shall be maintained by
introducing spacer bars at 1 to 1.2m c/c.
b) In case of thick rafts & pile caps having 2/multilayer of reinforcement, the vertical distance between the horizontal bars shall be maintained
by introducing suitable chairs, spacers, etc.
c) In case of columns & walls, the vertical bars shall be kept in position by means of timber templates with slots accurately cut in them. The
templates shall be removed after the concreting has been done below it.
d) Exposed portions of reinforcement bars shall not be subjected to impact or rough handling & workmen will not be permitted to climb on
extending bars until the concrete has attained sufficient strength so that no movement of the bars in the concrete is possible.
Contractor
Page 103
Executive Engineer
These specifications supersede all other specifications for cement concrete road in the tender documents elsewhere.
1. The concrete road works are of special nature & are required to be carried out with high degree of supervision,
quality & construction techniques. The tenderers are therefore required to go through all the tender documents
including special conditions/directions & bill of quantities before quoting of the tender. In the event of any
contradiction between these conditions/directions & general specification for road works & general conditions of
contracts for civil works, these special conditions/ specifications shall supersede corresponding provisions elsewhere
& shall prevail.
2. The contractors/their engineers shall carefully go through the various relevant specifications/tests
standards/apparatus standards, which are summarised, in the accompanying for guidance. It will be the responsibility
of the contractors to execute the quality work in accordance with the specifications.
3. In addition to the qualities of strength & durability greater attention will need to be devoted to the qualities of the
pavement surface, which directly affect the user perceptions, comfort & safety. In this connection the wear
resistance, surface evenness (riding quality) & skid resistance, as well as freedom of the surface from
structural/other quality blemishes (eg. Cracks, joint & edge spalls, surface pitting/pop outs,
scaling/potholes, etc) will need additional attention.
4. Material: MIDC will not supply cement to the contractor. He shall have to purchase cement from open market &
manufactured by reputed cement companies (except companies having mini plant). The cement shall be of 43 grade
confirming to IS:8112. Cement shall have to be got tested at the VJTI, IIT. Sp.College Laboratory or at the
laboratories approved by Superintending Engineer at contractor's cost before its use, for each & every Batch &
Brand. In case the cement test results are not available before its use, the concreting work may be permitted after
carrying out compressive strength test for 3 days at site laboratory & the CC cube test result for 3 days should
conform to the proportionate strength & subject to the undertaking in the prescribed approved proforma from the
contractors to the effect that cement is allowed
to be used on the explicit understanding that they will remove & redo the work at their own cost in case the test
specimen fails to attain the specified compressive strength. Cement test results will have to be obtained by the
contractors from the approved laboratories.
5.a) Water: The rates proposed in this tender for all concrete & allied works are inclusive of water cost. The
contractors shall have to make their own arrangements at their cost for bringing adequate water of potable quality for
mixing concrete, curing purposes etc & for this no extra payment will be made.
b) Water used for mixing & curing of concrete shall be clean & free from injurious amount of Oil, salt, acid,
vegetable matter & other substances harmful to the concrete. It shall meet the requirement stipulated in IS:456. The
water brought for concreting & curing etc. shall be got tested by the contractor from approved laboratories such as
Contractor
Page 104
Executive Engineer
water brought for concreting & curing etc. shall be got tested by the contractor from approved laboratories such as
VJTI, IIT or to any other
lab approved by MIDC to verify whether it is suitable for above purposes, whenever directed. This testing will be
done at contractor's cost.
6. Sand shall be of approved quality with fineness modulus between 2.4 to 3.5 as per approved mix design. The sand
will have to be screened to remove the oversized particles & washed to reduce the silt contents below 8% by volume
after one hour & to bring it within the permissible range of fineness modulus. Blending of sand of fine & coarse
quality may be permitted at mix design stage to achieve the required FM if it is found necessary to give desired
results. The fine aggregates will be tested as directed by the Engineer.
7. If coarse aggregates are found having white spots, the same shall be got tested from approved testing laboratory to
eliminate possibility of potential aggregate alkali reactivity before accepting or using spotted aggregates.
8. The contractor should make the necessary Arrangements to stock the aggregates separately so that they do not get
mixed up with each other &/or with the foreign materials & do not get segregated. The screening of the aggregates
shall be done if found necessary as directed by the Engineer.
9. The contractors shall have to bring MS/Tor Steel & structural steel required for this work. MS/Tor Steel &
Structural Steel shall conform to the relevant latest Indian Standard Specifications. The steel brought on site shall be
got tested approved laboratory at the contractors cost before using
on site.
10. Contractors shall set up a laboratory at site before commencement of work at their cost for performing
various tests & at least the following machines & equipment shall be provided therein.
a. Compressive strength testing machine (for cube tests) of 130 tonne capacity Calibration Certificate of recent
calibration made shall be produced before commencement of work. Calibration shall property. In case of failure, the
same shall be repaired be done every 3 months. Testing machine should be maintained or replaced within 2 days.
b. Set of sieves required for finding fineness modulus of sand & also for aggregate grading.
c. Laboratory weighing balance of minimum 10 Kg. Capacity, with set of standard weights from 1gm to 5 Kg.
d. Aggregate drying equipments MS Tray of 0.6m x0.45 & Kerosene stove or electric hot plate.
e. Equipment for testing of silt content in sand.
f. Dial thermometer calibrated upto 200 degree Celsius (for checking asphalt/bitumen temperature)
Contractor
Page 105
Executive Engineer
g. Sieve shaker (electrically/mechanically operated)

h. Kadappa stone platform size 2.5x0.9m approx.
i. Other machines as may be directed by the Engineer-in-charge.
All the test records shall be meticulously maintained in the site office & made available as & when required.
Contractor must establish field laboratory within 30 days from the date of acceptance of contract. On failure
to establish the laboratory, an amount of Rs.5 Lakhs will be recovered & kept in deposit till the contractor
procures the necessary equipment & establish the laboratory.
11.a) Even though it is the obligatory duty of the contractors to have an up-to-date laboratory at site & carryout the
necessary tests in this laboratory, they shall submit for every 5 slabs/part thereof additional 3 cubes of M40 cement
concrete work for testing at the approved laboratory for 28 days strength. The contractors shall also send to the
approved laboratory
once in a month three flexural beams along with the
corresponding 3 C C cubes for testing flexural as well as compressive strength. The contractors shall arrange to send
the cubes & flexural beams to approved testing laboratory at least 2 days before the date of testing of the cubes as
well as beams failing which penalty of Rs.500/day will be imposed & recovered from the contractors bill. The
charges for testing of cubes & beams shall be borne by the contractors.
The cubes shall also be tested for 7 days, 14 days & 28 days strength at the site laboratory in the presence of
Engineer in- charge of the work. Whenever the material cubes & beams are required to be sent to the approved
laboratory the same shall be transported to the approved Laboratory by the contractor
at their cost. However the contractors shall cast
12 cubes during the concreting of each slab of M-40 grade & test the cubes at site laboratory in accordance with
IS.516 for 7 days, 14 days & 28 days strength. The acceptance criteria for the test result shall be as per IS.456.
Remaining three cubes shall be dealt with as per clause 16.3.
b) Quality control in the field may be exercised on the basis of compressive strength. It may, however be ensured that
in such case, the materials & mix proportions remain unaltered.
The water content shall be the minimum required to provide the specified workability for full compaction of the
concrete to the required density. The maximum water cement ratio shall be 0.40.
c) For M-40 CC work at least three sets consisting of 4 cubes from each load shall be cast for testing the compressive
strength for each day's work for every 50 CuM or part thereof of concrete placed during construction. One cube from
each set shall be tested for 7 days, 14 days & 28 days strength in presence of Engineer in accordance with testing
procedure.
In case of failure
Contractor
of 28 days strength at site laboratory remaining

three cubes shall
be sentEngineer
to approved laboratory
Executive
Page 106
In case of failure of 28 days strength at site laboratory remaining three cubes shall be sent to approved laboratory
immediately for testing for 28 days strength. If the quantity of concrete on any day is more than 15 CuM for M-10
CC or min. laid below one slab length of 45x3.25m & 8.5 CuM for M-15 CC then atleast 2 sets of cubes shall be
casted & tested for 7 days & 28 days strength in site lab.
d) At each site of work, minimum 6 cores shall be taken for testing.
e) In case the cube test for 28 days period fails, additional core shall be taken from the concrete slab & will be tested
at contractor's cost. The core will be 100mm dia.If it fails, action as contemplated under clause no.17.6 shall be
taken.
12.a)The density of the compacted concrete shall be such that the total air voids are not more than 3%. The air voids
shall be derived from the difference between the theoretical maximum saturated & dry densities of the concrete
calculated from the specific gravities of the constituents of the mix. The density shall be calculated as per given
elsewhere. The average value of two samples of cores of at least 100mm dia shall be considered. If the average of
any two consecutive measurements of density of cores is below the minimum required,the extent of defective
concrete shall be determined by additional cores or other means approved by the Engineer & the concrete shall be
removed & replaced with new materials in
accordance with the specification.
b) All cores taken for density measurements shall also be checked for thickness. In case of doubt, additional cores
may be ordered by the Engineer & taken at locations decided by him to check the depth of density of concrete slab
without any compensation being paid for the same. Thickness of the slab at any point checked mentioned above shall
have minimum specified
thickness as per drawing. The cost of Cores & samples
to be taken & their testing shall be borne by the contractors. Cores of M-40 cc slab shall be extracted & submitted
within a week's period after completion of 28 days in the approved laboratory.
c) In calculating the density, allowances shall be made for any steel in cores. Cores shall be reinstated with
compacted concrete with mix proportions of 1 part of Portland cement, 2 parts of fine aggregate, 2 parts of 10mm,
nominal size single sized coarse aggregate by weight or with epoxy mortar or as directed by the Engineer at the
contractor's cost. In case the cores are taken from the road already opened to traffic, the mix/ material adopted for
filling shall be such that it will develop the requisite strength in a minimum period. The holes created by cores shall
be so filled that these do not shrink. If necessary, non-shrink grout shall be used by the contractor at his own cost.
d) Core density test shall be carried out in accordance with relevant IS Codes.
e) The results
Contractor
of crushing strength tests on these cores shall

the characteristic
Executive
Engineercube crushing
Pagebe
107less than 0.8 times
e) The results of crushing strength tests on these cores shall be less than 0.8 times the characteristic cube crushing
strength (ie.400 Kg/SqCm) where the height to diameter ratio of the core is two. Where height to diameter ratio is
varied then the necessary corrections would be made in calculating the crushing strength of cores in the following
manner.
The crushing strengths of cylinders with heights to diameter ratio between 1 & 2 may be corrected to
correspond to the standard cylinder of height to diameter ratio of 2 by multiplying with the correction factor obtained
from the following equation:
f = 0.11n + 0.78
Where f = Correction factor &
n = height to diameter ratio
The corrected test results shall be analysed for conformity with the specification requirements for cube samples.
Where the core tests are satisfactory they shall have precedence for assessing concrete quality over the results of
moulded specimens. The diameter of cores shall not be less than 100mm
f) In case the test results of cores are not meeting the standards, the concreting done for that particular section shall
be removed by the contractor & relaid with new concrete at his own risk & cost. No claims for additional payment
shall be entertained for relaying of new concrete. For all concrete items of concrete road work, 5% amount shall
be retained till the receipt of satisfactory all test reports
PRE-CONCRETE CONSTRUCTION PHASE

13. The contractors should make such arrangements that as far as possible 10 slabs admeasuring about 45x3m are
cast per month However, it should be seen that the adjacent slab should not be cast before 48 hours gap. These
should be considered while preparing PERT/BAR CHART.
14. The contractors will have to obtain permission from the concerned Police Dept. of appropriate authority well in
advance for closing down the road or part thereof for the execution of the work. The work will have to be carried out
in stages depending upon the permission granted by the Traffic Police Deptt. For closure of the road or part thereof.
The contractors should therefore take this into account while quoting.
15. RMC of specified strength to give the target strength as required in accordance with the relevant IRC/IS
specifications shall be prepared. The same shall be done by the contractors through reputed institutions & checked by
the Engineer-in charge.
Contractor
Page 108
Executive Engineer
Whenever fresh lot of aggregate is brought at site by

the contractor, the same shall be got checked. For this purpose, gradation analysis of coarse & fine aggregate shall be
performed. The necessary correction shall be made in the mix design accordingly.
16. The RMC of specified grade shall conform to one of the methods specified in IS: 10262 or IRC 44. However,
preferably the mix design should be done as per details given in IRC-44 of 1976. "Tentative guidelines for cement
concrete mix design".
17. Before actual starting of M-40 concreting work, the sand shall be checked for moisture content. Accordingly,
quantity of water & sand shall be adjusted.
18. The minimum cement consumption for various concrete mix grades shall be as follows or as per IS:456-2000,
whichever is greater:
M-15
290 Kg/CuM
M-20
330 Kg/CuM
M-25
345 Kg/CuM
M-30
350 Kg/CuM
M-35
375 Kg/CuM
M-40
400 Kg/CuM
The cement to be used, shall be weighed (not on the standard bag basis) while mixing. No claim for excess cement
used shall be entertained. If this minimum cement content is not sufficient to produce the strength of concrete
specified in the drawing/design, it shall be increased as necessary without additional compensation under the contract
or else the
fresh mix design shall be carried out till desired results are achieved.
19. The WMM should be adequately watered on the previous day & also two hours before starting lean concreting
work so as to keep it in moist condition.
20. Double bulkheads for keeping the dowel bars in the proper alignment shall be provided as per drawing & as
directed by the Engineer. Tie bars should be aligned exactly perpendicular to finished concrete surface of the slab by
means of suitable device to be approved by the Engineer.
21. Dowel bars shall be MS rounds in accordance with details/ dimensions as indicated in the drawings & free from
oil, dirt, loose rust or scale. They shall be straight, free from irregularities & the sliding ends sawn or cropped cleanly
Contractor
Page 109
Executive Engineer
oil, dirt, loose rust or scale. They shall be straight, free from irregularities & the sliding ends sawn or cropped cleanly
with no protrusions outside the normal diameters of the bar.
The dowel bars shall be supported on double bulkhead or chairs in prefabricated joint assembly position as approved
by the Engineer prior to the construction of the slabs. Unless shown otherwise on the drawing, dowel bars shall be
positioned at the mid depth of the slab within the tolerance of +20mm spaced equality along intended lines of the
joints within tolerance of +25mm. They shall be aligned parallel to the finished surface of the slab, to the centreline
of the carriage way & to each other within the following tolerance.
For the bars supported on bulk head prior to the laying of the slab.
a. All the bars in a joint shall be within +4.5mm/300mm length of the bar.
b. 2/3rd of the bars shall be within +3mm/300mm length of the bar.
c. No bar shall differ in alignment from the adjoining bar by more than 3mm per 300mm length of the bar in either
horizontal or vertical plane.
d. The dowel bars shall be covered by a sheath of High Density Polythene pipes of approved quality for half the
length plus 25mm for expansion joints. The sheath shall be tough, durable & of an average thickness, not less than
1.25mm. The end portion of the sheath shall be plugged with suitable property tight cap fitting.
22. All excavations, trenches, obstructions, materials etc taken, kept or stacked onsite in connection with the work
should be sufficiently barricaded transverse & longitudinally & lighted at night with blinkers as directed by the
Engineer to prevent against any damage or danger to the traffic. The contractors shall take all precautions to keep all
the blinkers working throughout the night for the guidance of the traffic in the following manner. No extra payment
will be
made for the barricading as well as blinkers. The contractors should take this in account while quoting for the tender.
i. All blinkers shall be red in colour.
ii. At least two blinkers shall be provided across the direction of the traffic.
iii. The contractors will take any other measures as may be directed by the Engineer from time to time for the safety
of the traffic as well as concreted slab etc. The drawing showing full details of the barricade will be available from
the department.
In the event of contractors not complying with the provisions of this clause, the Engineer may without notice to the
contractors put up the barricade or improve upon the same or improve the lighting or adopt such other measure as he
may deem necessary & all the cost of such procedures as may be adopted by the Engineer shall be borne by the
Contractors. In addition, they shall be charged a penalty of Rs.2000/day till compliance of these requirements.
iv. If necessary the contractor shall engage separate persons for controlling the traffic during day & night without
extra cost.
Contractor
Page 110
Executive Engineer
23. All the trenches will be refilled as specified & directed by the Engineer.
CONCRETE BATCHING, MIXING, LAYING & COMPACTION

24. The laying of M-40 concrete in pavement, will have to be carried out with proper form work only. It shall be
properly mixed in mechanical mixer compacted with vibrators & shall have smooth surface. It should have proper
cross profile as directed by the Engineer. The surface of M-10 C.C. shall be maintained smooth till overlaid by M-40
c.c. slab. The work will have to be carried out as directed by the Engineer. Curing shall be done by covering with
hessian cloth & sprinkling with water for 7 days or till the clean concrete
is overlaid by M-40 c.c. slab which ever is earlier, but for a minimum 48 hours. The work will have to be carried out
as directed by the Engineer.
25.a) All grades of concrete shall be vibrated suitably as directed & no extra payment will be made for the use of
various types of vibrators.
b) M-40 CC concrete slab shall be laid in two layers & each layer shall be compacted by needle, vibrator, plate
vibrator, screened vibrator shall be used for compaction of 2nd layer in addition with needle & plate vibrator.
c) To achieve the proper consolidation of the concrete slab, the top layer of the concrete shall be compacted by
needle vibrator in addition to screed vibrator. If any depressions are observed on the surface of the concrete, fresh
concrete shall be spread on the top, surcharged & got compacted with batten. Screed vibrator is again to be used for
compaction as well as levelling Minimum 3 skilled masons shall be deployed
during M-40 concreting work.
d) The water cement ratio shall be strictly adhered to, as per the approved mix design & should be adjusted according
to temperature variation during the day of casting of the slab. If found necessary, care shall be taken to prevent the
over vibration & appearance of water/laitance on top surface of
the slab. If any excess water is noticed on the surface of the slab, the same shall be removed by moving hessian cloth
on top surface & the concrete mix shall be immediately rectified as directed.
26. Plate vibrators shall be used for compaction of concrete mix in addition to needle & screed vibrator & as such
contractors must have two numbers of each machine such as plate vibrator, needle vibrator, screed vibrator in
working condition & an extra one of each as stand by for each site of
work, in working condition.
27. The distance as well as time lag between bottom concrete layers & top layers during concreting operations shall
not exceed 2.5 meters, or 20 minutes whichever is less.
28. Whenever the needle vibrator is used, the mason must follow with a trowel &Executive
punch to the
portions of concrete
Engineer
Page 111
Contractor
28. Whenever the needle vibrator is used, the mason must follow with a trowel & punch to the portions of concrete
from where the needle vibrator is withdrawal to ensure that no hollow portion remains in the stiff mass of concrete.
Plate vibrating shall also follow there after immediately.
29. Concrete pavement must be in proper cross profile as per camber prescribed by the Engineer.
30.a) After the final regulation of the surface of the slab, surface of concrete slab shall be brush textured in a
direction at right angles to the longitudinal axis of the carriageway.
b) The brushed surface texture shall be applied evenly across the slab in one direction by the use of a wire brush not
less than 450mm wide. The brush shall be made of 32 gauge tape wires grouped together in tufts spaced at 10mm
centres. The tufts shall contain an average of 14 wires & initially be 75mm. long. The brush shall have three rows of
tufts. The rows shall be 20mm. apart & the tufts in one row shall be
opposite the centre of the gap between tufts in the other row. The brush shall be replaced when the shortest tuft wears
down to 60mm long.
c) The texture depth shall be determined by the sand patch test as described in Clause. The test shall be taken at least
once a week or whenever the Engineer considers it necessary, at times after construction. 10 individual
measurements of the texture depth shall be taken at least 2m. Apart anywhere along the diagonal line across a lane
width between points
50m apart. No measurements shall be taken within 30mm of the longitudinal edges of the concrete slabs. The texture
depth shall not be less than minimum required as per the table below, not greater than a maximum average of 1.5mm.
-----------------------------------------------------------Time of Test Minimum
Texture Depth required
-----------------------------------------------------1 Not later than 6 weeks
0.65mm for an avg. of 10
or before the road is opened measurements with no
single measurements less
than 0.60mm.
d) After the application of the brushed texture, the surface of the slab shall have a uniform appearance.
e) Where the texture depth requirements are found to be deficient, the contractor shall make good the texture across
the full lane width over length as directed by the Engineer, by retexturing the hardened concrete surface in an
Contractor
Page 112
Executive Engineer
the full lane width over length as directed by the Engineer, by retexturing the hardened concrete surface in an
approved manner.
f) The following apparatus shall be used for testing the texture depth.
i) A cylindrical container of 25ml. internal capacity.
ii) A flat wooden disc 64mm dia with a hard rubber disc, 1.5mm thick, stuck to one face, the reverse face being
provided with a handle.
iii) Dry natural sand with a rounded particle shape passing a 300 micron IS Sieve & retained on a 150 micron IS
Sieve.
* Method: The surface to be measured, shall be dried, any extraneous mortar & loose material removed & the surface
swept clear using a wire brush both at right angles & parallel to the carriageway. The cylindrical container shall be
filled with the sand, tapping the base 3 times on the surface to ensure compaction & striking off the sand level with
the top of the cylinder. The sand shall be poured into a heap on the
surface to be treated. The sand shall be spread over the surface, working the disc with its face kept flat in a circular
motion so that the sand is spread into a circular patch with the surface depression filled with sand to the level of the
peaks.
* The diameter of the patch shall be measured to the nearest 5mm. The texture depth of concrete surface shall be
calculated from 31000/ (DxD)mm where D is the diameter of the patch in mm.
31. It will be the responsibility of the contractor to give the required finish of riding surface by checking with the
straight edge & wedge gauge & any deficiency observed, shall be rectified as specified in the general specifications
for Road Works.
32. Curing of concrete shall be done as directed for a minimum period of 14 days from the date of casting CC slab.
Necessary wattas make in cement mortar shall be prepared to retain water.
33. The vertical sides of concrete slab are required to be tarred with hot bitumen of 80/100 grade before casting of
the adjoining relevant bay. The channels should be erected perfectly in vertical position. The gaps between two
channels shall be property covered by waterproof papers & the gaps at the bottom shall be properly sealed in CM for
which no extra payment will be made.
34. The contractors shall have to cast runner beams, manhole bays, water tables, water entrances bays etc. within 5
days from the date of casting slab.
35. The cement concrete slab pavement in M-40 is required to be carried out strictly as per the drawing. As regards
thickness no claims on account of additional thickness other than the specified. If provided will be entertained.
Contractor
Page 113
Executive Engineer
POST CONCRETE CONSTRUCTION PHASES

36. The joints shall be cut within 48 hours to a depth of 90mm or min. 1/4th depth of CC bay slab, as directed, failing
which these will be got done at contractor's cost & penalty will be levied as directed by Engineer including the
withholding the payment of adjoining panels of the uncut joints for 5 years. A suitable rebate for less depth i.e. in bet.
75mm to 90mm will be taken on prorate basis.
>> The machine cut joints should be filled in immediately with thermocole as directed by the Engineer till regular
dressing of joints is done. Separate payment will be made for this work.
37. The machine cut joints & expansion joints must be cleaned first by using raking tool & then air blown with
compressor, so as to remove dust, sand particles & foreign matter from the joints before filling then with hot sealing
compound as specified in IS:1834-1984, after applying primer conforming to IS:3384-1986. The details of sealing
compound & bituminous primer to be followed as per Annexure.
38. No separate payment for restoring vattas before & after cutting of joints or damaged on any account shall be
made. Such vattas shall be restored immediately by the contractors. After curing period is over, the vattas shall be
removed thoroughly, without keeping behind any vatta impression & without damaging the surface texture of the
slab.
39. The contractors shall observe compliance of following requirement in respect of works of sealing of joint.
a) The Contractors shall have to purchase the joint sealing compound from open market & from reputed
manufacturers, a list of which is available in the office. The sealing compound shall conform to Grade-A of IS:18341984 ie "Specifications for hot applied sealing compounds in Concrete". The sealing compound shall have to be got
tested at Laboratory or at the VJTI, IIT or SP College Laboratory or at the MIDC
approved laboratories at Contractor's cost, before its use for every batch in addition to manufacturer's test results of
Contractor
Page 114
Executive Engineer
sample.
b) The delivery challans for joint sealing compound shall bear requisite details, such as serial no.,batch no. date,
weight & name of the contractor to whom the sealing compound is being supplied etc. The manufacturer's test
certificate to the effect that sealing compound conforms to relevant IS specifications shall invariably accompany
every consignment of sealing compound, brought on the site.
c) Due care shall be taken to see that temperature is carefully controlled while heating the joint sealing compound.
Due precautions shall be taken to avoid over-heating of joint sealing compound above 1800C as well as heating for
long periods since sealing compound will lose its properties due to overheating. In case of default on this account,
entire overheated
material will be rejected. Therefore, quantity of
sealing compound required for 1 operation of joint sealing work shall be heated.
d) Joint sealing compound once heated but not utilised will not be permitted for use after reheating the same & such
material will be discarded & will have to be removed from site. Indian Standards (IS &IRC) for work of sealing of
joints & Quality control
i. IRC 15-1981 Standard Specifications & Code of Practice for construction of concrete roads.
ii. IRC 57-1974 Recommended practice for sealing of joints in Concrete Pavements.
iii. IS 1834-1984 Specifications for hot applied Sealing Compounds in Concrete.
iv. IS 3384-1986 Specifications of Primer.
e) The joints out & cleaned shall be got certified from the Engineer before filling with sealing compound as per the
specification for sealing of joints in rigid pavements. The spilled over sealing compound if any shall be removed
Contractor
Page 115
Executive Engineer
immediately.
40. The regularity of the surface of the slab shall comply with the requirement of following clause.
a) Compliance with the requirements of this Clause for surface regularity shall be measured using an approved 3m
long straight edge & wedge in such a way as to reveal any & all irregularities. The maximum permitted number of
surface irregularity of 5mm & 7mm in a length of 300m shall be 20 numbers & such irregularities shall be properly
recorded in the register.
b) Longitudinal irregularity shall normally be measured along any line or lines parallel to the edge of the slab.
c) Transverse irregularity shall normally be measured along any line with the straight edge placed at right angles to
the centre line of the road.
41. If deemed necessary by the Engineer, any section of the slab which deviates from the specified level & tolerance
shall be demolished & reconstructed at the contractor's expense.
MAINTENANCE
42. There shall be a defect liability for 5 years period (60 months) from the actual date of completion for CC
pavement.
If during this period concrete road falls due to

a) Development of cracks.
b) Spilling of edges.
c) Erosion of concrete surface etc. the action as decided by the Engineer shall be taken against the contractors. In
case of development of structural crack/full depth cracks, the contractor should replace the cracked panel within the
guarantee period at his risk & cost. However it is obligatory on the part of contractors to take care of such cracks
during the guarantee period. The rectification of defects shall be carried out as directed by Suptd. Engineer. During
Contractor
Page 116
Executive Engineer
during the guarantee period. The rectification of defects shall be carried out as directed by Suptd. Engineer. During
this period dressing of joints complete in all respect shall have to be done free of cost at least once in a year
preferably in the month of April or May or as directed by the Engineer-in charge. If the Contractor fails to comply
with the above conditions, the same will be taken while evaluating the tenders of CC Road works in future.
SPECIAL CONDITIONS/DIRECTIONS FOR READY MIXED CONCRETE
1. All special conditions/directions for cement

concrete road contractors shall be also be applicable.
2. Ready mix concrete prepared & transported will be as per IS:4926-1976 or the latest IS Code.
3. No dry mix shall be brought on site & water added thereat.
4. Ready-mix concrete will be brought to the site from RMC plant only by transit mixers (agitators).
5. Every transit mixer will carry delivery ticket, mentioning the minimum following details:
i Name of Manufacturer & Depot.
ii Serial No. of Ticket.
iii Date.
iv Truck No.
v Name of contractor to whom the RMC is being supplied.
vi Location of contract.
vii Grade of concrete.
viii Specified workability.
Contractor
Page 117
Executive Engineer
ix Cement content & Grade of cement.

x Time of loading.
xi Quality of concrete.
6. When the truck arrives on site, the drum should always be speeded to about 10 to 15 RPM, for at least 3 minutes,
to make sure that the concrete is thoroughly mixed & uniform, before discharge.
7. Testing of Ready Mixed Concrete: The sampling & testing requirements for ready mixed concrete are the same as
those for site mixed concrete. As regards testing of workability, there is a bit of problem because the standard
requirement is that the sample should be made up of at least four portions taken at intervals from the complete
discharge. This obviously involves discharging all the concrete, by which time, it is too late, if the workability, is not
within the
specified limits. The contractor wants to make sure that the load is of the right workability, before discharge. The
following procedure is one, that has been accepted by many contractors, suppliers & clients & is recommended.
After making sure that the concrete has been uniformly mixed take a sample from the first 0.5 CuM of concrete
discharge & do a slump (of compacting factor) test on the sample. If the result complies with the specified
requirements, then the
load should be accepted. If the results are beyond limits, a further sample should be taken from the second 0.5 CuM
of the discharge & if this is satisfactory, the load should be accepted, if not, the concrete load shall be rejected, as the
same is not as per the specifications range. The specified slump is 50mm. while carrying out above tests, it may vary
by +10mm as per IS:4926-1976.
8. Twelve cubes shall be cast at the plant as well as at the site, where the concrete is placed.
9. The contractors shall send 3 flexural beams to the laboratory approved by MIDC for every ten slabs, or part
thereof, for testing flexural strength.
10. The admixture used shall conform to IS:9103-1979 reaffirmed on 1990 or ASTM C-494 of 92.
11. All taxes/duties etc. will be borne by the Contractors.
Contractor
Page 118
Executive Engineer
12. No extra payment will be made for the use of admixtures.
13. The defect liability period of 5 years will be the responsibility of the main tenderer.
14. It will be the sole right of the Administration to allow or disallow the use of ready mixed concrete in specific
works based on the site situation, number of works, distance of plant from the site of work etc.
TABLE-1. Indian Standards (IS & IRC) For Concrete

Pavement Construction & Quality Control.
Specifications
Method
of test
Sampli
ng
IS:8112 (Gr.43)
IS:4031
(Pt 1
to14),
IS:4879
1. MATERIALS
Cement
IS:12269(Gr.53)
IS:4032
Aggregate Coarse & Fine
IS:383
Water
IS:456
Admixture for concrete
IS:9103
Contractor
Performed
filters for expansion
IS:1838(Pt 1&2)
joints
Hot applied sealing compound
for joints
IS:1834-1984
Primer
IS:3384-1986
IS:2386
(Pt 1 to 8)
Page 119
IS:10566
IS:2430
Executive Engineer
Admixture for concrete
IS:9103
Performed filters for expansion

joints
IS:1838(Pt 1&2)
Hot applied sealing compound

for joints
IS:1834-1984
Primer
IS:3384-1986
Polysulphide base joint sealant

one part
IS:11433 (Pt.1)
IS:11433
(Pt.2)
Two parts grade
IS:12118 (Pt.1)
IS:12118
(Pt.2)
Standard sand for testing of

cement
IS:650
IS:8142
Test Sieving
IS:10262
Concrete mix design
IRC:44, IRC:59
Concrete strength
IS:516
Splitting tensile strength of

concrete cylinders
IS:5816
IS:10566
grade
Concrete sampling & analysis
IS:1199
Setting time
IS:8142
Contractor
Page 120
Permeability
Abrasion resistance
IS:3085
IS:9284
Executive Engineer
Concrete sampling & analysis
IS:1199
Setting time
IS:8142
Permeability
IS:3085
Abrasion resistance
IS:9284
Accelerated strength testing
IS:9013,IRC:85
Ready-mixed concrete
IS:4926
Precast Concrete kerbs
IS:5758
Precast concrete cable cover
IS:5820
Concrete porous pipe for under

drainage
IS:4350
2. Test Apparatus & Equipment
Flow table for cement tests
IS:5512
Vicat Apparatus
IS:5513
Le Chateller Apparatus
IS:5514
Air permeability apparatus plain

type
IS:5516
Lea & Hurse type
IS5536
Jointing apparatus for testing

cement
IS:10078
Contractor
Page 121
Executive Engineer
Le Chateller Apparatus
IS:5514
Air permeability apparatus plain

type
IS:5516
Lea & Hurse type
IS5536
Jointing apparatus for testing

cement
IS:10078
Vibrating machine for casting

standard cement mortar cubes
IS:10080
Planetary mixer user in tests of

cement & pozzolana
IS:10089
0
Moulds for use in tests of

cement & concrete
IS:1008
Test sieves
IS:460
(Pt.1&2)
IS:460
(Pt.3)
Method
of test
Sampl
ing
Specifications
Aggregates crushing value

10% fine apparatus
IS:9376
Aggregate impact value

apparatus
IS:9399
Machine for abrasion testing of

coarse aggregate
IS:10070
Measurement of length change

cement paste,
mortar & concrete
Contractor
of hardened
Apparatus for determining

constituents of fresh concrete
Page 122
IS:9459
IS:7325
Executive Engineer

apparatus
IS:9399
Machine for abrasion testing of

coarse aggregate
IS:10070
Measurement of length change

of hardened cement paste,
mortar & concrete
IS:9459
Apparatus for determining

constituents of fresh concrete
IS:7325
Concrete slump apparatus
IS:7320
Compaction factor apparatus
IS:5515
Vee Bee Consistometer
IS:10510
Table vibrators for

consolidating concrete
IS:7246
3. Construction Equipments :
Tools & equipments for

concrete road construction
IRC:43
Industrial sieves
IS:2405
(Pt.1&2)
Portable swing weigh batcher

for concrete
IS:2722
Concrete mixers
Contractor
Executive Engineer
Page 123
Batch type
IS:1791
Pan mixers
IS:12119
IS:463
4
concrete road construction
Industrial sieves
IS:2405
(Pt.1&2)
Portable swing weigh batcher

for concrete
IS:2722
Concrete mixers
Batch type
IS:1791
Pan mixers
IS:1211
9
Transit mixers & agitators
IS:5892
IS:46
34
Concrete vibrators
Immersion type
IS:2505
Pan vibrators
IS:3366
Screed board vibrators
IS:2506
Concrete batching & mixing

plant
IS:4925
Concrete spreaders
IS:7242
Concrete pavers
IS:7245
Concrete finishers
IS:7251
Contractor
IS:1138
9
IS:35
58
IS:6923
IS:11
993
Page 124
Executive Engineer
Concrete batching & mixing

plant
IS:4925
Concrete spreaders
IS:7242
Concrete pavers
IS:7245
Concrete finishers
IS:7251
4. Construction:
Construction of concrete
pavement
IRC:15
Lean cement concrete base/

subbase
IRC:74
Curing cement concrete

pavement
IRC:84
Installation of joints in concrete

pavements
IS:6509
Sealing of joints in concrete

pavements
IS:1834,IRC:57
Construction in Hot weather
IRC:61,IS:7861
(Pt.1)
Construction in Cold weather
IRC:91,IS:786
(Pt.2)
Quality control for construction

of Roads & runways
Contractor
IRC:SP:11
Page 125
Executive Engineer
Construction in Cold weather
IRC:91,IS:786
(Pt.2)
Quality control for construction

of Roads & runways
IRC:SP:11
TABLE-2: Minimum Test Frequencies For Quality Control Of

Concrete Road Construction.
Item
Test
Co
ntr
ol
Frequency
cri
ter
ion
Approval Of Source Of Supply Of Materials:
Cement
Physical &
chemical test
Contractor
Coarse & fine aggregates
IS:
81
12
Once for
each source
of supply
for
approval of
the source
&
subsequentl
y for every
batch or
10000 bags
whichever
is less.
Page 126
-do- (Including
soundness &
alkali
reactivity)
IS:
38
3
Once for
each source
Executive Engineer
TABLE-2: Minimum Test Frequencies For Quality Control Of

Concrete Road Construction.
Item
Test
Co
nt
rol
Frequency
cri
ter
io
n
Approval Of Source Of Supply Of Materials:
Cement
Physical &
chemical test
Contractor
Water
-do- (Including
soundness &
alkali
reactivity)
Chemical Test
IS:
81
12
Once for
each
source of
supply for
approval of
the source
&
subsequent
ly for
every
batch or
10000 bags
whichever
is less.
IS:
38
3
Once for
each
source
Page 127
IS:
45
6
-do-
Executive Engineer
subsequent
ly for
every
batch or
10000
bags
whichever
is less.
-do- (Including
soundness &
IS
:3
83
Once for
each
source
alkali
reactivity)
Water
Chemical Test
IS
:4
56
-do-
Expansion
Jt. Filler board
IS
:1
83
8
-do-
IS
:1
83
4
of
-do-
Jt.Sealing compound
19
84
10/20 Grade Bitumen
Physical
-do-
During Construction:
Materials:
Cement
Coarse & fine

Contractor
aggregate
Strength
IS
:8
11
2
For each
lot of
cement
received
Gradation
IS Page
for128
each
:3 lot of
83 aggregate
received
Moisture
Regularly
Executive Engineer
9
8
4
10/20 Grade Bitumen
Physical
-do-
During Construction:
Materials:
Cement
Strength
IS
:8
1
1
2
For each
lot of
cement
received
Coarse & fine aggregate
Gradation
IS
:3
8
3
for each
lot of
aggregate
received
Moisture
content
d
o-
Regularly
as
required
subject to
a
minimum
of 2 tests
per day
Los Angeles
Abrasion
IS
:3
8
3
Once for
every
change of
source
Coarse aggregates
value/
Aggregate
Impact value
Contractor
Concrete:
Specific
gravity
d
o-
Flakiness
Index
d
o-
Elongation
Index
d
o-
Page 129
Executive Engineer
Coarse aggregates
Los Angeles
Abrasion
value/
Aggregate
I
S:
3
8
3
Once for
every
change of
source
Impact value
Specific
gravity
d
o-
Flakiness
Index
d
o-
Elongation
Index
d
o-
Concrete:
Workability
3 tests per
day
Concrete strength
Beam/Cu
be
samples
as
specified
for each
age of 7
days, 14
days &
28 days
for every
50 m3
Checking surface for

eveness with 3m Straight
edge & wedge gauge
Contractor
Three
longitudin
al lines
along
with the
slab
strengthone in the
Page 130
end
middle
third end
the two
edge third
strips,
Executive Engineer
Flakiness
Index
d
o
-
Elongation
Index
d
o
-
Concrete:
Workability
3 tests
per day
Concrete strength
Beam/Cu
be
samples
as
specified
for each
age of 7
days, 14
days &
28 days
for every
50 m3

edge & wedge gauge
Contractor
Three
longitudi
nal lines
along
with the
slab
strengthone in the
end
middle
third end
the two
edge
third
strips,
along the
line of
maximu
m
Page 131
unevenne
ss.
Dowell Bars:
Executive Engineer
samples
as
specified
for each
age of 7
days, 14
days &
28 days
for every
50 m3

edge & wedge gauge
Three
longitudi
nal lines
along
with the
slab
strengthone in
the end
middle
third end
the two
edge
third
strips,
along the
line of
maximu
m
unevenne
ss.
Dowell Bars:
Alignment (Being in a plane

parallel to the surface of the base
course & being also parallel to
Each
dowel
bar, after
fixing in
position
the center line of the slab)

Contractor
Tie Bars:
Mid-height positioning
Page 132
Each tie
bar.
Executive Engineer
unevenn
ess.
Dowell Bars:

Each
dowel
bar, after
fixing in
position
Tie Bars:
Each tie
bar.
LIST OF MACHINERY REQUIRED TO BE PROVIDED BY THE CONTRACTORS FOR CEMENT

CONCRETE ROAD WORKS ON SITE OF WORK
1. One concrete mixer (Non tilting type with weigh batching arrangement)
confirming to IS:1791 &/or Concrete mixer (Non tilting type) & separate
arrangement of Hopper swing weigh batching (Double bucket having each
bucket capacity of at least 400 litres).
2. One ordinary mixer.
3. Screed vibrators 3 Nos. as per drawing.
4. Three plate vibrators.
5. Four needle vibrators(60mm).
Contractor
Page 133
Executive Engineer
6. At least 4 water tanks of 10,000 ltr. capacity each.
7. 2 Steel battens of channel section of 4" width with proper handles at both
the ends.
8. 2 straight edges with scaled wedge.
9. 2 golchies (edging tools) as per drawing each of 12mm & 25 mm curvature.
10. 2 plate vibrators for compaction of trenches & concrete.
11. 1 joint cutting machine with two spare blades.
12. M.S. channels minimum 240 RM in length in proper shape, line & level.
13. 4 set of double bulk heads as per drawing.
14. 1 steel fabricated farma for raising manholes.
15. 1 portable air compressor.
16. 1 template for checking camber.
17. 24 cube moulds, 150mm x 150mm x 150mm.
18. 1 slump cone with two additional measuring rods.
19. Steel fabricated moulds for casting kerbs, water tables etc.
20. Two joints raking tools.
21. One bitumen pouring pot.
22. Steel farmas two each of 25, 30, 35, 40 & 45 lit. capacity (Note: the
dimensions of the farmas should be as follows:
Width 33.3 cm & Height 30cm: Length should vary from 25 to 45 Cm
(capacity of farmas should be clearly painted on each farma.
23. Three flexural beam moulds of size 700mm x 150mm x 150mm
24. 15mm dia. MS pipes for straightening the tie bars.
25. Four Nos. steel wire brooms as specified.
26. One truck/dumper in motor able condition.
27. Levelling instruments.
28. Appropriate sized wire mesh for screening the sand & metal;2nos. each.
Contractor must procure all the aforesaid equipments & machinery before
commencement of the work, failing which a penalty of Rs.300/- per week or
part thereof per equipment/machinery will be imposed till the contractor
procures the same in good working condition.
Contractor
Page 134
Executive Engineer
LIST OF MACHINERY REQUIRED TO BE PROVIDED BY THE CONTRACTORS FOR CEMENT

CONCRETE ROAD WORKS ON SITE OF WORK
the ends.
Contractor
Page 135
Executive Engineer
e
third
end
the
two
edge
third
strips,
along
the
line
of
maxi
mum
uneve
nness.
Dowell Bars:

Each
dowel
bar,
after
fixing
in
positi
on
Tie Bars:
Contractor
Each
tie
bar.
Page 136
Executive Engineer
Flakines
s Index
do-
Elongati
on Index
do-
Concrete:
Workability
3
tests
per
day
Concrete strength
Bea
m/C
ube
sam
ples
as
spec
ified
for
each
age
of 7
days
, 14
days
&
28
days
for
ever
y 50
m3

edge & wedge gauge
Contractor
Page 137
Thre
e
long
itudi
nal
lines
alon
g
with
the
Executive
Engineer
slab
stren
gthone
in
the
end
value
Specific
gravity
-do-
Flakine
ss Index
do-
Elongat
ion
Index
do-
Concrete:
Workability
3
test
s
per
day
Concrete strength
Bea
m/
Cub
e
sam
ples
as
spe
cifi
ed
for
eac
h
age
of 7
day
s,
14
day
s&
Contractor

Page 138
28
day
s
for
eve
ry Executive Engineer
50
m3
Thr
ee
x
1
8
0
0
C
Flow test,
percentage
Appendix B
Grades A&B
m
a
x
5
. Extensibility
M , Appendix C
i
n
.
Grades A&B
6
m
m
Penetration at
250 C, 100g.
5s, 1/10
1 . IS:1203-1978
5
Grades A&B
M
i
n
5
0
m
a
x
Aviation fuel
resistance
a) Increase in
penetration as
measured
in (iv) after 7
days
immersion in
aviation fuel
Contractor
(See IS:15711982 +)
b) Changes in
mass after 7
days
M Appendix D &
a
x IS:1203-
Grade B only
1 1978*
5
Page 139
1 Appendix E
Grade B only
Executive Engineer
the ends.
27. Levelling instruments.
28. Appropriate sized wire mesh for screening the sand & metal;2nos. each.
Contractor must procure all the aforesaid equipments & machinery before
commencement of the work, failing which a penalty of Rs.300/- per week or
part thereof per equipment/machinery will be imposed till the contractor
procures the same in good working condition.
Contractor
Page 140
Executive Engineer
a
c
h
ti
e
b
ar
.
Contractor
Page 141
Executive Engineer
DECLARATION
I/We hereby declare that in the forma-tion of our Company, either by way of partnership or consultant, no MIDC exemployee has been on the enrollment of the Company.
It is further to certify that the ex-employee of the MIDC, who has joined the Company, has completed 2 years from
his date of resignation from MIDC or from the date of retirement from MIDC.
Date :
Place :
Contractor
Signature of Contractor
Page 142
Executive Engineer
MAHARASHTRA STATE COMMISSIONER OF SALES TAX

NOTIFICATION NO.VAT-1505/CR-123/TAXATION-1 DT.1.4.2005
MAHARASHTRA VALUE ADDED TAX ACT-2002
1.
The tendered rates shall be inclusive of all taxes, rates & cesses & shall also be inclusive of the tax leviable in respect of VAT
under the provision of the Maharashtra Value Added Tax Act-2002.
2. The contractors who submit the tenders should necessarily be a Registered Dealer under the Maharashtra
Value Added Tax Act, 2002.
3. The contractor shall submit the Registration Certificate as a registered dealer under the above said Act at
the time of submission of tender/at the time of issuing the work order.
4. MIDC will deduct this tax at source at 2% (for registered contractors) & 4% (in other case) of the value of
the work done as per Section 31 of Maharashtra VAT Act, 2002 & Notification No.VAT-1505/CR123/TAXATION-1 DT.1.4.2005. TDS certificate to this effect will be issued by MI DC.
REGISTRATION UNDER CONTRACT LABOUR ACT -1970

While submitting the tender, the tenderer should note that he should produce the certified xerox copy of
Registration in prescribed form issued by Labour Commissioner under Contract Labour Act, 1970, as an employer,
as much as they are directly employing the workers for execution of the contract works awarded to them by MI DC
& comply with the provision of the Act. After acceptance of tender by MIDC the contractor has to give intimation
about work order & get this particular work registered within a period of 15 days from the date of issue of work order
from labour commissioner under Contract Labour Act, 1970 failing which no permission will be granted to continue
further work under the agreement.
DEDUCTION OF INCOME TAX

The Income Tax including surcharges or percentage in force from time to time or at the rate as intimated by
the competent Income Tax authority shall be deducted from bill amount whether measured bill, advance payment or
secured advance.
Contractor
Page 143
Executive Engineer
SCOPE OF WORK
NAME OF WORK : Tarapur Industrial Area...; Widening of

Chillar-Boisar approach road to four
lane road.
The scope of work includes Widening of existing Chillar-Boisar Road into four lane road from Chillar Phata at NH-8
Highway junctions upto Railway over bridge of Tarapur Industrial Area.
The work includes following.
** Existing road is 7.50m wide asphalt road & it is proposed to widening into 4 lane road having 1.0m central verge
& 7.50m wide two lane road one either sides with 1.50m wide side shoulders.
** 1.0m wide Central verge of pre-cast CC stones of 0.75m high with Cement Concrete on top.
** 460mm GSB, 250mm WMM is proposed over embankment for widening portion from Ch.5.0 to 16.45Km & 260
GSB & 250WMM for Ch.0 to 5.0Km (excluding CC road & slab drain) proposed.
** Grade improvement & camber correction by providing LBM & 75mm full grout treatment proposed.
** 160mm thk. DBM, 40mm thk. AC & 215mm thk DBM & 40mm thk. AC treatment is proposed over entire road
width of 4 lane for Ch.0 to 5 Km & 5 to 16.45 Km respectively for road proposed. 75mm thk DBM layer is reduced
over existing road from thickness mentioned above.
** CC road with RCC gutters at Ghat section is proposed.
** CC M10 +30% plum for road side gutters at dnsely populated areas are proposed.
** 900mm dia in single,in two & in three rows CD works at prominent locations & at village approaches are
proposed.
** Slab drains over major nallas are proposed by dismantling existing slab drains.
Contractor
Page 144
Executive Engineer
** Tree cutting in widening portion & tree plantation along road is proposed.
** Road furniture consisting of Cautionary, informatory boards, Cat eyes, Delineators etc. proposed.
** 2.50mm thk Thermoplastic compound strips along road & for Zebra crossings & speed breakers are proposed.
>> Special Note:

1. The proposed work is outside Tarapur Indl Area of MIDC. During execution of work, the local villagers may
create hurdle/ nuisance. The contractor should settle the issues, if any created by the local villagers at his own cost.
No extra payment will be granted by MIDC on this ground.
2. As the road was originally of PWD in the beginning & handed over to MIDC for up gradation & up keeping, the
road width is 30m. There might be possibility that some villagers may raise issue during execution of that, land not
belonging to MIDC/PWD. In this case, the contractor has to settle the issue/ remove the encroachment of structure if
any at the cost & risk of contractor.
3. During execution of work, there may be possibilities of underground services such as telephone/OFC/water supply
lines & others. Contractor has to consult with concerned bodies of department for shifting of those services at his risk
& cost
4. Clause regarding Slab Drains: 6 Nos. of slab drains of various spans are proposed to be constructed over the major
Nallas. The contractor shall make the RCC design for the same from the reputed RCC designer & shall have to get
approved from the GPM/VJTI/IIT. The required data will be provided by MIDC. For this no extra payment will be
made. This is included in the Scope of Work.
======================================================
Contractor
Page 145
Executive Engineer

Schedule B
Name Of Work
: Widening of Chillar-Boisar approach road to four lane road.

Amount And Rate In (Rs)
Sr.No Quantity
1
1.1
2
Rate
Rate In Words
Unit
Amount
Rupees Four
Hundred Only
Cubic
Meter
3,96,68,000.
00
Rupees Nine
Only
Cubic
Meter
11,50,650.00
Rupees
Fourteen Only
Cubic
Meter
17,89,900.00
Earthwork in embankment with

approved material having field soak
CBR not less than 8 and laboratory
soak CBR not less than 12 obtained
by the Contractor from his borrow
areas including all lifts and leads
including laying in layers of 20cm to
30cm for power roller and 45cm to
60cm
for
vibratory
compactor,
breaking clods, and dressing to the
required lines, curves and section
including payment of royalty charges
to the Govt. of Maharashtra.
99,170.
00
1,27,
850.00
3.1
Item Description
For any lead

Watering to OMC (16 kg to 24 kg of
water per Cu.M.) The earth work in
embankment in 20 cm to 30 cm
layers. (95% proctor density)
400.00
9.00
Consolidation with proper ramming /

rolling in layers the earth work in
embankment . (95% proctor density)
1,27,
850.00
Contractor
With vibratory roller in 45 to 60 cm

layers
14.00
Page 146
Executive Engineer
Sr.No Quantity
4
4.1
Rate
Rate In Words
Unit
Amount
150.00
Rupees One
Hundred Fifty
Only
Cubic
Meter
3,30,31,500.
00
8.00
Rupees Eight
Only
Square
Meter
15,11,600.00
Conveying material obtained from

road cutting including all lifts, and
beyond initial lead, laying in layers of
20cms to 30cms, in case of power
roller and 45cms to 60cms in case of
vibratory compactor, breaking clods,
dressing to the required lines, curves,
grade and section for formation of
roads, including leveling, disposing
off surplus material in desired
manner
as
directed
by
Engineer-in-charge
etc.
complete
including taxes , Royalty if any
beyond 100 m initial lead. (Disposal
or reuse location as shown on
drawing)
2,20,
210.00
5.1
Item Description
For any Lead .
Watering
to
optimum
moisture
content and rolling to maximum dry
density by roller to the final formation
of road in cutting in soil and murum.
1,88,
950.00
With vibratory roller
Providing
&
laying
Granular
Sub-Base (GSB) consisting of coarse
and fine aggregate mixture as per the
grading laying in layers of 100 mm
compacted
thickness
including
breaking / crushing of hard rock by
mechanical means into required
gradation as specified including
conveyance of graded metal with all
leads and lifts dressing to required
lines, curves level, grades and
section, watering and compaction to
98% of modified proctor maximum
dry density (IS:2720 part VIII) with 8
to 10 tonne vibratory roller with all
leads etc. complete as per MOST
specifications 401 etc including
payment of all taxes, duties, octroi
charges etc. complete.
6.1
Coarse Graded sub base mix in

place method
Contractor
Page 147
Executive Engineer
Sr.No Quantity
Item Description
Rate
Rate In Words
Unit
Amount
54,750.
00
7) Grade I (metal 53 mm & down

size)
1,225.00
Rupees One
Thousand Two
Hundred
Twenty Five
Only
Cubic
Meter
6,70,68,750.
00
34,540.
00
Providing and laying Wet Mix

Macadam (WMM) base consisting of
aggregates mixture as per the
grading specified, using material
obtained from grading, laying in
layers of 75 mm compacted thickness
including breaking / crushing of hard
rock by mechanical means into
required
gradation
as
specified
including conveyance of graded metal
with all leads and lifts, including
mixing in a mechanically operated
mixing plant and laying with sensor
paver in required lines, curves, levels,
grades and sections, watering and
compacting to 98% of modified
proctor
maximum
dry
density
(IS:2720, part-VIII) with vibratory
roller of 8-10 tonne static weight
complete including all leads and lifts
as per MOST 406 specifications.
1,500.00
Rupees One
Thousand Five
Hundred Only
Cubic
Meter
5,18,10,000.
00
700.00
Providing & laying in position insitu

rolled dry lean cement concrete 1:3:6
of trap metal and sand for foundation
and bedding including steel channel
form work, compacting using 8 to 10
T vibrating roller, curing using
hessain cloth including all leads & lifts
etc. complete.
4,600.00
Rupees Four
Thousand Six
Hundred Only
Cubic
Meter
32,20,000.00
1,04,
230.00
Picking the old asphalt surface up to

a depth of 75 mm and resectioning,
barreling and bringing the surface to
proper
camber,
alignment
and
gradient providing V groove at the
periphery of road surface.
24.00
Square
Meter
25,01,520.00
Contractor
Page 148
Rupees Twenty
Four Only
Executive Engineer
Sr.No Quantity
10
Item Description
Rate
Rate In Words
Unit
Amount
Providing trap / stone / granite stone

metal at the work site as directed in
stacks of minimum size of 3 x 2 x 1
m or as directed in stacks of higher
sizes than the minimum stipulated
above
Including
all
loading
/
unloading operation and conveyance
to the site of work any lead including
all taxes and royalty charges.
10.1
10,850.
00
Standard size
aggregate)
40
mm
(Crushed
1,050.00
Rupees One
Thousand Fifty
Only
Cubic
Meter
1,13,92,500.
00
10.2
3,100.
00
Standard size
aggregate)
30
mm
(Crushed
1,050.00
Rupees One
Thousand Fifty
Only
Cubic
Meter
32,55,000.00
10.3
2,330.
00
Standard size
aggregate)
12
mm
(Crushed
1,070.00
Rupees One
Thousand
Seventy Only
Cubic
Meter
24,93,100.00
Spreading metal on road surface

from 40 mm to 10 mm standard size
and spreading evenly to required
camber and gradient with lead up to
100 m from stacks.
48.00
Rupees Fourty
Eight Only
Cubic
Meter
7,81,440.00
14.50
Rupees
Fourteen And
Paisa Fifty Only
Square
Meter
22,46,050.00
Rupees Fifty
Two Thousand
Eight Hundred
Fifty Only
Metric
Tonne
3,48,81,000.
00
Rupees One
Thousand Three
Hundred Eighty
Only
Metric
Tonne
9,10,800.00
11
16,280.
00
12
12.1
Rolling with 8 / 10 tonne vibratory

roller over 40 to 25 mm standard size
metal to finish the surface to required
camber and gradient until proper
interlocking.
1,54,
900.00
13
30 tonne vibratory compactors
Supplying and stacking at works site

as directed VG 40, VG 30 and VG 10
penetration grade asphalt in bulk
conforming to IS:73-2006.
13.1
660.00
14
660.00
Contractor
VG 30
Add extra over item No.13 above for

transporting asphalt from refinery to
site of work.
52,850.00
1,380.00
Page 149
Executive Engineer
Sr.No Quantity
Item Description
15
Heating asphalt to its boiling point

and evenly spreading it over road
surface for grout treatment / tack
coats / seal coats.
15.1
VG 10 grade bitumen conforming to

IS: 73-2006
660.00
a) Bulk Asphalt.
16
1,54,
900.00
Rolling with 8 / 10 tonne vibratory

roller on the grouted surface.
17
2,35,
800.00
18
41,350.
00
Contractor
Rate
220.00
Rate In Words
Unit
Amount
Rupees Two
Hundred
Twenty Only
Metric
Tonne
1,45,200.00
7.50
Rupees Seven
And Paisa Fifty
Only
Square
Meter
11,61,750.00
Cleaning the old / fresh asphalt

surface with wire brushes, bristles
brushes and gunny bags to receive
asphalt treatment.
5.50
Rupees Five
And Paisa Fifty
Only
Square
Meter
12,96,900.00
Providing and laying hot mix hot laid

Dense Bituminous Mcadam as per job
mix
formula
having
50
mm
compacted thickness with minimum
bitumen content of 4.5% of the
weight of the total mix of VG 40
grade on prepared surface with
specified graded crushed aggregates
for base/binding course including
loading of aggregates with front end
loader, heating of binder, aggregates
and
filler
in
hot
mix
plant,
transportation the mix material by
tippers and laying the mixed material
with sensor pavers finisher to the
required level and grade, rolling by
vibratory roller to achieve the desired
density including all material, labour,
machinery with all leads and lifts,
lighting, guarding barricading and
maintenance of diversion if necessary
etc. complte. (including cost of
bitumen emulsion tack coat of 25kg /
100 Sq. m. of VG 10)
8,845.00
Rupees Eight
Thousand Eight
Hundred Fourty
Five Only
Cubic
Meter
36,57,40,750.
00
Page 150
Executive Engineer
Sr.No Quantity
19
2,46,
750.00
20
Providing and laying hot mix, hot laid

premixed bituminous concrete using
VG 30 grade asphalt/ CRMB/PMB
including
all
materials,
heating
aggregate, asphalt etc. and mixing in
hot mix plant, transporting laying
with hydrostatic paver, finished with
sensor control compacting and rolling
with
smooth
wheeled
tandem
vibratory roller. Asphalt to be used at
6.25% by weight of total mix
(machine laid only)(Inclusive of tack
coat with VG10 grade bituminous @
0.50 Kg/ m2)
A) Using VG 30 grade Asphalt
b) 40 mm thick (for wearing course)
Rate
Rate In Words
Unit
Amount
464.00
Rupees Four
Hundred Sixty
Four Only
Square
Meter
11,44,92,000.
00
260.00
Rupees Two
Hundred Sixty
Only
Cubic
Meter
12,53,460.00
190.00
Rupees One
Hundred Ninety
Only
Cubic
Meter
2,64,480.00
700.00
Rupees Seven
Hundred Only
Cubic
Meter
24,99,000.00
110.00
Rupees One
Hundred Ten
Only
Cubic
Meter
3,92,700.00
980.00
Rupees Nine
Hundred Eighty
Only
Cubic
Meter
2,74,400.00
Excavation in road crust for laying of

pipe line including consolidation after
refilling etc. complete.
20.1
4,821.
00
20.2
1,392.
00
21
Asphalt & tarred road surface
WBM road (excavation for formation

below road crust to be paid under
relevant item of excavation)
Supplying and stacking at work site
225 mm size trap stone rubble for
soling for all lead including all taxes
and royalty.
21.1
3,570.
00
22
3,570.
00
23
23.1
Item Description
Quarry rubble
Laying in compact layer rubble duly
hand packed for soling in 225 mm
layer to required camber and gradient
including filling in the interstices with
stone chips, spalls and oversize metal
Supplying 50 mm to 75 mm trap
stone oversize metal at the road side
including, conveying and stacking etc.
complete including all taxes and
royalty and lead .
280.00
Contractor
Quarry metal.
Page 151
Executive Engineer
Sr.No Quantity
24
Item Description
Rate
Rate In Words
Unit
Amount
6,920.00
Rupees Six
Thousand Nine
Hundred
Twenty Only
Cubic
Meter
1,43,24,400.
00
Providing & laying in position Ready

mix cement concrete for C.C. work
for Roads using granite or black trap
graded metal including mixing in
plant transporting in transit mixer,
placing & compacting by mechanical
means including required steel or
plywood centering, form work for all
elements, including all lifts &
stationery pump for lifting concrete,
all leads of concrete from RMC plant
to site of work etc complete.
24.1
2,070.
00
25
2,700.
00
Cutting of construction of dummy

joints of M-40 C. C. slabs by
mechanical means as directed transverse dummy joints (90mm
deep & 60mm wide ) & longitudinal
joints (60mm deep & 6mm wide)
40.00
Rupees Fourty
Only
Meter
1,08,000.00
26
4,200.
00
Dressing of joints of M-40 C. C. slabs

with hot bitumen 10/20 (Pavement
grade bitumen) and providing a layer
of stone dust over hot bitument
including cleaning the joints and
remaing over the stone dust layer
transverse dummy joints (90mm
deep & 6mm wide) Longitudinal joints
(60 mm wide & 6 mm deep)
expansion joints (25 mm deep & 12
mm wide ) etc. complete.
13.00
Rupees
Thirteen Only
Meter
54,600.00
27
45.00
Providing and fixing in position

premoulded asphalt filler 12mm thick
conforming to IS. 1838 of 1983 for
filling expansion joinnts and water
entrance etc. put to the required
depth and 25mm below the camber
as directed.
425.00
Rupees Four
Hundred
Twenty Five
Only
Square
Meter
19,125.00
28
300.00
Providing and placing 5mm thick

thermocole in transverse dummy
joints and longitudinal construction
joints immediately after cutting the
joints and remaining the same before
dressing of these joints.
28.00
Rupees Twenty
Eight Only
Square
Meter
8,400.00
Contractor
M - 40 Grade
Page 152
Executive Engineer
Sr.No Quantity
Item Description
Rate
Rate In Words
Unit
Amount
29
500.00
Providintg and fixing High density

polythene pipes of approved quality
to fit around the dowel bars 32mm
dia left at the end of expansion joints
duly greased inside the pipes and
around the bars and the pipe duly
carked with suitable capping at the
ends as direcyted (HDPE pipe shall be
30 cm in length)
17.00
Rupees
Seventeen Only
Number
30
2.00
Providing and fixing M. S. dowel bars

of 32 mm dia. 55 cm long and at 30
cm c/c wherever directed including
fixing,
straingthening,
cutting
waistage etc. complete.
68,200.00
Rupees Sixty
Eight Thousand
Two Hundred
Only
Metric
Tonne
1,36,400.00
31
6,900.
00
Providing placing LDPE 125 Microns

thk. sheet,below CC slab including
overlaps as directed etc. it should be
confirming to relevent IS code.
40.00
Rupees Fourty
Only
Square
Meter
2,76,000.00
32
8,500.00
Providing and laying UPVC pipes of

standard make in line and level
including necessary labour, bends,
tees, fixtures etc. and testing the
pipes complete.
32.1
U.P.V.C pipes for weep holes

3,000.
00
i) 75 mm diameter
210.00
Rupees Two
Hundred Ten
Only
Running
Meter
6,30,000.00
1,243.
00
f) 110 mm diameter
315.00
Rupees Three
Hundred Fifteen
Only
Running
Meter
3,91,545.00
Contractor
Page 153
Executive Engineer
Sr.No Quantity
Item Description
Rate
Rate In Words
Unit
Amount
33
17,210.
00
Excavation in trenches, pits, pipe

lines, foundations, column footings,
walls etc. in earths soils of all types,
gravel, sand, soft & hard murum, and
boulders up to 0.03 cum. size
including removing the excavated
material upto a distance of 50 M
beyond the edge of excavation
including all lift , stacking or
spreading as directed, bailing of
sub-soil water if any preparing base
for foundation etc., and back filing
the excavated pit or trench using the
excavated material in layers including
watering and ramming as required or
as directed by Engineer-In-charge,
including all labour and materials
complete.
155.00
Rupees One
Hundred Fifty
Five Only
Cubic
Meter
26,67,550.00
34
520.00
Excavation
for
trenches,
pits,
pipelines,
foundations,
column
footings, walls etc. in soft rock and
boulders between 0.03 TO 0.30 Cu.M.
in size for a all depth including
removing the excavated materials
upto a distance of 50 M beyond the
edges of trenches / pits etc. breaking
the boulders into 225 mm size rubble
including stacking the same (rubble
as well as soft rock) and / or
spreading as directed, bailing out
water if any, preparing the bed for
foundations & necessary back filling
the excavated pit / trench as directed
by Engineer-in-charge all labour and
materials complete.
335.00
Rupees Three
Hundred Thirty
Five Only
Cubic
Meter
1,74,200.00
Contractor
Page 154
Executive Engineer
Sr.No Quantity
35
35.1
Item Description
Rate
Rate In Words
Unit
Amount
Rupees Seven
Hundred Ninety
Only
Cubic
Meter
4,10,800.00
Excavation for trenches, pits for pipe

lines, foundations, column footings,
drainage lines etc in hard rock,
manjarya rock & laterite by chiselling,
wedging, line drilling etc. including
trimming and levelling the bed,
removing the excavated materials
upto a distance of 50 M beyond the
edges of trenches / pits including all
lift , stacking as directed, de-watering
back filling in layers, watering
ramming etc. as required or as
directed by Engineer In Charge, all
labour and materials complete.
520.00
36
Hard Rock
790.00
Providing at the site of work and

lowering, laying and jointing RCC
NP3 class pipes conforming to
IS458-1998 in prepared trenches in
grade and level, including hoisting,
making rubber ring / collar joints in
cement mortar 1:1, including cost of
collar / rubber ring, jointing material
like cement, sand etc. and hydraulic
testing of the pipes at factory as well
as on site per the stipulation in
relevant IS code etc. complete.
36.1
250.00
36.2
2,080.
00
Contractor
300 mm dia.
900 mm dia.
1,090.00
Rupees One
Thousand
Ninety Only
Running
Meter
2,72,500.00
7,725.00
Rupees Seven
Thousand
Seven Hundred
Twenty Five
Only
Running
Meter
1,60,68,000.
00
Page 155
Executive Engineer
Sr.No Quantity
37
Rate
Rate In Words
Unit
Amount
Providing and laying in position plain

cement concrete using granite or
black trap graded metal including
mixing in a mechanically operated
mixer,
dewatering,
compacting,
curing as required complete for all
lifts above or below the ground level
where concrete is proposed, including
centering/shuttering using ordinary
Portland cement.
37.1
With Natural Sand

1,420.
00
k) In 1:3:6 proportion.
4,900.00
Rupees Four
Thousand Nine
Hundred Only
Cubic
Meter
69,58,000.00
4,832.
00
b) In 1:2:4 proportion.
5,800.00
Rupees Five
Thousand Eight
Hundred Only
Cubic
Meter
2,80,25,600.
00
12,000.00
Rupees Twelve
Thousand Only
Cubic
Meter
5,37,00,000.
00
38
38.1
Item Description
Providing, erecting pre-cast elements

such as cover slabs for drains, grills,
kerbs,
kerb
stone,
dividers,
manholes, frames, manholes covers,
gutters, fence posts grills, rails
lintels, sills, bed blocks, steps or any
other member or element as per
drawings & specifications using RCC
grade M-20 including shuttering as
may be required, compacting by plate
vibrator, curing and finishing the
element where required with 1:3
cement mortar, transporting to site
and erecting in position grouting with
cement mortar 1:3 as may be
required and curing etc. all labour
and material complete. (Including
cost of Steel reinforcement)
4,475.
00
Contractor
Elements, as per design drawing.
Page 156
Executive Engineer
Sr.No Quantity
Item Description
Rate
Rate In Words
Unit
Amount
39
1,700.
00
Providing and laying granite or black

trap over size metal 50 mm to 75
mm size within plinth or any floor of
the building and filling in interstices
with smaller chips and mixtures of
the stone dust and hard murum and
compaction of the crust with profuse
watering and finishing the surface for
receiving
flooring
concrete
etc.
complete inclusive of all leads & lifts
and royalty charges.
950.00
Rupees Nine
Hundred Fifty
Only
Cubic
Meter
16,15,000.00
40
2,800.
00
Filling in plinths and floors with

approved excavated materials in 150
to 200 mm layers including watering
and compaction etc. complete (Rate
inclusive of necessary royalty charges
with all leads and lifts)
50.00
Rupees Fifty
Only
Cubic
Meter
1,40,000.00
41
2,800.
00
Filling in plinths and floors with hard

murum brought by the contractor
from his borrow areas with all leads
in 150 to 200 mm layers including
watering
and
compaction
etc.
complete with all leads and lifts and
necessary
royalty
charges
etc
complete.
470.00
Rupees Four
Hundred
Seventy Only
Cubic
Meter
13,16,000.00
65.00
Rupees Sixty
Five Only
Square
Meter
17,63,775.00
42
42.1
Providing and applying synthetic

super enamel paint conforming to
IS:2932 1991 of approved colour,
including scaffolding if necessary and
cleaning and preparing the surface,
including primer coat etc. complete.
27,135.
00
43
Contractor
Two coats.
Providing and laying plain cement
concrete 1:3:6 as per item Gen / C /
1 / (b) with plums consisting of black
trap or other approved stones 200 to
300 mm in size, clean, without skin
or adhering encrustation's shape
being as cubical or round as possible
laid in single or in alternate layers as
per directions of Engineer-in-Charges
including shuttering, all labour and
materials complete.
Page 157
Executive Engineer
Sr.No Quantity
43.1
4,294.
00
44
Item Description
with 30% plum
Rate
Rate In Words
Unit
Amount
3,700.00
Rupees Three
Thousand
Seven Hundred
Only
Cubic
Meter
1,58,87,800.
00
185.00
Rupees One
Hundred Eighty
Five Only
Square
Meter
22,47,750.00
Rupees Thirty
Five Only
Square
Meter
4,25,250.00
Providing plaster in cement mortar in

1:3 without neeru finishing to
concrete or masonry surface in all
position including scaffolding and
curing complete.
44.1
12,150.
00
45
12,150.
00
Providing fine cement finish 1.5 mm

thick over green plaster surface
including scaffolding and curing etc.
complete.
35.00
46
2,06,
319.00
Open excavation for road works, side

gutters water retaining structures and
large excavated areas not involving
manual lift of materials such as water
reservoir, foundation, dam seats and
allied works in soils of all sorts, sand
gravel, soft and hard murum and
boulders not exceeding 0.03 Cu.M. in
size, to required grade, camber and
side slopes and conveying the
excavated material with all lifts and
upto a lead of 100 m from outside the
edge of excavated area, spreading
the same on embankment or stacking
as directed.
110.00
Rupees One
Hundred Ten
Only
Cubic
Meter
2,26,95,090.
00
47
47,999.
00
Open excavation for road works, side

gutters and large excavated areas not
involving manual lift of material such
as water reservoir, foundations, dam
seats and allied works in soft rock
and boulders beyond 0.03 to 0.3
Cu.M. rubble and conveying and
stacking in regular stacks with all lifts
and leads up to 100 m from outside
edge of the excavated area.
300.00
Rupees Three
Hundred Only
Cubic
Meter
1,43,99,700.
00
Contractor
12 mm. thick single coat
Page 158
Executive Engineer
Sr.No Quantity
48
12,919.
00
49
Item Description
Open excavation for road work, side
gutters and large excavated areas not
involving manual lift of materials such
as water reservoir, foundation, dam
seats and allied works, in hard rock
and boulders above 0.3 Cu.M. size by
wedging, chiselling and / or line
drilling etc. or excavation in lateriate
rock including dressing section to the
required grade camber, slopes and
breaking to 225 mm. size rubble and
conveying the same, stacking in
regular stacks with all lift and leads
upto 100 m. from outside edges of
excavated area.
Rate
800.00
Rate In Words
Unit
Amount
Rupees Eight
Hundred Only
Cubic
Meter
1,03,35,200.
00
Providing and laying in position

Cement Concrete for RCC work using
granite / black trap metal including
mixing in mechanically operated
mixers, compacting by mechanical or
manual means as may be required
and directed by Engineer-In-Charge,
including steel or plywood shuttering,
centring, formwork dewatering, for all
elements in foundation, plinths, of
building works, where reinforced
cement concrete is proposed to be
used from the average ground level
including all labour and material
complete, finishing the surface with
1:3 cement mortar. etc complete.
49.1
960.00
In design mix concrete grade M-20
8,000.00
Rupees Eight
Thousand Only
Cubic
Meter
76,80,000.00
49.2
2,160.
00
8,100.00
Rupees Eight
Thousand One
Hundred Only
Cubic
Meter
1,74,96,000.
00
Contractor
Page 159
Executive Engineer
Sr.No Quantity
50
Item Description
Rate
Rate In Words
Unit
Amount
Providing and fixing in position

reinforcement of all dia for RCC piles,
pile caps, footings, foundations,
slabs, columns, beams, canopies,
staircase, newels, chajjas, lintels
pardis, copings, fins, arches etc. as
per detailed designs, drawings and
schedules including cutting, bending,
hooking the bars, binding with wires
or tack welding and supporting as
required at all locations and height all
labour and materials testing etc.
complete.
50.1
308.00
51
240.00
52
1.00
Contractor
Tor Steel Bars.
67,500.00
Rupees Sixty
Seven
Thousand Five
Hundred Only
Metric
Tonne
2,07,90,000.
00
Carrying
out
treatment
of
reinforcement by removal of rust and
application of slurry consisting of
approved polymeric compound and
Portland
cement
as
per
manufacturers instructions.
9,200.00
Rupees Nine
Thousand Two
Hundred Only
Metric
Tonne
22,08,000.00
Dewatering the excavated trenches,

foundations or any pool of water to
be drained out as per direction of
Engineer-in-charge.
2,88,000.
00
Rupees Two
Lacs Eighty
Eight Thousand
Only
Lumpsum
Page 160
Executive Engineer
2,88,000.00
Sr.No Quantity
53
180.00
54
Item Description
Rate
Providing
and
constructing
Cofferdam as per drawings and
directions of Engineer-In-Charge,
consisting of barrier made out of
sandbag piles & interstice filled with
locally available puddle clay / mud or
other impervious materials. The
cofferdam shall have a minimum top
width of puddle clay barrier of 1.5 m
& side slopes of 1:1. Work shall
include providing sand, puddle clay,
empty jute or polyester woven bags,
filling the bags with sand / clay
conveying to the position required
placing them systematically with clay
filling in the gaps as may be required,
maintenance of the cofferdam during
the progress of the work and
dismantling the same and conveying
all the materials used in cofferdam to
the place of disposal, all works to be
carried out as per the instructions &
direction of Engineer-in-Charge, with
all labour and materials complete.
1,750.00
Rate In Words
Unit
Rupees One
Thousand
Seven Hundred
Fifty Only
Cubic
Meter
Amount
3,15,000.00
Providing and applying paints of

approved make including all materials
and labour complete and furnishing
three years guarantee.
54.1
1,140.
00
Coal Tar Epoxy two coats inclding

one coat of primer
54.2
5,590.
00
Two coats of Pure epoxy

including one coat of primer
paint
55
2,390.
00
56
600.00
Contractor
75.00
Rupees
Seventy Five
Only
Square
Meter
85,500.00
130.00
Rupees One
Hundred Thirty
Only
Square
Meter
7,26,700.00
Dismantling
Stone
Masonry
in
cement mortar or lime mortar and
stacking the material as directed with
all leads & lifts complete.
300.00
Rupees Three
Hundred Only
Cubic
Meter
7,17,000.00
Dismantling RCC work of all grades

of concrete and sorting out the
materials such as steel etc. as
directed and stacking them with all
leads & lift as directed.
720.00
Rupees Seven
Hundred
Twenty Only
Cubic
Meter
4,32,000.00
Page 161
Executive Engineer
Sr.No Quantity
57
57.1
140.00
1,500.
00
Unit
350.00
Rupees Three
Hundred Fifty
Only
Cubic
Meter
850.00
Rupees Eight
Hundred Fifty
Only
Square
Meter
Amount
For all grades
49,000.00
60 mm thick (strength 35 M pa) on

sand bed 30 mm thick
12,75,000.00
Supply of good quality approved tree

plants at site including carrying and
conveying at work site etc. complete.
59.1
1,500.
00
59.2
1,500.
00
60
61
Rate In Words
Providing and fixing in line & level

paver blocks as specified. The paver
blocks shall confirm to BS 6717 ASTM
C 936 - 96 including providing and
preparing sand beds as specified,
fixing blocks in position at site, filling
the
joints
by
jointing
sand,
compacting the blocks by plate
vibrator including filling the side
joints by m-20 grade cement
concrete if required etc. complete.
59
60.1
Rate
Dismantling and removing lime or

plain cement concrete including
stacking the spoils as directed with all
leads, & lifts etc. complete.
58
58.1
Item Description
Sheddy forest tree (0.60 mtr high)

Ornamental/ shubery trees (0.30 mtr
high)
20.00
Rupees Twenty
Only
Plant
30,000.00
22.00
Rupees Twenty
Two Only
Plant
33,000.00
1,97,650.00
Plantation of trees with excavation of

pit size 0.6 x 0.6 x 0.6 m including
putting cowdung manure for 0.03
cum. mixed with red earth. The tree
plants will be supplied by MIDC free
of cost Watering and completing
maintenance of tree plant for a period
of 3 months including removal of
grass around plant etc. complete
2,950.
00
Outside the fenced area, such as

along road side etc.
67.00
Rupees Sixty
Seven Only
Plant
50.00
Excavation
of
pit
of
size
0.75x0.75x0.75 m in soft rock /hard
rock including making crack by
blasting at bottom up to 0.3 to 0.5 m
including removing material and
disposing off the same.
169.00
Rupees One
Hundred Sixty
Nine Only
Number
Contractor
Page 162
Executive Engineer
8,450.00
Sr.No Quantity
62
62.1
Item Description
Rate
Rate In Words
Unit
Plant
Amount
Plantation of trees in the pit size

0.75x0.75x0.75 m in soft rock or
hard rock including 90 % fertile soil
mixed with 10% cowdung manure
planting ,watering and maintenance
of tree plant for a period of 3 month
including removal of grass around
plant including necessary support to
plant etc. complete
Note : Excavation and making cracks
at the bottom of pit shall be paid
under relevent items
50.00
outside the fenced area , such as

along road side etc
111.00
Rupees One
Hundred Eleven
Only
63
3,000.
00
Providing water supply arrangement

including labour charges and tools for
watering tree plants for the period of
36 month
(B) Along road sides or periphery
(with or without fencing )
(a) Water supplied by contractor
162.00
Rupees One
Hundred Sixty
Two Only
Number
4,86,000.00
64
3,000.
00
Maintenance of tree plant incuding

pruning,
mulching,
trimming,
removing grass, shrubs and watch
and ward and maintaining drip if
provided etc complete for period of
36 months
(B) Along road sides or periphery
(with or without fencing )
180.00
Rupees One
Hundred Eighty
Only
Number
5,40,000.00
65
3,000.
00
Providing & fixing 1.35 M height

(Above G.L.) bamboo mat tree guard
made out of 1.20 m mat in circular
shape having diameter 0.75 M fixed
tightly on three posts of bamboo
round or half round by nails and wires
and embedded in ground upto a
depth of 0.45 m firmly. The bottom
of bamboo mat shall be 0.15 m above
G.L. The bamboo post erected in
ground shall be applied with tar for
0.60 M height from bottom including
necessary excavation, fixing firmly in
ground with rubble & metal as per
drawing etc. complete.
135.00
Rupees One
Hundred Thirty
Five Only
Number
4,05,000.00
Contractor
Page 163
Executive Engineer
5,550.00
Sr.No Quantity
Item Description
Rate
Rate In Words
Unit
Amount
66
50.00
Purchase
of
Cowdung
manure
including cost of manure, all leads &
lifts,
transportation,
loading,
unloading etc. complete.
2,535.00
Rupees Two
Thousand Five
Hundred Thirty
Five Only
Per 6M3
Truck trip
67
9,000.
00
Providing and applying of hot applied

thermoplastic compound 2.5 mm
thick including reflectorising glass at
250 gms per sq.m. area. Thickness of
2.5 mm is exclusive of surface
applied glass beads as per ISR 035.
The finished surface to be leveled
uniform and free from streaks and
holes including cleaning of road
surface required and controlling
traffic etc complete as per M.O.S.T. &
Hs specification Item No 803.
720.00
Rupees Seven
Hundred
Twenty Only
Square
Meter
64,80,000.00
735.00
Rupees Seven
Hundred Thirty
Five Only
Number
1,47,000.00
Rupees Two
Thousand Five
Hundred Only
Number
5,00,000.00
68
1,26,750.00
Cutting down trees including trunks

and branches and stacking the
materials neatly with in a lead of 50
M as directed including removing
roots 0.3 m below ground in
embankment and 0.3 m below the
formation level in cutting and
applying coal tar to the trunks of the
tree etc. complete.
68.1
200.00
Trees up to 1800 mm in girth
68.2
200.00
Trees above 1801 mm girth
Contractor
2,500.00
Page 164
Executive Engineer
Sr.No Quantity
69
Item Description
Rate
Rate In Words
Unit
Amount
Providing and fixing cautionary /

mandatory sign boards made of 12
gauge (3 mm) Aluminium sheet
bonded with white full retro reflective
sheeting of high intensity grade
having pressure sensitive / heat
activated adhesive retro reflective or
screen printed transparent red colour
boarder, black coloured cut out
symbols of non reflective sheeting
having pressure sensitive adhesive or
screen printed symbols in black
opaque colour including M.S. iron
post of size 65 x 65 x 6 mm, 3.65 m
long painted with one coat of epoxy
primer and two coats of epoxy finish
paints having black and white band of
25 cm width including G.I. fixtures
etc and fixing the board in 1:4:8
concrete block of size 60 cm x 60 cm
x 75 cm including transportation etc
complete.
69.1
20.00
Cautionary
warring
sign
board
having shaped equilateral triangle of
90 cm sides
8,300.00
Rupees Eight
Thousand Three
Hundred Only
Number
1,66,000.00
69.2
20.00
Mandatory regulatory sign board of

60 cm diameter
7,100.00
Rupees Seven
Thousand One
Hundred Only
Number
1,42,000.00
Contractor
Page 165
Executive Engineer
Sr.No Quantity
Item Description
Rate
70
20.00
Providing and fixing informatory sign

boards in square or rectangular shape
of any size made out of 12 gauge (3
mm) thick Aluminium sheet bounded
with green reflective sheeting of high
intensity grade having pressure
sensitive / heat activated adhesive
white retro reflective cut out border
with
message
having
pressure
sensitive screen printing of green
transparent colour over white retro
reflective sheeting having border and
message in white back ground
including M.S. angle iron frame of
size 35 x 35 x 3 mm and two M.S.
angle iron post of size 65 x 65 x 6
mm, 3.65 m long properly cross
based with angle iron of size 50 x 50
x 5 mm duly painted with one coat of
epoxy finish paint having alternate
black and white bands of 25 cm width
including G. I. fixtures etc complete.
17,500.00
71
200.00
Providing and fixing of polymer

shanked
road
studs
(Reflective
Pavement Market / Cat eye) body
made of tough polycarbonate of size
not more than 105 x 130 x 20 mm;
having reflector panel made of poly
carbonate
micro
prismatic
lens
(providing total internal reflection).
Electronically welded to the body. The
two shanks attached with RPM to hold
the marker at its place, fixed at site
by drilling holes and applying high
strength
epoxy
adhesive
recommended by the manufacturer &
Engneer
incaharge
including
materials,
equipment,
loading,
unloading
etc.
necessary
for
successful fixing as directed by
Engineer-in-charge of work.
250.00
Contractor
Page 166
Rate In Words
Unit
Amount
Rupees
Seventeen
Thousand Five
Hundred Only
Square
Meter
3,50,000.00
Rupees Two
Hundred Fifty
Only
Number
50,000.00
Executive Engineer
Sr.No Quantity
Item Description
Rate
Rate In Words
Amount
72
25.00
Providing and fixing median markers

of an isoceles structure made out of
fibre Reinforced plastic structure
rounded at acute angle and resting
on its square base. The thickness of
this material shall not be less than
3mm.The two slant surfaces of the
isosceles structure shall be retro
-reflectorized with retro reflective
material of size not less than 125
x100mm using two types of
prismatic retro-reflective sheeting to
enhance overall visibility of the
product. The installation of the
median marker shall be done by a
combination of epoxy or /and
grouting, as directed by Engineer in
charge etc. complete.
650.00
73
5,400.
00
Providing and laying Lean Mix BM

(LBM) using VG 30 grade asphalt for
filling pot-holes and improvement of
existing
road
surface
wherever
required including material, heating
asphalt, premixing it with stone metal
in hot mix paver transporting and
laying, rolling and finishing etc.
complete using metal grading as per
Table No 500-4 of specification of
road & bridges published by IRC etc.
complete. (using asphalt @ 3.5% by
weight of mix excluding tack coat)
5,900.00
Rupees Five
Thousand Nine
Hundred Only
Cubic
Meter
3,18,60,000.
00
30.00
Rupees Thirty
Only
Square
Meter
34,53,000.00
74
Providing and spraying bituminous

tack coat complete with all leads and
lifts for materials as per technical
specifications, surface cleaned with
mechanical broom & asphalt /
emulsion
spread
with
bitumen
pressure distributor.
74.1
By using VG 10 grade
conforming to IS 73-2006
1,15,
100.00
Contractor
Rupees Six
Hundred Fifty
Only
Unit
Number
16,250.00
bitumen
b) 5 kg / 10 Sq.M. over bituminous

surface.
Page 167
Executive Engineer
75
3,150.
00
Providing and applying two coats of

Exterior Acrylic paint of approved
make and of
approved colour to the plastered
surfaces including
cleaning, prepairing the plaster
surface ,applying primer
coat
as
per
manufacturer's
specifications,
,
scaffolding
if
necessary, etc.complete.
139.00
Rupees One
Hundred Thirty
Nine Only
Square
Meter
4,37,850.00
Total Amount Rs : 1,03,77,88,335.

Schedule B -- Summary
Sr.No.
Description
Amount In Rs
1,03,77,88,335.
00
Total 1,03,77,88,335.
00
Say 1,03,77,88,335.
00
Contractor
Page 168
Executive Engineer

Item Specification
Name Of Work
Sr.No
1
1.1
Contractor
: Widening of Chillar-Boisar approach road to four lane road.

Item Description
Earthwork in embankment with approved material having field soak CBR not less than 8 and
laboratory soak CBR not less than 12 obtained by the Contractor from his borrow areas including all
lifts and leads including laying in layers of 20cm to 30cm for power roller and 45cm to 60cm for
vibratory compactor, breaking clods, and dressing to the required lines, curves and section including
payment of royalty charges to the Govt. of Maharashtra.
For any lead
Specification:
1.1 General : The work provides setting out and preparing the ground and formation embankment for the
road with approved quality materials obtained from the contractors borrow areas, laying in layers, of 20
cm to 30 cm to the required density, lines, curves, grades and cross section and dimensions shown on the
plan or as directed by the Engineer-in- Charge with due allowance for shrinkage for compaction.
1.2 Material : All the useful and acceptable materials of approved quality obtained from the contractors
borrow areas shall be used for the embankment work. The borrow areas shall be got approved prior to
bringing material to site of work from the Engineer-in-Charge. All the useful and approved material
obtained from contractors borrow areas as directed shall be used for the embankment work. Approved
quality murum or a mixture of sand, murum, gravel, small boulders or rubble as approved shall be used.
Black cotton soil, shadu or shrinkable soils shall not be used. Murum having laboratory dry density of less
than 1.65 gm/cc shall be rejected. For embankments upto 3 m in height, murum with laboratory dry
density of less than 1.65 gm/ cc shall not be used. Only the tested materials approved by the Engineer-inCharge shall be used for the embankment. Rejected materials shall not be brought to the work site. The
perishable materials such as stumps, pieces of wood, roots, rubbish, etc. shall be removed from the
embankment material. The material required for embankment shall be obtained by the contractor from the
approved quarries by the Engineer-in-Charge: - All lifts and specified leads involved in conveying the
material to site shall be included in the rate. The payment of taxes, duties, octroi and royalty as per rules
and regulations levied by the Govt. shall have to be paid by the contractor. The Contractor shall be
responsible regarding any claims if any, that may be made by private owners. The payment of royalty
charges is to be born by the contractor and no reimbursement from MIDC is admissible.
1.3 Setting Out : Alignment of the road shall be set out as shown in the drawing or as directed to true
lines, curves, and grades. Profiles shall be set out with stout poles to mark the center and edges of the
formation width with the top levels of formation clearly marked by paint or cut and the slopes with string
and pegs at every 30 meters on straight portions and 10m or less on curves or as directed by the Engineerin-Charge. The toe line shall be marked with pick marks. Longitudinal and cross-section levels shall be
taken recorded and signed by the contractor or his authorized representative and also by the Engineer-incharge. All the materials and labour required for this item shall be supplied by the contractor and profiles,
Page 169
Executive Engineer
charge. All the materials and labour required for this item shall be supplied by the contractor and profiles,
B.M.s etc. shall be put up by the contractor. The cost of these operations is included in the rate of this
item. Profiles, pegs, benchmarks and other marks shall be maintained without any disturbance till the
completion of the work, and as directed by the Engineer-in-charge.
1.4 Equipment: Pickaxes, crowbars, phawras, and Ghamelas maybe used for carrying out work
manually. The scrapers, dozers, graders, shovels, dumpers, trucks, trolleys, etc. may be used for executing
work using mechanical equipments. Three wheels, 8 tones Power Roller giving a pressure required to
obtain the specified density may be used for compaction. Bullock carts with water tanks or mechanically
driven water tankers may be used for watering. The contractor shall submit the list of equipments
available with him and intended to be used on the work and shall got approved for their use from the
Engineer-incharge.
1.5 Construction Methods :
1.5.1 Diversions : If diversions, barricading and signals for day and night are necessary, they shall be
provided without any extra cost.
1.5.2 Preparing the Ground for Laying Bank : Before any material is laid for the embankment the
ground shall be cleared of all rubbish, removing bushes, etc., and the holes, if any, filled up. When the
embankment is to be laid on hillsides or slopes, the existing slopes shall be ploughed deeply. If the cross
slopes are steeper than 1 in 3, steps with reverse slope shall be cut into the slopes to give proper hold and
seating to the bank as directed by the Engineer-in-Charge. On surfaces flatter than 1 in 15, no special
surface treatment such as cutting steps shall be necessary. The top 15 cm of soil shall be scarified and
watered as directed and compacted to the same density as specified for the embankment before any
material is laid for the Bank-work. When the embankment is to be placed over an existing road, which is
within 15 cm of the finished formation, the road or other hard surface shall be scarified to a minimum
depth of 15 cm for which payment shall be made separately under relevant item of road excavation. The
rate for embankment includes all the operations for preparing the bed for laying the embankment material.
1.5.3 Laying the Bank : Embankment material shall be placed in successive horizontal layers of 20 cm to
30 cm thickness extending to the full width of the embankment including the slopes at the level of the
particular location and 30 cm more on both sides to allow compaction of the full specified section. The
extra loose stuff at the edges shall be trimmed after completion of the embankment work without extra
cost leaving the correct section fully compacted. Keeping width of the bank initially less and widening it
later by dumping loose earth on the slopes shall not be permitted as the additional width and slopes may
remain loose and uncompacted and may not have been compacted as earlier carried out work. Similar
procedure to extend the embankment by dumping the material longitudinally shall also not be allowed
When boulders, broken stones, and similar hard materials are mixed up with the embankment materials,
care shall be taken to see that they are distributed uniformly in to the embankment and that no hollows are
left near them. No stone or hard material shall project above the top of any layer. Each layer of
embankment shall be watered, leveled and compacted as specified, before the succeeding layer is placed.
The surface of the embankment shall, at all times during construction, be maintained at such a cross fall to
shed water and prevent ponding. If bridges and culverts on the road are not completed in advance of
embankment work, a length of 15 m bank shall be left on each side of the structure and these lengths shall
dealt with later for placing the embankment work. The contractor shall construct temporary diversion road
till the work of culverts and bridges are completed and all type of traffic is allowed to be passed on these
bridges and culverts. The camber stipulated shall be provided in the embankment only and shall not be
Contractor
Page 170
Executive Engineer
adjusted in metalling.
1.6 Protection : Proper care shall be taken to ensure that the method of operation and compaction of the
bank-work does not cause damage or undue strain to any structural element. Embankment over and
around bridges or culverts shall be of approved materials and carefully placed and compacted. The
contractor shall take all precautions necessary for the protection of the bank-work by diversions of
streams, local surface drainage, rain water, etc. likely to damage the bank. Any damage to the
embankment-work due to no protection or inadequate protection shall be made good by the contractor at
his own cost. Conveyance of materials shall not cause obstruction or nuisance to the nearby property
owners and traffic . 3.7 Finishing : The embankment shall be finished and dressed smooth and even in
conformity with the alignment, levels, cross-sections and dimensions shown on the drawing with due
allowances for shrinkage. On curves, sections shall be provided with super elevation and increased widths
as shown on the plans or directed by the Engineer-in- Charge. All damages caused by rain, flood or any
other reasons shall be made good in the finishing operations without any extra cost by the contractor. The
road land width shall be cleared.
1.8 Maintenance : The contractor shall be responsible for maintaining the work satisfactorily at his own
cost till the completion of the defect liability period as specified in the contract agreement.
1.9 Test :
(a) Tests shall be made to determine the required density of the material to be used by the Proctor Density
Method before starting the work.
(b) Density tests shall be carried out for the bank-work during the progress of the work. One set of three
core samples for every 1,000 sqm area of each layer of bank-work shall be taken and tested. The average
density shall not be less than 95% of the standard proctor density. A deviation of 80 kg per cum for fine
and 160 kg per cum for coarse grained murum shall be permitted in dry density in individual sample if the
average density reached up to 95% of standard proctor density for each set.
(c) The required number of CBR tests and plasticity index tests shall be carried out as directed by the
Engineer-in-Charge.
1.10 Item to include :
1) Setting out alignment including necessary labour and materiel and maintaining it as long as required
and directed by the engineer-in- charge of the work.
2) Preparing the ground for laying the embankment.
3) Providing and maintaining diversions.
4) Obtaining the embankment materials including all lifts and leads as specified under this item and laying
embankment in layers, tests and payment of Royalties, fees, ocrtoi etc., if any. The cost of testing of
material is included in the item of embankment.
5) Protecting and maintaining the embankment.
6) Finishing the embankment.
7) All labours, materials, use of equipments, machinery, tools, survey instruments and plant necessary for
completing the work
satisfactorily.
8) Watering to OMC and compaction is not included in the scope of this item and shall be paid separately
under relevant items incorporated in this tender.
1.11 Mode of Measurement and Payment : The quantities shall be worked out by cross sectional
measurement using leveling instruments. The contract rate shall be per cum of the finished embankmentContractor
Page 171
Executive Engineer
work, watered and compacted (watering to OMC and compaction shall be paid separately).
The measurement of the sections shall be limited to the dimensions shown on the drawings or those
ordered by the Engineers in Charge in writing. The dimensions shall be recorded up to two decimals. The
sectional areas shall be worked out up to two decimals. The quantity shall be worked out up to two
decimals of a cum. by average area method. The volume of embankment thus calculated shall be reduced
by 15% for the purpose of payment when the measurements are taken for running bills if watering and
compaction has not done and by 1% in final measurements. The final quantity to be paid for under this
item shall be the total quantity of embankment-work reduced by 1 per cent.
2
Watering to OMC (16 kg to 24 kg of water per Cu.M.) The earth work in embankment in 20 cm to 30
cm layers. (95% proctor density)
Specification:
2.1 General : The item provides watering the layers of 20 to 30 cm of embankment laid.
2.2 Material and Equipment : Water to be used shall be free of harmful elements, which may cause
heavy efflorescence, etc. and approved by the Engineer-in-Charge. The contractor shall make his own
arrangements for getting adequate quantity of acceptable water. The water tankers shall be used, without
any additional payment.
2.3 Watering : When the murum of the 20 to 30 cm layer in embankment road contains less than the
optimum moisture, water shall be added to the material in the embankment layers of the road to bring the
moisture, uniformly up to requirement. If the material contains more than the required moisture, it shall be
allowed to dry until the moisture is reduced to the required extent. If due to wet weather etc. the moisture
contents of the soil cannot be reduced to the appropriate amount by exposure, the compaction shall be
suspended till suitable conditions prevail without contractors claiming any compensation.
2.4 Item to Include : All material, equipment machinery labour, taxes etc. shall be included in the rate.
2.5 Mode of Measurement and Payment : The measurement shall be taken on Cum. basis of the
embankment of the road watered.
3
3.1
Consolidation with proper ramming / rolling in layers the earth work in embankment . (95% proctor
density)
With vibratory roller in 45 to 60 cm layers
Specification:
3.1 General : The item provides consolidation of the earthwork in embankment in 20 to 30 cm layers for
8 to 10 tonnes roller and 40 to 50 cm layers for vibratory rollers. This item is to be executed after
laying the earthwork in embankment in the layers of 20 to 30 cm and the layer is watered.
3.2 Equipment : The ramming rods and 8-10 tone ordinary or vibratory roller as directed shall be used.
3.3 Consolidation : When a loose layer is leveled manually or mechanically with camber provided and
moistened or dried to a uniform and required moisture content suitable for maximum compaction, it shall
be compacted by power rollers, vibratory rollers or heavy hauling or dozing equipment to give the
specified 95% of the standard proctor density. If on testing, the density is found to be less than 95% of the
standard density the contractor shall do additional compaction necessary to get the specified density after
adding water if required. When the specified density is imperative, the work shall be removed and redone
by the contractor at his own cost to give the specified density. Proper sequence of all component
Contractor
Page 172
Executive Engineer
by the contractor at his own cost to give the specified density. Proper sequence of all component
operations shall be maintained to give individual progress. For compaction of embankment the road roller
shall move longitudinally and rolling shall be done from edges to centre. The camber shall be provided in
the cutting and shall not be adjusted in metalling. Care shall be taken for getting good compaction behind
abutments, returns and wing walls, etc. Cutting/ Bank-work in areas not accessible to rollers such as those
adjoining bridges, culverts and other works, shall be carried out independently of the main embankment
and shall have the layers placed in 10 cm to 15 cm. thickness and each layer shall be moistened and
thoroughly compacted with mechanical or manual tampers. Embankment shall be brought up
simultaneously in equal layers on each side and compacted carefully to avoid unequal pressure, etc
3.4 Item to Include : The item includes only the compaction of each layer by 8-10 tonne roller or
vibratory roller. All labour and equipment required to execute the item as per above specification shall be
included in the item. If specified vibratory compactors shall be used.
3.5 Mode of Measurement and Payment : The measurement shall be taken of the earthwork for
embankment of road in Cum. upto two decimals. The contract rate shall be for a unit of One Cubic meter
of the finished bank work.
4
4.1
Contractor
Conveying material obtained from road cutting including all lifts, and beyond initial lead, laying in
layers of 20cms to 30cms, in case of power roller and 45cms to 60cms in case of vibratory compactor,
breaking clods, dressing to the required lines, curves, grade and section for formation of roads,
including leveling, disposing off surplus material in desired manner as directed by Engineer-in-charge
etc. complete including taxes , Royalty if any beyond 100 m initial lead. (Disposal or reuse location as
shown on drawing)
For any Lead .
Specification:
4.1 General : The work provides conveying the material obtained from road cutting, and laying the
selected material for formation of the road, laying them in 20 to 30 cm layers, breaking clods dressing to
the required lines, curves, grades, cross section etc. (disposing the surplus material as directed by the
Engineer-in-Charge). The obtained excavated material shall have the CBR value more than 8 if it is used
for embankment and the max. dry density shall not be less than 1.65 gm/cc.
4.2 Setting Out : For laying the material, the profile shall be set up with poles to mark the center and
edges of the formation, top levels.
4.3 Conveying : All lifts and leads in conveying the material to site shall be included in the rate as
specified. Contractor shall be responsible to see that the vehicles used for transporting the material do not
drop any of the contents on the road and thus cause nuisance to traffic. The contractor shall be responsible
for any damage or accident arising out of any such material. The contractor shall remove such material at
his expenses. The vehicle conveying the material shall not obstruct the traffic.
The contractor may use manpower scrapers, dozers, graders, shovels, dumpers, trucks, trollies, etc. for
conveying the material. The maintenance of all above equipments, any taxes, insurance, depreciation etc.
shall be deemed to be included in the item rate. No separate claim shall be entertained. If the useful
material available from the road cutting is not used and materials obtained from other sources are used, by
the contractor for his own convenience, such materials shall be deemed to have been obtained from the
road cutting to the extent to which useful materials were available for the banking and shall be paid for
under this item.
4.4 Laying the Material : Conveyed material shall be placed in 20 cm to 30 cm thick layers, consolidated
Page 173
Executive Engineer
4.4 Laying the Material : Conveyed material shall be placed in 20 cm to 30 cm thick layers, consolidated
by 8 to 10 tonne road roller. The conveyed material shall be placed in layers 40 cm to 60 cm thick layers
if compaction with vibratory compactor. The conveyed material shall be spread for full width of
embankment and compacted full section specified. The extra loose stuff at the edges shall be trimmed
later without extra cost, leaving the correct section fully compacted. The watering every layer to O.M.C.
and compaction of the same shall be paid of separately under relevant item incorporated in the tender. The
camber shall be provided while carrying out embankment work and shall not be adjusted in metalling
(compaction shall be paid under relevant item separately).
4.5 Disposal : The surplus material shall be conveyed and laid at the location as directed by the Engineerin-Charge. The cost of the disposing the surplus material at a given location as directed is included in the
rate.
4.6 Item to Include : Item includes, conveying the material from road cutting and laying the same in
layers ( or disposing the material as directed), including lead as specified, the transporting, machinery,
labour for loading and unloading, all tools and equipment etc. complete.
4.7 Mode of Measurement and Payment : The contract rate is per cum of the excavated material
conveyed and laid in layers. The quantity shall be worked out by cross sectional measurements using
leveling instruments for the excavation carried out and material conveyed.The measurements of the
sections shall be limited to the dimensions shown on the drawings or those ordered by the Engineer-inCharge in writing. The dimensions shall be recorded correct up to cm. The sectional areas shall be worked
out correct upto two places of decimals.
5
5.1
Watering to optimum moisture content and rolling to maximum dry density by roller to the final
formation of road in cutting in soil and murum.
With vibratory roller
Specification:
5.1 General : The item provides watering and compacting to the final formation of road in cutting.
5.2 Material and Equipment : Water to be used shall be free of harmful elements, which may cause
heavy efflorescence, etc. and approved by the Engineer-in-Charge. The contractor shall make his own
arrangements for getting adequate quantity of acceptable water. The water tankers and 8-10 tonne 3 wheel
road roller shall be used. If directed vibratory roller having 8 to 10 Tonne Capacity shall be used for
proper compaction.
5.3 Watering : When the soil / murum layer of the road in cutting contains less than optimum moisture,
water shall be added to the material in the loose layers of the road cutting to bring the moisture uniformly
up to requirement, if the material contains more than the required moisture. It shall be allowed to dry until
the moisture is reduced to the required extent. If due to wet weather etc. the moisture contents of the soil
cannot be reduced to the appropriate amount by exposure, the compactions shall be suspended till suitable
conditions prevail without contractors claiming any compensation.
5.4 Compaction : When a loose layer is leveled manually or using mechanical equipments and moistened
or dried to a uniform moisture content suitable for maximum compaction, it shall be compacted by power
rollers, vibratory rollers or heavy hauling or dozing equipment to give the 95% specified of the standard
proctor density. If on testing, the density is found to be less than 95% of the standard density the
contractor shall do additional compaction necessary to get the specified density after adding water if
required. When the specified density is imperative, the work shall be removed and redone by the
Contractor
Page 174
Executive Engineer
required. When the specified density is imperative, the work shall be removed and redone by the
contractor at his own cost to give the specified density. Proper sequence of all component operations shall
be maintained to give individual progress. For compaction of embankment the road roller shall move
longitudinally and rolling shall be done from edges to centre. The camber shall be provided in the cutting
and shall not be adjusted in metalling. Care shall be taken for getting good compaction behind abutments,
returns and wing walls, etc. Cutting/ Bank-work in areas not accessible to rollers such as those adjoining
bridges, culverts and other works, shall be carried out independently of the main embankment and shall
have the layers placed in 10 cm to 15 cm. Thickness and each layer shall be moistened and thoroughly
compacted with mechanical or manual tampers. Embankment shall be brought up simultaneously in equal
layers on each side and compacted carefully to avoid unequal pressure, etc.
5.5 Item to Include : all material, machinery equipment, labour, taxes etc. shall be included in the rate.
5.6 Mode of Measurement and Payment : The measurement shall be taken of the area of road surface
watered and compacted, in cutting in sqm upto two decimals. The payment shall be at the rate per sqm.
6
6.1
6.1.1
Providing & laying Granular Sub-Base (GSB) consisting of coarse and fine aggregate mixture as per the
grading laying in layers of 100 mm compacted thickness including breaking / crushing of hard rock by
mechanical means into required gradation as specified including conveyance of graded metal with all
leads and lifts dressing to required lines, curves level, grades and section, watering and compaction to
98% of modified proctor maximum dry density (IS:2720 part VIII) with 8 to 10 tonne vibratory roller
with all leads etc. complete as per MOST specifications 401 etc including payment of all taxes, duties,
octroi charges etc. complete.
Coarse Graded sub base mix in place method
Grade I (metal 53 mm & down size)
Specification:
6.1 General : T he item addresses providing and laying granular sub-base of 100 mm compacted
thickness, compacting etc, complete. The IS 2720, Part-VIII and MORTH shall be referred. This work
shall consist of mixing laying and compacting clean, crushed, graded aggregate and granular material, to a
dense mass on prepared formation. The thickness of compacted granular sub-base
shall be100mm.
6.2 Material : The material for base shall consists of graded aggregate mixture with following
requirements.
6.2.1 Physical Requirements :
Coarse aggregates shall be crushed stone. The aggregates shall conform to the physical requirements set
forth in the Table given below, and shall be free from organic or other deleterious material. 1. Material
shall share a 10% fineness value of 50 KN or more when tested in compliance with BS:812 part III 2. The
water absorption value shall be less than 2%. In case it exceeds, soundness test shall be conducted of
material in compliance with IS-383.
PHYSICAL REQUIREMENT OF COARSE AGGREGATES
FOR GRANULAR SUB BASE
Contractor
Page 175
Executive Engineer
Sr. No.
1
Test
* Los Angles Abrasion
Value Or * Aggregate
Impact Value
2
3
Flakiness Index
Bulk Specific Gravity
Water Absorption
Test Method
IS: 2386(PartIV) IS: 2386
(Part- IV)Or IS:
5640
IS: 2386 (Part-1)
IS:2 386(PartIII)
IS: 2386 (PartIII)
Requirements
40 Percent (Max.)
30 Percent (Max.)
15 Percent (Max.)
Not less than 2.40
Not more than
2%
* Aggregate may satisfy requirements of either of the two tests.

6.2.2 Gradation Requirements : The aggregates shall conform to the grading given in Table below
Table
Contractor
IS
SieveDesig
nationin
mm
Grading for closed

gradedG.S.B.
Grading for coarse

gradedG.S.B.
Grade I
Grade
II
Grade
III
Grade I
Grade
II
Grade
III
75
100
--
--
100
--
--
53
80-100
100
--
--
100
--
26.50
55-90
70-100
100
55-75
50-80
100
9.50
35-65
50-80
65-95
--
--
--
Page 176
Executive Engineer
4.75
25-55
40-65
50-80
10-30
15-35
25-45
2.36
20-40
30-50
40-65
--
--
--
0.425
10-25
15-25
20-35
--
--
--
0.075
3-10
3-10
3-10
<10
<10
<10
II
III
II
III
75
100
--
--
100
--
--
53
80-100
100
--
--
100
--
26.50
55-90
70-100
100
55-75
50-80
100
9.50
35-65
50-80
65-95
--
--
--
4.75
25-55
40-65
50-80
10-30
15-35
25-45
2.36
20-40
30-50
40-65
--
--
--
0.425
10-25
15-25
20-35
--
--
--
0.075
3-10
3-10
3-10
<10
<10
<10
C.B.R.
Value
(Minimum
)
30
25
20
30
25
20
The aggregate gradation as shown above represents the limits,which shall determine the suitability
of aggregate for use from the source of supply. The final gradation approved within these limits
shall be well graded from coarse to fine aggregate and shall not vary from the low limit on one sieve
to the high limit on the adjacent sieve or vice versa. Material passing 425- micron sieve shall have
plasticity not exceeding 6., and liquid limit not more than 25.
6.3 Conveyance : All lifts and leads in conveying the material to site shall be included in the rate as
specified. Contractor shall be responsible to see that the vehicles used for transporting the material
do not drop any of the contents on the road and thus cause nuisance to traffic. The contractor shall
be responsible for any damage or accident arising out of any such material. The contractor shall
remove such material at his risk and cost. The vehicle conveying the material shall not obstruct the
traffic. The contractor may use manpower scrapers, dozers, graders, shovels, dumpers, trucks,
trolleys, etc. for conveying the material. The labour, maintenance, any taxes, royalty, insurance,
depreciation etc. shall be deemed to be included in the item rate. No separate claim shall be
entertained.
6.4 Construction operations :
6.4.1 Provisions of Lateral Confinement of Aggregates :
Before starting with laying of G.S.B., necessary arrangements should be made for the lateral
confinement of GSB mix. This could be done by constructing side shoulders in advance to a
thickness corresponding to the compacted layer of the GSB. After the verge/hard shoulders are
ready, their inside edges should be trimmed vertical and the included area cleaned of all spilled
material, thereby setting stage for spread of the GSB.
6.4.2 Spreading and Compacting :
1. The sub-base material shall be spreaded evenly on the prepared sub-grade with the help of a
motor grader of adequate capacity, having arrangements for adjusting the required slope depth
and grade during laying.
2. The mixing shall be done by mechanical equipments unless permitted for manual mixing in
unavoidable circumstances.
3. Moisture contents of loose material shall be checked in accordance
with IS-2720 (part 2).
Contractor
Executive Engineer
Page 177
3. Moisture contents of loose material shall be checked in accordance with IS-2720 (part 2).
Additional water may be added to maintain the optimum moisture if required.
4. Immediately after mixing, the mix shall be spread uniformly and evenly upon the prepared sub
grade/ sub base/ base in required quantities. In no case should these be dumped in heaps directly on
the area where these are to be laid nor shall their hauling over a partly completed stretch be
permitted. The mix shall be spread by approved mechanical devices. The material may be spread
either by a motor grader or a paver finisher. For portions where mechanical means cannot be used,
other approved means shall be used. The motor grader shall be capable of spreading the material
uniformly all over the surface. Its blade shall have hydraulic control for initial adjustments and
maintaining the same so as to achieve the specified slope and grade The paver finisher shall be selfpropelled having the following features:
1. Moving hoppers and suitable distribution mechanism.
2. The screed shall have tamping and vibrating arrangement for initial compaction to the layer as it
is spread without rutting or otherwise marring the surface profile.
3. The paver shall be equipped with necessary control mechanism so as to ensure that the finished
surface is free from surface blemishes. The surface of the mix shall be carefully checked with
templates and all high or low spots remedied by removing or adding aggregate as may be required.
The layer may be tested by depth blocks during construction. No segregation of large and fine
particles should be allowed. The aggregate as spread should be of uniform gradation with no
pockets of fine/coarse materials.
6.4.3 Rolling :
After mix has been laid to the required thickness, grade and cross fall (camber), the same shall be
uniformly compacted to the full width with roller of 8 to 10 tonnes static weight for thickness upto
100 mm and vibratory compactor for thickness more than 100 mm. In portions having
unidirectional cross fall/super elevation, rolling shall commence from the lower edge and progress
gradually towards the upper edge. Thereafter roller should progress parallel to the enterline of the
road, uniformly overlapping each preceding track by at least one-third width until the entire
surface has been rolled. Alternate strips of the roller shall be terminated in stops at least 1m away
from any preceding stop. On portions in camber, rolling should begin at the edge with the roller
running forward and backward until the edges have been firmly compacted. The roller shall then
progress gradually towards the center parallel to the centerline of the road uniformly overlapping
each of the preceding track by at least one third width until the entire surface has been rolled. Any
displacement occurring, as a result of reversing of the direction, of the roller or from any other
cause shall be corrected at once as specified and/or removed and made good. Along forms, kerbs,
walls or other places not accessible to the roller, the mixture shall be compacted with mechanical
tampers. Skin patching of an area without scarifying the surface to permit proper bonding of the
added material shall not be permitted. Rolling should not be done when the subgrade is soft or
yielding or when it causes as wave-like motions in the subbase/ base course or sub-grade. If
irregularities develop during rolling which exceed 12 mm when tested with a 3 meter straight edge.,
the surface should be loosened and premixed material added or removed as required before rolling
again so as to achieve a uniform surface conforming to the desired grade and cross fall. In no case
should the use of unmixed material be permitted to make up the depressions. Rolling should be
continued till the density achieved is at least 98% of the maximum dry density for the material as
Contractor
Page 178
Executive Engineer
should the use of unmixed material be permitted to make up the depressions. Rolling should be
continued till the density achieved is at least 98% of the maximum dry density for the material as
determined by the method outlined in IS: 2720- Part VIII or as per BIS: 5835 whichever is more.
After completion the surface of any finished layer should be well-closed, free form movement under
compaction, equipment or any compaction, planes, ridges, cracks and loose material. All loose,
segregated or otherwise defective areas should be made good to the full thickness of the layer and re
-compacted.
6.4.4 Setting and Drying : After final compaction of G.S.B. course, the road shall be allowed to dry
overnight.
6.4.5 Testing of G.S.B. : As per table given below:
Sr.No.
1
Particulars
ofItem
Granular Sub
Base
Type of Test
I. Gradation
W.B.M.
II.
Moisture
Content
prior
to
complete
d layer
III.
Density
of
compact
ed
layer
IV.
C.B.R.
I. Aggregate Impact
W.M.M.
II.
Flakines
s Index
I. Aggregate Impact
II. Grading
III. Flakiness Index
Contractor
IV. Density ofPage

compacted
179
layer
MinimumFrequ
ency
One test / 200
m3
One test / 250
m3
One test / 500

m3
As required
One test / 200
m3
One test / 200
m3
One test / 200
m3
One test / 100
m3
One test / 200
m3
One testExecutive
/ 500
Engineer
m3
W.M.M.
I. Aggregate Impact
II. Grading
III. Flakiness Index
IV. Density of
compacted
layer
One test / 200

m3
One test / 100
m3
One test / 200
m3
One test / 500
m3
6.5 Opening to Traffic : No traffic shall be permitted over the grade subbase.
6.6 Rectification of Surface Irregularity : Where the surface irregularity of the GSB exceeds the
permissible tolerances or where the course is otherwise defective due to sub-grade soil getting mixed with
the aggregates, the full thickness of the layer shall be scarified over the affected areas, reshaped with
added premixed material of removed and replaced with fresh premixed material as applicable and recompacted in accordance length of 5 m long and 3 m wide. In no case shall depressions be filled up with
unmixed and ungraded material or fines.
6.7 Item to Include : All material, conveyance of material, labour, machinery, tools and equipment,
taxes, duties, octroi and royalties for material, fuel and maintenance, depreciation of machinery etc. shall
be included in the item. The laying and compaction of the G.S.B. as per above specifications is also
included. Rectification of the defective layer and surface irregularities are also included in this item
6.8 Mode of Measurement and Payment : The measurement shall be taken in cum of the compacted
layer of G.S.B. laid. The unit rate shall be for 1 cum of compacted Granular sub base layer.
1.1 General : T he item addresses providing and laying granular sub-base of 100 mm compacted
thickness, compacting etc, complete. The IS 2720, Part-VIII and MORTH shall be referred. This work
shall consist of mixing laying and compacting clean, crushed, graded aggregate and granular material, to a
dense mass on prepared formation. The thickness of compacted granular sub-base
shall be100mm.
1.2 Material : The material for base shall consists of graded aggregate mixture with following
requirements.
1.2.1 Physical Requirements :
Coarse aggregates shall be crushed stone. The aggregates shall conform to the physical requirements set
forth in the Table given below, and shall be free from organic or other deleterious material. 1. Material
shall share a 10% fineness value of 50 KN or more when tested in compliance with BS:812 part III 2. The
water absorption value shall be less than 2%. In case it exceeds, soundness test shall be conducted of
material in compliance with IS-383.
PHYSICAL REQUIREMENT OF COARSE AGGREGATES
FOR GRANULAR SUB BASE
Sr. No.
1
Test
* Los Angles
Abrasion Value
Or * Aggregate
Impact Value
Contractor
Flakiness Index
Water Absorption
Test Method
IS: 2386(PartIV)
Requirements
40 Percent (Max.)
30 Percent (Max.)
IS: 2386(PartExecutive Engineer
Page 180
IV)
Or IS: 5640
IS: 2386 (Part15 Percent (Max.)
1)
IS:2 386(PartNot less than 2.40
III)
IS: 2386 (PartNot more than
Sr. No.
1
Test
* Los Angles
Abrasion Value
Or * Aggregate
Impact Value
Flakiness Index
Water Absorption
Test Method
IS: 2386(PartIV)
Requirements
40 Percent
(Max.)
IS: 2386(PartIV)
Or IS: 5640
IS: 2386 (Part1)
IS:2 386(PartIII)
IS: 2386 (PartIII)
30 Percent
(Max.)
15 Percent
(Max.)
Not less than
2.40
Not more than
2%
* Aggregate may satisfy requirements of either of the two tests.

1.2.2 Gradation Requirements :
The aggregates shall conform to the grading given in Table below
Table
IS Sieve
Designatio
n
in mm
Grading for closed

graded
G.S.B.
Grade I
75
53
Contractor
26.50
100
80100
55-90
Grading for coarse

graded
G.S.B.
Grad
e II
-100
Grad
e III
--100
40-65
20-35
9.50
4.75
35-65
25-55
70100
50-80
40-65
2.36
0.425
20-40
10-25
30-50
15-25
Grade I
100
--
Grad
e II
-100
55-
50-80
Page 75
181
65-95
50-80
-1030
---
Grad
e III
--100
Executive Engineer
-15-35
-25-45
---
---
n
in mm
G.S.B.
Grade I
75
53
26.50
9.50
4.75
2.36
0.425
0.075
C.B.R.
Value
(Minimum
)
100
80100
5590
3565
2555
2040
1025
3-10
30
G.S.B.
Gra
de II
-100
Grad
e III
---
Grade
I
100
--
Gra
de II
-100
Grad
e III
---
70100
50-80
100
5575
--
50-80
100
--
--
40-65
50-80
15-35
25-45
30-50
40-65
1030
--
--
--
15-25
20-35
--
--
--
3-10
25
3-10
20
<10
30
<10
25
<10
20
65-95
The aggregate gradation as shown above represents the limits,which shall determine the suitability of
aggregate for use from the source of supply. The final gradation approved within these limits shall be well
graded from coarse to fine aggregate and shall not vary from the low limit on one sieve to the high limit
on the adjacent sieve or vice versa. Material passing 425- micron sieve shall have plasticity not exceeding
6., and liquid limit not more than 25.
1.3 Conveyance : All lifts and leads in conveying the material to site shall be included in the rate as
specified. Contractor shall be responsible to see that the vehicles used for transporting the material do not
drop any of the contents on the road and thus cause nuisance to traffic. The contractor shall be responsible
for any damage or accident arising out of any such material. The contractor shall remove such material at
his risk and cost. The vehicle conveying the material shall not obstruct the traffic. The contractor may use
manpower scrapers, dozers, graders, shovels, dumpers, trucks, trolleys, etc. for conveying the material.
The labour, maintenance, any taxes, royalty, insurance, depreciation etc. shall be deemed to be included in
the item rate. No separate claim shall be entertained.
1.4 Construction operations :
1.4.1 Provisions of Lateral Confinement of Aggregates :
Before starting with laying of G.S.B., necessary arrangements should be made for the lateral confinement
of GSB mix. This could be done by constructing side shoulders in advance to a thickness corresponding to
the compacted layer of the GSB. After the verge/hard shoulders are ready, their inside edges should be
trimmed vertical and the included area cleaned of all spilled material, thereby setting stage for spread of
the GSB.
with
the help of a motor
Contractor 1. The sub-base material shall be spreaded evenly on the prepared sub-grade
Executive
Engineer
Page 182
the GSB.
1. The sub-base material shall be spreaded evenly on the prepared sub-grade with the help of a motor
grader of adequate capacity, having arrangements for adjusting the required slope depth and grade during
laying.
2. The mixing shall be done by mechanical equipments unless permitted for manual mixing in
3. Moisture contents of loose material shall be checked in accordance with IS-2720 (part 2). Additional
water may be added to maintain the optimum moisture if required.
4. Immediately after mixing, the mix shall be spread uniformly and evenly upon the prepared sub grade/
sub base/ base in required quantities. In no case should these be dumped in heaps directly on the area
where these are to be laid nor shall their hauling over a partly completed stretch be permitted. The mix
shall be spread by approved mechanical devices. The material may be spread either by a motor grader or a
paver finisher. For portions where mechanical means cannot be used, other approved means shall be used.
The motor grader shall be capable of spreading the material uniformly all over the surface. Its blade shall
have hydraulic control for initial adjustments and maintaining the same so as to achieve the specified
slope and grade The paver finisher shall be self-propelled having the following features:
1. Moving hoppers and suitable distribution mechanism.
2. The screed shall have tamping and vibrating arrangement for initial compaction to the layer as it is
spread without rutting or otherwise marring the surface profile.
3. The paver shall be equipped with necessary control mechanism so as to ensure that the finished surface
is free from surface blemishes. The surface of the mix shall be carefully checked with templates and all
high or low spots remedied by removing or adding aggregate as may be required. The layer may be tested
by depth blocks during construction. No segregation of large and fine particles should be allowed. The
aggregate as spread should be of uniform gradation with no pockets of fine/coarse materials.
1.4.3 Rolling :
After mix has been laid to the required thickness, grade and cross fall (camber), the same shall be
uniformly compacted to the full width with roller of 8 to 10 tonnes static weight for thickness upto 100
mm and vibratory compactor for thickness more than 100 mm. In portions having unidirectional cross
fall/super elevation, rolling shall commence from the lower edge and progress gradually towards the
upper edge. Thereafter roller should progress parallel to the enterline of the road, uniformly overlapping
each preceding track by at least one-third width until the entire surface has been rolled. Alternate strips of
the roller shall be terminated in stops at least 1m away from any preceding stop. On portions in camber,
rolling should begin at the edge with the roller running forward and backward until the edges have been
firmly compacted. The roller shall then progress gradually towards the center parallel to the centerline of
the road uniformly overlapping each of the preceding track by at least one third width until the entire
surface has been rolled. Any displacement occurring, as a result of reversing of the direction, of the roller
or from any other cause shall be corrected at once as specified and/or removed and made good. Along
forms, kerbs, walls or other places not accessible to the roller, the mixture shall be compacted with
mechanical tampers. Skin patching of an area without scarifying the surface to permit proper bonding of
the added material shall not be permitted. Rolling should not be done when the subgrade is soft or
yielding or when it causes as wave-like motions in the subbase/ base course or sub-grade. If irregularities
develop during rolling which exceed 12 mm when tested with a 3 meter straight edge., the surface should
be loosened and premixed material added or removed as required before rolling again so as to achieve a
Contractor
Page 183
Executive Engineer
develop during rolling which exceed 12 mm when tested with a 3 meter straight edge., the surface should
be loosened and premixed material added or removed as required before rolling again so as to achieve a
uniform surface conforming to the desired grade and cross fall. In no case should the use of unmixed
material be permitted to make up the depressions. Rolling should be continued till the density achieved is
at least 98% of the maximum dry density for the material as determined by the method outlined in IS:
2720- Part VIII or as per BIS: 5835 whichever is more. After completion the surface of any finished layer
should be well-closed, free form movement under compaction, equipment or any compaction, planes,
ridges, cracks and loose material. All loose, segregated or otherwise defective areas should be made good
to the full thickness of the layer and re-compacted.
1.4.4 Setting and Drying : After final compaction of G.S.B. course, the road shall be allowed to dry
overnight.
1.4.5 Testing of G.S.B. : As per table given below:
Sr.
No.
1
Particulars of
Item
Granular Sub
Base
Type of Test
I. Gradation
Minimum
Frequency
One test / 200
m3
One test / 250
m3
II.
Moisture
Content
prior
to
complete
d layer
III.
One test / 500
Density
m3
of
compacte
d
layer
IV.
As required
7
Providing and laying Wet Mix Macadam
(WMM) base consisting
of aggregates mixture as per the
C.B.R.
grading specified, using material
obtained from grading, laying in layers of 75 mm compacted thickness
including
breaking
/ crushing of
rock by
mechanical means
required gradation as specified
2
W.B.M.
I. hard
Aggregate
Impact
One testinto
/ 200
including conveyance of graded metal with all leads and lifts, including mixing in a mechanically
m3
operated mixing plant and laying with sensor paver in required lines, curves, levels, grades and
II. to 98% of modified proctor
One test
/ 200 dry density (IS:2720,
sections, watering and compacting
maximum
part-VIII) with vibratory roller Flakiness
of 8-10 tonne static weightm3
complete including all leads and lifts as per
MOST 406 specifications. Index
Specification:
3
W.M.M.
I. Aggregate Impact
One test / 200
General : The item is for to providing and laying wet mix macadam
m3 base of minimum 75 mm. compacted thickness,
watering, compacting etc. complete. The IS: 2720, Part VIII and MOST-406 shall be referred. The work consists of providing
II. Grading
One test / 100
material i.e. clean graded aggregate of approved quality, granular murum, clean water, mixing the material in mechanical plant
to prepare a wet macadam and lay on prepared mix on of stipulated m3
depth on the prepared sub base using censor paver. The
premix macadam material shall be laid
in
one or more
layers as necessary
to lines,
grades and cross-sections shown on the
III.
Flakiness
Index
One
test
/ 200
Contractor
Executive Engineer
Page 184
m3
IV. Density of
One test / 500
compacted
m3
layer
premix macadam material shall be laid in one or more layers as necessary to lines, grades and cross-sections shown on the
approved drawings or as directed by the Engineer-in-charge. The minimum thickness of a single compacted wet mix layer shall
be 75 mm & maximum thickness of the single compacted wet mix layer shall not be more than 200 mm.
Material : The material for base consists of graded aggregate mixture with following requirements.
Physical Requirements :
Coarse aggregates shall be crushed stone. The aggregates shall conform to the physical requirements set forth in the Table-1
given below :
Sr. No.
Test
Test Method
Requirements
* Los Angles Abrasion
IS: 2386(Part-IV) IS:
40 Percent (Max.)
2386(Part-IV) Or IS:
5640
30 Percent (Max.)
Value
Or
* Aggregate Impact Value
2
Flakiness Index
IS: 2386 (Part-1)
15 Percent (Max.)
IS:2 386(Part-III)
Not less than 2.40
Water Absorption
IS: 2386 (Part-III)
Not more than 2%
* Aggregate may satisfy requirements of either of the two tests. Table No. 903-3 of MORTH
Gradation Requirements : The aggregates shall conform to the grading given in Table below
Refer Table on page No. 92.
Contractor
Sieve Designation
Percent by weight passing the sieve
53 mm
100
45 mm
95-100
26.5 mm
80-95
22.4 mm
60-80
11.2 mm
40-60
4.75 mm
25-40
2.36 mm
15-30
600 micron
8-22
75.0 micron
0-8
53 mm
100
Page 185
Executive Engineer
53 mm
100
45 mm
95-100
26.5 mm
80-95
22.4 mm
60-80
11.2 mm
40-60
4.75 mm
25-40
2.36 mm
15-30
600 micron
8-22
75.0 micron
0-8
53 mm
100
45 mm
95-100
26.5 mm
80-95
The aggregate gradation as shown above represents the limits, which shall determine the suitability of aggregate for use from
the source of supply. The final gradation approved within these Maharashtra limits shall be well graded from coarse to fine
aggregate and shall not vary from the lower limit on one sieve to the high limit on the adjacent sieve or vice versa. Material
passing 425- micron sieve shall have plasticity not exceeding 6.
Conveyance : Conveyance of material shall be in accordance with the directions issued by the Engineer-in-Charge.
Construction Operation :
Provisions of lateral confinement of aggregates :
Before starting with wet-mix macadam construction, necessary arrangements should be made for the lateral confinement of wet
mix. This could be done by constructing side shoulders in advance to a thickness corresponding to the compacted layer of the
wet-mix macadam course. After the verge/hard shoulders are ready, their inside edges should be trimmed vertical and the
included area cleaned of all spilled material, thereby setting stage for spread of the wet-mix macadam.
Preparation of Mix :
Wet-mix macadam shall be prepared in an approved mixing plant of suitable capacity having provision for controlled addition
of water. Optimum moisture for mixing shall be determined in accordance with IS: 2720 (Part VIII) after replacing the
aggregate fraction, retained on 22.4 mm sieve with material of 4.75 mm to 22.4 mm size. While adding water due allowance
should be made for evaporation losses. However at the time of compaction, water in the wet mix should not vary from the
optimum value by more than 0.5 percent. The mixed material should be uniformly wet and no segregation should be
permitted.
Spreading of Mix :
Immediately after mixing, the mix shall be spread uniformly and evenly upon the prepared sub grade/ sub base/ base in
required quantities. In no case should these be dumped in heaps directly on the area where the same is to be laid nor shall their
hauling over a partly completed stretch be permitted. The mix shall be spread by approved mechanical devices i.e. censor
paver. The material may be spread either by a motor grader or a paver finisher. For portions where mechanical means cannot be
used, other approved means shall be used. The motor grader shall be capable of spreading the material uniformly all over the
surface. Its blade shall have hydraulic control for initial adjustments and maintaining the same so as to achieve the specified
slope and grade. The paver finisher shall be self-propelled having the following features: 1. Moving hoppers and suitable
distribution mechanism . 2. The screed shall have tamping and vibrating arrangement for initial compaction to the layer as it is
spread without rutting or otherwise marring the surface profile. 3. The paver shall be equipped with necessary control
mechanism so as to ensure that the finished surface is free from surface blemishes. The surface of the mix shall be carefully
checked with templates and all high or low spots remedied by removing or adding aggregate as may be required. The layer may
be tested by depth blocks during construction. No segregation of large and fine particles should be allowed. The aggregate as
spread should be of uniform gradation with no pockets of fine/coarse materials.
Compaction of Mix :
After mix has been laid to the required thickness, grade and cross fall (camber), the same shall be uniformly compacted to the
full width with vibrator roller of 8 to 10 tonnes static weight. In portions having unidirectional cross fall/super elevation, rolling
shall commence from the lower edge and progress gradually towards the upper edge. Thereafter roller should progress parallel
to the centerline of the road, uniformly overlapping each preceding track by at least one third width until the entire surface has
been rolled. Alternated strips of the roller shall be terminated in stops at least 1m away from any preceding stop. On portions in
camber, rolling should begin at the edge with the roller running forward and backward until the edges have been firmly
Contractor
Executive Engineer
Page 186
Contractor
camber, rolling should begin at the edge with the roller running forward and backward until the edges have been firmly
compacted. The roller shall then progress gradually towards the center parallel to the centerline of the road uniformly
overlapping each of the preceding track by at least one third width until the entire surface has been rolled. Any displacement
occurring, as a result of reversing of the direction, of the roller or from any other cause shall be corrected at once as specified
and/or removed and made good. Along forms, kerbs, walls or other places not accessible to the roller, the mixture shall be
compacted with mechanical tampers. Skin patching of an area without scarifying the surface to permit proper bonding of the
added material shall not be permitted. Rolling should not be done when the subgrade is soft or yielding or when it causes as
wave-like motions in the subbase/ base course or sub-grade. If irregularitiesdevelop during rolling which exceed 12 mm when
tested with a 3 meter straight edge, the surface should be loosened and premixed material added or removed as required before
rolling the same again so as to achieve a uniform surface conforming to the desired grade and cross fall. In no case should the
use of unmixed material be permitted to make up the depressions. Rolling should be continued till the density achieved is at
least 98% of the maximum dry density for the material as determined by the method outlined in IS: 2720- Part VIII or as per
BS: 5835 whichever is more. After compaction the surface of any finished layer should be well-closed, free form movement
under compaction, equipment or any compaction planes, ridges, cracks and loose material. All loose, segregated or otherwise
defective areas should be made good to the full thickness of the layer and re-compacted.
Setting and Drying : After final compaction of wet- mix macadam course, the road shall be allowed to dry overnight.
Opening to Traffic : No vehicular traffic of any kind shall be allowed on the finished wet-mix macadam surface till it has
dried and the bituminous binder/wearing course has been laid. In exceptional case, construction traffic may be allowed with the
approval of the Engineerin- Charge for short durations when the course is completely dry and vehicles move over the full
width avoiding any rutting or uneven compaction and any defect developed due to such permission the same shall be made
good by the contractor at his risk and cost.
Rectification of Surface Irregularity : Where the surface irregularity of the wet-mix course exceeds the permissible
tolerances or where the course is otherwise defective due to sub-grade soil getting mixed with the aggregates, the full thickness
of the layer shall be scarified over the affected areas, reshaped with added premixed material removed and replaced with fresh
premixed material as applicable and re-compacted in accordance in lengths 5 m long and 3 m wide. In no case shall depressions
be filled up with unmixed and ungraded material or fines.
Item to Include : All material, conveyance of material, labour, machinery, tools and equipment, taxes, octroi and duties and
royalties for material, fuel and maintenance, depreciation of machinery etc. shall be included in the item. The laying and
compaction of the wet mix as per above specifications is also included. Rectification of the defective layer and surface
irregularities are also included in this item.
Mode of Measurement and Payment : The measurement shall be taken in cum of the compacted layer of wet mix laid. The
unit rate shall be for 1 cum of compacted wet mix layer as per specification and direction of Engineer-in-Charge.
Providing & laying in position insitu rolled dry lean cement concrete 1:3:6 of trap metal and sand for
foundation and bedding including steel channel form work, compacting using 8 to 10 T vibrating roller,
curing using hessain cloth including all leads & lifts etc. complete.
Specification:
8.1 General :- The item pertains to foundation & bedding of specified proportion. The work includes
providing all materials, mixing, compacting, curing, shuttering, dewatering etc. with all leads and lifts.
8.2 Material :- As per general C/0.2.1 to Gen / C/0.2.4
8.3 Mix proportion and mixing :- As per Gen / C/ 0.5 and Gen / C / .07
8.4 form work and scaffolding :- Specification shall be conformed to item Gen / C/ 0.19.7 and Gen / C/
0.19.8
8.5 Transportation, placing, and compaction :- Specification shall be conformed to item Gen/ C/0.8
and related specification for compaction by vibrator rooling as directed. 17.6 Field tests :- The appropriate
field test as directed by engineer incharge and as per Gen / C / 0.15
8.7 Inspection of Testing of Structure:- As directed by the Engineer In Charge and as per GEN/C/0.16 .
8.8 Finishing of Concrete :- As per Gen /C/0.
8.9 Special Feautres :- As directed by Engineer Incharge
8.10 Curing :- As per item Gen/ C/ 0.14
8.11 Item to includes :- This item for providing and laying in position in site rolling dry lean concrete in
Page 187
Executive Engineer
8.11 Item to includes :- This item for providing and laying in position in site rolling dry lean concrete in
1:3:6 grade including steel channel form work connecting by 8 to 10 tone vibrating roller curing using
hessain cloths with all lead and lifts
8.12 The measurement for the Concrete laid in acceptable manners of Engineer incharge on volumetric
basis in cum. and as explained in Gen / C / 0.25
9
Picking the old asphalt surface up to a depth of 75 mm and resectioning, barreling and bringing the
surface to proper camber, alignment and gradient providing V groove at the periphery of road surface.
Specification:
9.1 General : The item provides picking the old asphalt road surface and resectioning of the road surface.
9.2 Road Diversion : while carrying out the picking operations, if the traffic cannot be allowed to pass
over the side shoulders, suitable diversions shall be provided and maintained till necessary by the
contractor at his risk and cost.
9.3 Picking Operation : All the damaged old asphalt surface, caked mud, slush animal droppings,
vegetation and all other rubbish accumulated on the road-surface shall be removed. Where the section of
the road surface is good, the road surface shall be picked lightly only to loosen the surface stones. Where
the section is uneven picking shall be done a little deeper to enable the sectioning to be done to the
required shape with the picked up material. The picking shall always be ahead of the spreading of metal
and compaction by about 100 metres. The edges of the picking shall be truly in a line or curve as the case
may be. This can be achieved by tying strings to nails driven on the road edges and ranging for a
sufficiently long length. The picked up surface shall be sectioned to the required grade and camber, super
elevation or transition section. Templates shall be used to obtain correct and uniform camber, super
elevation or transition section as the case may be. The V groove shall be provided on either side of the
road edges as directed so as to avoid sliding away metal spread. The junction of the picked and nonpicked surfaces shall be diagonal.
9.4 Item to Include : The item includes all labour, materials, use of tools and equipment, etc. for picking.
It also includes, sectioning, barreling, grading, diversions including barricading, warning, signals, lights,
etc., unless separately provided in the tender.
9.5 Mode of Measurement and Payment : The areas picked shall be worked out in sq. meters. The
width shall be limited to the width specified or as ordered by the Engineer-in-Charge. The length shall be
measured along the centerline of the road. Increased width on curves shall be measured. The contract rate
shall be for one sq. meter of surface picked and sectioned.
10
10.1
10.2
10.3
Providing trap / stone / granite stone metal at the work site as directed in stacks of minimum size of 3
x 2 x 1 m or as directed in stacks of higher sizes than the minimum stipulated above Including all
loading / unloading operation and conveyance to the site of work any lead including all taxes and
royalty charges.
Standard size 40 mm (Crushed aggregate)
Specification:
10.1 General : The item provides supply of stone aggregate of the specified type and size at the site of work, including
obtaining the stones of the specified quality from approved sources, manually breaking or crushing them in mechanical
crushers, loading into conveyor and unloading at site of work conveying within all leads and all lifts, stacking in regular heaps
Contractor
Page 188
Executive Engineer
as specified.
10.2 Material : Stones of approved quality shall be used for hand broken or crushed aggregate.
Quality : The rubble of the trap stones shall be hard, tough, sound, durable, dense, clean, of close texture and free from
unsound material, cracks, decay and weathering. The water absorption shall be as low as possible but not more than 2 per cent.
They shall generally be broken rubble.
Stone Aggregate : The aggregates shall be obtained by crushing approved stones of specified type in a mechanical crusher and
shall be clean, strong, tough, dense, durable, close grained and free from soft,
decayed and weathered portions and from coating of dust, dirt or other objectionable matter. They shall preferably have good
hydrophobic characteristics. The metal shall generally satisfy the following
physical requirements:Refer Table on page No. 108.
For light or
Medium traffic
For
heavy
traffic
Los Angles abrasion test, per cent, fines maximum
25
17
Aggregate crushing test: percent, fines maximum
23
17
Water absorption by weight after 24 hours immersion;

percent. Not more than
Tests shall be carried out according to I.S.383-1970

Tests considered necessary shall be carried out in an approved laboratory.
Size of Metal shall be as under:-
Standard Size
Wholly Passing through Square

mesh of internal dimension
Wholly retained on square

40 mm
50 mm
25 mm
25 mm
40 mm
20 mm
Contractor 20 mm
25 mm
12 mm
20 mm
10 mm
10 mm
12 mm
6 mm
6 mm
10 mm
5 mm
Page 18912
mm
Executive Engineer
Standard Size
Wholly Passing through Square

Wholly retained on square

40 mm
50 mm
25 mm
25 mm
40 mm
20 mm
20 mm
25 mm
12 mm
12 mm
20 mm
10 mm
10 mm
12 mm
6 mm
6 mm
10 mm
5 mm
Note : - Not more than 20% of any sample shall exceed in its greatest dimension standard size plus 25 mm. For 40 mm.
Standard size, standard size plus 8 mm. For 25 mm, 20 mm and 12 mm standard sizes and standard size plus 6 mm for 10 mm
and 6 mm standard sizes plus 4 mm. The metal shall be roughly cubical in shape and of uniform size with sharp edges for
interlocking. Rounded, flaky thin, elongated metal shall not be accepted. Before collection, samples of the metal shall be got
approved for quality size and shape by the Engineer-in-Charge who will preserve them in his site office for reference. They
shall be completely dry at the time of use.
10.3 Conveyance : Materials shall be brought to site sufficiently in advance of construction. The contractor shall be
responsible to see that vehicles used for transporting materials do not drop any of the contents on the road and thus cause
nuisance to traffic. The contractor shall also be responsible for any damage or accident arising out of any such material falling
on the road or elsewhere and shall attend to all complaints in this regard. The Engineer-in-Charge may order the removal of
such materials at the expenses of the contractor in case of neglect. Vehicles conveying or disposing materials shall not obstruct
traffic. All leads and lifts included in the rate for the item.
10.4 Stacking : The material shall be stacked uniformly along the roadside or as directed in regular stacks of minimum size 3m
X 2m X 1 m unless other sizes are ordered by the Engineer-in-Charge, stacking shall be done only after the quality, shape and
size of the material are approved. The stacks shall be made without appreciable hollows without making special efforts to handpack the material. The stacks shall be free of earth, rubbish, vegetation, inferior or too much oversize or undersize material.
One stack in each unit section may be of different length if necessary to make up the total quantity in that particular section.
Low and wide stacks with outer retaining walls and the center filled in loosely shall not be permitted. The material shall be
stacked entirely clear of the carriage way and as far a possible beyond the side widths and the side drains, on even ground or in
the absence of such even ground the platforms prepared in advance for the purpose by the contractor at his cost. If no such land
is available, the width of the stack may be reduced and the stacks may be laid on the side widths with the approval of the
Engineer-in-Charge. Such stacks shall be protected from being disturbed. Necessary precautions such as barricading, signs and
signals shall invariably be taken, the contractor being responsible for any accident, injury and compensation due to his
negligence in this respect. On hill roads material shall be stacked only on the side of the road as directed without interfering
with free drainage. The Engineer-in-Charge may, if required, get the stacks coming in the way of or obstructing the traffic,
removed with the cost of the contractor and the contractor shall not be entitled to claim for any loss or damage to the materials
on that account. The stacking operations shall be started at the point farthest from the quarry and carried towards the nearest
point. The stacks shall not be laid at such places where they are likely to be damaged on account of the traffic, washing out by
rains or floods or drainage, slides of the banks or the slopes of cutting. The contractor without extras claims shall make any loss
on account of these or such other reasons good. As far as possible the metal shall be stacked evenly on one side of the road only
Contractor
Executive Engineer
Page 190
on account of these or such other reasons good. As far as possible the metal shall be stacked evenly on one side of the road only
and in such quantities per unit length as will be required for that particular length or as ordered by the Engineer-in-Charge.
Each size of aggregate shall be stacked separately and entirely clear from the carriageway and where possible clear of the
shoulders also. They shall be stacked in such a manner as to prevent mixture, deterioration or contamination
Special Points : The contractor shall be responsible for obtaining consent of owners of quarries and lands, payment of
royalties, fees, rents, taxes, octroi, duties, etc. Compensation due to injuries to persons or damages to property in any way
connected with the execution of this item and for loss of materials due to improper stacking etc. and shall make good the losses
without extra claims.
The contractor shall also responsible for the blasting operations.
Item to Include :
1) Obtaining metal of approved quality, shape and size from quarry metal, boulder metal, Laterite metal and payment of
royalties, taxes, octroi, duties, fees, rents, etc. 2) Conveying to roadside including all lead and all lifts. 3) Stacking.
Mode of Measurement and Payment : The contract rate shall be for one cubic meter of material supplied at site in stacks of
approved size. When the material is stacked in stacks of one uniform size, smallest stack may be chosen in the particular km or
unit section and measured for its length, breadth and depth. The cubic contents of this heap shall be multiplied by the number
of such stacks in the km or unit section to arrive at the quantity in the particular km or unit section. The Engineer-in-Charge
may measure any other stacks also for verification. When the sizes of stacks are not uniform, each stack shall be measured
individually. The dimensions shall be measured correct to two places of decimal of a meter and quantity worked out correct to
two places of decimals of a cubic meter. If there is reason to believe that the stacks are very loose and are having unduly large
hollows and or materials not satisfying the specifications, the stacks may be got opened and restacked properly after removing
the inferior material as directed by the Engineer- incharge at the contractors cost. The measurements of such a stack shall then
be taken and if they are less than those of a normal heap, the quantity of the restacked heap shall be multiplied by the no. of
stacks to arrive at the quantity in the particular unit or length. No deduction shall be made for voids. Material shall not be used
until the full quantity is collected in km or unit length and measured. All stacks measured shall be marked with lime wash
bands to distinguish them to avoid double measurement. If the material is found to be of inferior quality or of size not
satisfying the requirements, the same may be rejected entirely. All labour, materials etc. required for measuring, restacking,
checking, lime washing, etc. shall be at the cost of contractor.
11
Contractor
Spreading metal on road surface from 40 mm to 10 mm standard size and spreading evenly to required
camber and gradient with lead up to 100 m from stacks.
Specification:
11.1 General : The item covers to provide the labour for conveying the metal of standard size from the
roadside stacks and spreading it for the road sectioning.
11.2 Spreading Metal : The metal shall be screened if it contains grass, rubbish dust or other deleterious
foreign material. V groove is excavated on either edges of metal width to avoid sliding away spread
metal during rolling. The groove will ensure clean straight/curve edge of road. The metal shall be spread
evenly over the rolled rubble soling surface or WBM surface or as directed by giving a twisting motion to
the basket at the time of spreading. In order to ensure the correct thickness, the road area shall be suitably
marked so as to receive the contents of one stack for the specified thickness in the area marked. The
unevenness and undulations after the spreading shall be rectified either by thinning the metal or adding it
as required. The metal so spread shall be checked by camber boards and line for the camber and grade at
intervals of every 10 meters or so. The edge line stakes shall be ranged for a sufficiently long length to
obtain straight lengths and uniform curves. The sides of the metal shall be held by bunds of murum to
Page 191
Executive Engineer
obtain straight lengths and uniform curves. The sides of the metal shall be held by bunds of murum to
prevent metal from spreading if side widths are not provided at the time. These bunds shall be of such
depth as to support the metal. The junction of the existing road and the new construction shall be diagonal
in plan. Between the straight lengths and curves and at the meeting points of convex and concave portions
of reverse curves the change in the camber shall made very gradually as directed by the Engineer-inCharge.
11.3 Item to Include : The item includes providing all labour, tools, and equipment for conveying the
metal from the roadside stacks and spreading even to the required depth, width and section. The item
includes all leads & lifts as directed by Engineer-in-Charge.
11.4 Mode of Measurement and Payment : The quantity of spreading of metal of the specified size shall
be arrived at by deducting the quantity in balance in stacks from the total collection existing on the
roadside before spreading is started. The quantity on site shall be checked before spreading is started and
after completion of spreading. The contract rate shall be for spreading one cubic meter of metal as per
direction of Engineer-in-Charge.
12
12.1
Rolling with 8 / 10 tonne vibratory roller over 40 to 25 mm standard size metal to finish the surface to
required camber and gradient until proper interlocking.
30 tonne vibratory compactors
Specification:
General : After spreading 40 to 25 mm standard size metal laid to the required thickness, grade and
camber the same shall be uniformly compacted to the full width with 8 to 10 tonne roller. In portions
having unidirectional cross fall/super elevation, rolling shall commence from the lower edge and progress
gradually towards the upper edge. The roller should progress parallel to the centerline of the road, from
edges uniformly overlapping each preceding track by at least one third width until the entire surface has
been rolled. Alternate strips of the roller shall be terminated in stops at lead 1mt away from any preceding
stop. The rolling shall be continued till no impression of rear wheels appear. Any displacement occurring
as a result of reversing of the direction of the roller or from any other cause shall be corrected at once as
specified and/or removed and made good. Required quantity of water shall be sprinkled over the
aggregate to remove dust etc. if required. All loose, segregated uneven or otherwise defective areas should
be made good to the full thickness of the layer and re-compacted. The item shall be executed as per
direction of Engineer-in-Charge.
Mode of Measurement and Payment : The measurement shall be in per sq. mtr of the compacted layer
of the finished metal surface.
13
13.1
Supplying and stacking at works site as directed VG 40, VG 30 and VG 10 penetration grade asphalt in
bulk conforming to IS:73-2006.
VG 30
Specification:
General : The item provides supplying and stacking at works site of specified penetration grade asphalt
in bulk
Material : Asphalt or bitumen shall be straight run conforming to IS: 73 or industrial bitumen as per IS:
Contractor
Page 192
Executive Engineer
702 of suitable consistency satisfying the requirement of physical properties as give in table below.
Table
PHYSICAL PROPERTIES OF BITUMEN
Sr
.
No
.
Characteristics
Requirement
s
Method
of Test
Penetration at 250 C in 1/10

mm
20 to 40
IS: 1203
Softening point (R&B)
50 to 90
IS: 1205
Ductility at 270 C (Min. is

cms)
IS: 1208
Loss on heating percent

(Maximum)
IS: 1212
Solubility in CS2 percent

(Minimum)
99
IS: 1216
Conveyance and Stacking : The asphalt is to be carried from the refineries in the bulk containers
approved by the RTO and other authorities. The transportation is entire responsibility of the contractor.
MIDC is not responsible for any loss or damage to asphalt or the vehicle or to any accident, claims etc.
The item shall be treated as
complete only after the asphalt is received at the work site. For stacking the asphalt the contractor shall
provide the necessary containers of the required capacities.
Item to Include : Item includes loading of asphalt in bulk container at the Mumbai Refinery, unloading
in the bulk containers provided at the work site, etc. complete, including all the labour, container vehicle ,
its all costs such as fuel, insurance, paying of all taxes, claims, damages, depreciation, labour etc.,
Contractor
Page 193
Executive Engineer
its all costs such as fuel, insurance, paying of all taxes, claims, damages, depreciation, labour etc.,
complete. The rate is excluding the
transportation, which shall be paid at the appropriate rate as per Item No.Rd/F/3, for the specified distance
from the Mumbai Refinery. The contractor shall have to furnish original challan of the refinery alongwith
weighment slips in original before use and after use of asphalt.
Mode of Measurement and Payment : The quantity of the asphalt/ bitumen, of specified penetration
grade supplied and stacked at the work site shall be measured in Metric tonne. The payments for the
quantity stacked shall be at the contract rate per MT. The transportation charges shall be paid as per the
item Rd/F/3.
14
Add extra over item No.13 above for transporting asphalt from refinery to site of work.
Specification:
General: The transportation charges of asphalt, specified as per Item No.13 above, from the Refinery to the work site is
covered in this item.
15
15.1
15.1.1
Mode of Measurement & Payment :The measurement of transporting the asphalt from Mumbai Refinery to the work site shall
be taken as the quantity of asphalt transported & stacked at work site in MT. The contract rate shall be for asphalt transported
per MT basis.
Heating asphalt to its boiling point and evenly spreading it over road surface for grout treatment / tack
coats / seal coats.
VG 10 grade bitumen conforming to IS: 73-2006
Bulk Asphalt.
Specification:
General : The item provides the heating of asphalt supplied at the work site under item no. Rd/F/1 and
Rd/F/2 to its boiling point and spreading the same over road surface for grout treatment / tack coats/
seal coats.
Preparation of Surface : Preparation of road surface shall be carried out under appropriate separate
item. Prior to the application of the binder, all dust, dirt, caked murum, animal dung, loose and foreign
material etc. shall be removed 30 cm on either side, beyond the full width to be treated, by means of
mechanical sweepers and blowers, if available or otherwise with wire brushes, small picks, brooms etc.
The material so removed shall be disposed off as directed by the Engineer-in-charge. For WBM surface,
the interstices between the road metal shall be exposed upto a depth of about 10 mm by means of wire
brushes picks The surface shall then be brushed with soft brooms to remove all loose aggregates. Finally
the traces of fine dust, which gets accumulated while brushing, shall be thoroughly removed from the
surface by blowing with gunny bags. The prepared surface shall be closed to traffic and maintained fully
clean till the binder bitumen/asphalt is applied.
Heating and Applying Asphalt/Binder (Hot Bitumen) : The asphalt/ bitumen shall be heated in a
boiler to a temperature for 30/40 grade & 60/70 grade up to 177 0 C to 191 0 C (350 0 F to 375 0 F) and for
80/100 grade up to 163 0 C to 177 0 C (325 0 F to 350 0 F) and the temperature shall be maintained at the
time of actual application. The use of a thermometer being essential. The binder shall be applied evenly to
the clean dry surface by means of a pressure sprayer at the rate specified. The binder shall be applied
longitudinally along the length of the road and never across it. The edges of the binder surface shall be
Contractor
Page 194
Executive Engineer
longitudinally along the length of the road and never across it. The edges of the binder surface shall be
defined by wire or a rope stretched in position. Heating in cut out drums and pouring from perforated tins,
cans and such other methods shall not be permitted. Except in the case of petty works and repairs with the
specific approval of the Engineer-in-charge. Excessive deposits of binder caused by stopping of the
sprayer or through leakage or any other reason shall be suitably corrected before the stone chipping are
sprayed.
Mode of Measurement and Payment : The quantity of asphalt heated and applied shall be measured in
Metric tonne and also the source of asphalt shall be recorded whether from bulk supply or from drum
supply. In respect of bulk asphalt/bitumen carriers the same shall be weighed before application of
asphalt/bitumen and also after the application of the asphalt/bitumen. The difference in these to weights
and/or the quantity worked out with reference to the rate of application of the asphalt/bitumen and the area
of actual application, whichever is lower shall be payable. The weightment slips in original for the
weighment of asphalt at the approved weigh bridge before use and after use of asphalt shall be submitted
by the contractor. The item rate shall be per Metric tonne of asphalt heated and applied.
16
Rolling with 8 / 10 tonne vibratory roller on the grouted surface.

Specification:
General : The item provides rolling after grouting the surface.

Spreading and Rolling : After spreading the 10 mm metal aggregate over the grouted surface, in
specified quantities. The rolling shall be done over the grouted surface uniformly compacted to full width
with 8 to 10 tonne vibratory roller. In portions having unidirectional cross fall/super elevation, rolling
shall commence from the lower edge and progress gradually towards the upper edge. The roller should
progress parallel to the centerline of the road, from edges uniformly overlapping each preceding track by
at least one third width until the entire surface has been rolled. Alternate strips of the roller shall be
terminated in stops at lead 1mt away from any preceding stop. The rolling shall be continued till no
impression of rear wheels appear. Any displacement occurring as a result of reversing of the direction of
the roller or from any other cause shall be corrected at once as specified and/or removed and made good.
Required quantity of water shall be sprinkled over the aggregate to remove dust etc. if required. All loose,
segregated uneven or otherwise defective areas should be made good to the full thickness of the layer and
re-compacted. The item shall be executed as per direction of Engineer-in-Charge.
Item to Include : All the labour, machinery, tools and plants required for rolling are included in this
item. The supply and spreading the metal over the grouted surface shall be paid under relevant item.
Mode of Measurement and Payment : The contract rate shall be for compacting one sqm area of the
road of the full width after spreading 12 to 10 mm metal as shown in the section including increased
widths on curves, road crossings etc. The area of the road compacted shall be measured and paid in sqm.
17
Cleaning the old / fresh asphalt surface with wire brushes, bristles brushes and gunny bags to receive
asphalt treatment.
Specification:
General : The item provides cleaning the old or fresh asphalt surface with wire bristle brush and with
gunny bags before applying new asphalt treatment.
Equipment : The equipment such as small pick wire bristle brushes and gunny bags shall be used for
Contractor
Page 195
Executive Engineer
Equipment : The equipment such as small pick wire bristle brushes and gunny bags shall be used for
cleaning.
Cleaning : Prior to the application of the binder, all dust, dirt, caked mud, animal dung, loose and foreign
material etc. shall be removed 30 cm on either side, beyond the full width to be treated, by means of
mechanical sweepers and blowers, if available or other wise with wire brushes, small picks, brooms etc.
the material so removed shall be disposed off as directed by the Engineer-in-charge. The prepared surface
shall be closed to traffic and maintained fully clean till the binder is applied.
Item to Include : The item includes all labour, equipment etc. required for cleaning the old or fresh
asphalt road surface as per above specifications.
Mode of Measurement and Payment : The area of old or fresh asphalt road thus cleaned as per the
above specifications shall be measured in sqm. The contract rate shall be per sqm of asphalt road cleaned.
18
Providing and laying hot mix hot laid Dense Bituminous Mcadam as per job mix formula having 50 mm
compacted thickness with minimum bitumen content of 4.5% of the weight of the total mix of VG 40
grade on prepared surface with specified graded crushed aggregates for base/binding course including
loading of aggregates with front end loader, heating of binder, aggregates and filler in hot mix plant,
transportation the mix material by tippers and laying the mixed material with sensor pavers finisher to
the required level and grade, rolling by vibratory roller to achieve the desired density including all
material, labour, machinery with all leads and lifts, lighting, guarding barricading and maintenance of
diversion if necessary etc. complte. (including cost of bitumen emulsion tack coat of 25kg / 100 Sq. m.
of VG 10)
Specification:
507.1. Scope:
This clause specifies the construction of Dense Graded Bituminous Macadam, (DBM), for use mainly, but
not exclusively, in base/binder and profile corrective courses. DBM is also intended for use as road base
material. This work shall consist of construction in a single or multiple layers of DBM on a previously
prepared base or sub-base. The thickness of a single layer shall be 50mm to 100mm.
507.2. Materials:
507.2.1. Bitumen: The bitumen shall be paving bitumen of Penetration Grade complying with Indian
Standard Specifications for "Paving Bitumen" IS: 73, and of the penetration indicated in Table 500-10 for
dense bitumen macadam, or this bitumen as modified by one of the methods specified in Clause 521, or as
otherwise specified in the Contract. Guidance on the selection of an appropriate grade of bitumen is given
in The Manual for Construction and Supervision of Bituminous Works.
507.2.2. Coarse aggregates: The coarse aggregates shall consist of crushed rock, crushed gravel or other
hard material retained on the 2.36mm sieve. They shall be clean, hard, durable, of cubical shape, free from
dust and soft or friable matter, organic or other deleterious substances. Where the Contractor's selected
source of aggregates have poor affinity for bitumen, as a condition for the approval of that source, the
Contractor
Page 196
Executive Engineer
source of aggregates have poor affinity for bitumen, as a condition for the approval of that source, the
bitumen shall be treated with an ap- T5510 proved anti-stripping agent, as per the manufacturer's
recommendations, without additional payment. Before approval of the source, the aggregates shall be
tested for stripping. The aggregates shall satisfy the physical requirements specified in Table 500-8, for
dense bituminous macadam. Where crushed gravel is proposed for use as aggregate, not less than 90% by
weight of the crushed material retained on the 4.75mm sieve shall have at least two fractured faces.
507.2.3. Fine aggregates: Fine aggregates shall consist of crushed or naturally occurring mineral material,
or a combination of the two, passing the 2.36mm sieve and retained on the 75 micron sieve. They shall be
clean, hard, durable, dry and free from dust, and soft or friable matter, organic or other deleterious matter.
The plasticity index of the fraction passing the 0.425 mm sieve shall not exceed 4. when tested in
accordance with IS: 2720 (Part 5)
TABLE 500-8. PHYSICAL REQUIREMENTS FOR COARSE AGGREGATE FOR DENSE GRADED
BITUMINOUS MACADAM
Property
Test
Specification
Cleanliness (dust)
Grain size analysis #1
Max 5% passing 0.075 mm

sieve
Particle shape
Flakiness & Elongation

Index (Combined)#2
Max 30%
Strength*
Los Angeles Abrasion

Value#3 Aggregate Impact
Value#4
Max 35%
Max 27%
Durability
Soundness#5
Sodium Sulphate
Max 12%
Magnesium Sulphate
Max 18%
Water Absorption
Water absoption#6
Max 2%
Stripping
Coating & Stripping of

Bitumen Aggregate
Page 197
Mixtures#7
Minimum retained coating

95% Executive Engineer
Water Sensitivity
Retained Tensile Strength
Min 80%
Contractor
Sodium Sulphate
Max 12%
Magnesium Sulphate
Max 18%
Water Absorption
Water absoption#6
Max 2%
Stripping
Coating & Stripping of

Bitumen Aggregate
Mixtures#7
Minimum retained coating

95%
Water Sensitivity
Retained Tensile Strength
Min 80%
Notes:
1. IS:2386 Part I
2. IS:2386 Part I (the elongation test to be done only on non-flaky aggregates in the sample)
3. IS:2386 Part 4*
4. IS:2386 Part 4*
5. IS:2386 Part 5
6. IS:2386 Part 3
7. IS:6241
8. AASHTOT283**
* Aggregate may satisfy requirements of either of these two tests.
** The water sensitivity test is only required if the minimum retained coating in the stripping lest is less
than 95%.
507.2.4. Filler: Filler shall consist of finely divided mineral matter such as rock dust, hydrated lime or
cement approved by the Engineer. The filler shall be graded within the limits indicated in Table 500-9.
TABLE 500-9. GRADING REQUIREMENTS FOR MINERAL FILLER

--------------------------------------------------Contractor
Page 198
Executive Engineer
IS Sieve (mm)
Cumulative % passing by weight of
Total aggregate
----------------------------------------------------0.6
100
0.3
95-100
0.075
85-100
The filler shall be free from organic impurities and have a Plasticity Index not greater than 4. The
Plasticity Index requirement shall not apply if filler is cement or lime. When the coarse aggregate is
gravel, 2 per cent by weight of total aggregate, shall be Portland cement or hydrated lime and the
percentage of fine aggregate reduced accordingly. Cement or hydrated lime is not required when the
limestone aggregate is used. Where the aggregates fail to meet the requirements of the water sensitivity
test in Table 500-8, then 2 per cent by total weight of aggregate, of hydrated lime shall be added without
additional cost.
507.2.5. Aggregate grading and binder content: When tested in accordance with IS:2386 Part 1 (wet
sieving method), the combined grading of the coarse and fine aggregates and added filler for the particular
mixture shall fall within the limits shown in Table 500-10, for dense bituminous macadam grading 1 or 2
as specified in the Contract. The type and quantity of bitumen, and appropriate thickness, are also
indicated for each mixture type.
TABLE 500-10. COMPOSITION OF DENSE GRADED BITUMINOUS MACADAM PAVEMENT

LAYERS
----------------------------------------------------Grading
----------------------------------------------------Nominal aggregate size
40mm
25mm
----------------------------------------------------Contractor
Page 199
Executive Engineer
Layer Thickness
80-100mm
50-75mm
---------------------------------------------------IS Sieve 1(mm)
Cumulative % by weight of
total aggregate passing

----------------------------------------------------45
100
37.5
95-100
100
26.5
63-93
90-100
19
13.2
55-75
9.5
4.75
38-54
38-54
2.36
2+2
28-42
1.18
0.6
0.3
7-21
0.15
0.075
2-8
71-95
56-80
-
7-21
2-8
-----------------------------------------------------
----------------------------------------------------Bitumen content % by
2 Min 4.0
Min 4.5
mass of total mix

Contractor
Page 200
Executive Engineer
mass of total mix

----------------------------------------------------Bitumen grade (pen)
65 or 90
65 or 90
----------------------------------------------------Notes:
1. The combined aggregate grading shall not vary from the low limit on one sieve to the high limit on the
adjacent sieve.
2. Determined by the Marshall method.
-----------------------------------------------------
507.3. Mixture Design:

507.3.1. Requirement for the mixture: Apart from conformity with the grading and quality requirements
for individual ingredients, the mixture shall meet the requirements set out in Table 500-11.
TABLE 500-11. REQUIREMENTS FOR DENSE GRADED BITUMINOUS MACADAM

----------------------------------------------------Minimum stability (kN at 60 DegC)
9.0
Minimum flow (mm), Maximum flow (mm)

Compaction level (Number of blows)
2, 4
75 blows on each of
the 2 faces of the

specimen
Per cent air voids
3-6
Per cent voids in mineral

aggregate (VMA)
Contractor
See Table 500-12 below.
Page 201
Executive Engineer
Per cent voids filled with bitumen (VFB)
65-75
----------------------------------------------------The requirements for minimum percent voids in mineral aggregate

(VMA) are set out in Table 500-12.
TABLE 500-12. MINIMUM PER CENT VOIDS IN MINERAL AGGREGATE (VMA)

----------------------------------------------------Nominal Maximum
Practice Size#1
(mm)
Minimum VMA, Percent

Related to
Design Air Voids, Percent#2
----------------------------------------------------3.0
4.0
5.0
----------------------------------------------------9.5
14.0
15.0
16.0
12.5
13.0
14.0
15.0
19.0
12.0
13.0
14.0
25.0
11.0
12.0
13.0
37:5
10.0
11.0
12.0
----------------------------------------------------Notes:
1. The nominal maximum particle size is one size larger than the first sieve to retain more than: 10%.
2. Interpolate minimum voids in the mineral aggregate (VMA) for design air voids values between those
listed
----------------------------------------------------Contractor
507.3.2. Binder content: The binder content shall be optimised to achieve the requirements of the mixture
Page 202
Executive Engineer
----------------------------------------------------507.3.2. Binder content: The binder content shall be optimised to achieve the requirements of the mixture
set out in Table 500-11 and the traffic volume specified in the Contract. The Marshall method for
determining the optimum binder content shall be adopted as described in The Asphalt Institute Manual
MS-2, replacing the aggregates retained on the 26.5mm sieve by the aggregates passing the 26.5mm sieve
and retained on the 22.4mm sieve, where approved by the Engineer.
Where 40mm dense bituminous macadam mixture is specified, the modified Marshall method described
in MS-2 shall be used. This method requires modified equipment and procedures; particularly the
minimum stability values in Table 500-11 shall be multiplied by 2.25, and the minimum flow shall be
3mm.
507.3.3. Job mix formula: The Contractor shall inform the Engineer in writing, at least 20 days before the
start of the work, of the job mix formula proposed for use in the works, and shall give the following
details:
(i)
Source and location of all materials;
(ii) Proportions of all materials expressed as follows where each

is applicable:
(a)
Binder type, and percentage by weight of total mixture;
(b) Coarse aggregate/Fine aggregate/Mineral filler as percentage by weight of total aggregate including
mineral filler;
(iii)A single definite percentage passing each sieve for the mixed aggregate;
(iv) The individual grading of the individual aggregate fractions, and the proportion of each in the
combined grading.
(v) The results of tests enumerated in Table 500-11 as obtained by the Contractor;
Contractor
(vi) Where the mixer is a batch mixer, the individual weights of each type of aggregate, and binder per
Page 203
Executive Engineer
(v) The results of tests enumerated in Table 500-11 as obtained by the Contractor;
(vi) Where the mixer is a batch mixer, the individual weights of each type of aggregate, and binder per
batch,
(vii) Test results of physical characteristics of aggregates to be used;
(viii) Mixing temperature and compacting temperature. While establishing the job mix formula, the
Contractor shall ensure that it is based on a correct and truly representative sample of the materials that
will actually be used in the work and that the mixture and its different ingredients satisfy the physical and
strength requirements of these Specifications.
Approval of the job mix formula shall be based on independent testing by the Engineer for which samples
of all ingredients of the mix shall be furnished by the Contractor as required by the Engineer.
The approved job mix formula shall remain effective unless and until a revised Job Mix Formula is
approved. Should a change in the source of materials be proposed, a new job mix formula shall be
forwarded to the Engineer for approval before the placing of the material.
5073.4. Plant trials - permissible variation in job mix formula: Once the laboratory job mix formula is
approved, the Contractor shall carry out plant trials at the mixer to establish that the plant can be set up to
produce a uniform mix conforming to the approved job mix formula.
The permissible variations of the individual percentages of the various ingredients in the actual mix from
the job mix formula to be used shall be within the limits as specified in Table 500-13. These variations are
intended to apply to individual specimens taken for quality control tests in accordance with Section 900.
TABLE 500-13. PERMISSIBLE VARIATIONS FROM THE JOB MIX FORMULA

----------------------------------------------------Description
Permissible
Wearing coarse
Variation
Base/binder
Contractor
Page 204
Executive Engineer
----------------------------------------------------------Aggregate passing 1 9mm

sieve or larger
+8%
+7%
Aggregate passing 13.2mm, 9.5mm

Aggregate passing 4.75min
+7%
+6%
+6%
+5%
Aggregate passing 2.36mm,

1.18mm, 0.6mm
+5%
Aggregate passing 0.3mm, 6.15mm

Aggregate passing 0.075mm,
Binder content
Mixing temperature
+4%
+4%
+2%
+0.3%
+3%
+1.5%
+0.3%
+10 DegC
+10 DegC
----------------------------------------------------Once the plant trials have demonstrated the capability of the plant and the trials are approved, the laying
operation may commence. Over the period of the first month of production for laying on the works, the
Engineer shall require additional testing of the product to establish the reliability and consistency of the
plant.
507.3.5. Laving Trials: Once the plant trials have been successfully completed and approved, the
Contractor shall carry out laying trials, to demonstrate that the proposed mix can be successfully laid, and
compacted all in accordance with Clause SO 1. The laying trial shall be carried out on a suitable area
which is not to form part of the works, unless specifically approved in writing, by the Engineer. The area
of the laying trials shall be a minimum of 100 SqM of construction similar to that of the project road, and
it shall be in all respects, particularly compaction, the same as the project construction, on which the
bituminous material is to be laid.
The Contractor shall previously inform the Engineer of the proposed method for laying and compacting
the material. The plant trials shall then establish if the proposed laying plant, compaction plant, and
methodology is capable of pro-reducing satisfactory results. The density of the finished paving layer shall
Contractor
Page 205
Executive Engineer
methodology is capable of pro-reducing satisfactory results. The density of the finished paving layer shall
be determined by taking cores, no sooner than 24 hours after laying, or by other approved method.
Once the laying trials have been approved, the same plant and methodology shall be applied to the laying
of the material on the project and no variation of either shall be acceptable, unless approved in writing by
the Engineer, who may at his discretion require further laying trials.
507.4. Construction Operations:

507.4.1. Weather and seasonal limitations: The provisions of Clause 501.5.1 shall apply.
507.4.2. Preparation of base: The base on which Dense Graded Bituminous Material is to be laid shall be
prepared in accordance with Clauses 501 and 902 as appropriate, or as directed by the Engineer. The
surface shall be thoroughly swept clean by a mechanical broom, and the dust removed by compressed air.
In locations where-mechanical broom cannot access, other approved methods shall be used as directed by
the Engineer.
507.4.3. Geosynthetics: Where Geosynthetics are specified in the Contract this shall be in accordance with
the requirements stated in Clause 704 of the Ministry's Specification for Road and Bridge Works (third
revision) 1995.
507.4.4. Stress absorbing layer: Where a stress absorbing layer is specified in the Contract, this shall be
applied in accordance with the requirements of Clause 522.
507.4.5. Prime coat: Where the material on which the dense bituminous macadam is to be laid is other
than a bitumen bound layer, a prime coat shall be applied, as specified, in accordance with the provisions
of Clause 502, or as directed by the Engineer.
507.4.6. Tack coat:Where the material on which the dense bituminous macadam is to be placed is a
bitumen bound surface, a tack coat shall be applied as specified, in accordance with the provisions of
Clause 503 or as directed by the Engineer.
507.4.7. Mixing and transportation of the mixture: The provisions as specified in Clauses 501.3 and 501.4
Contractor
Page 206
Executive Engineer
507.4.7. Mixing and transportation of the mixture: The provisions as specified in Clauses 501.3 and 501.4
shall apply.
507.4.8. Spreading:The provisions of Clauses 501.5.3 and 501.5.4. shall apply.
507.4.9. Rolling:The general provisions of Clauses 501.6 & 501.7 shall apply, as modified by the
approved laying trials. The compaction process shall be carried out by the same plant, and using the same
method, as approved in the laying trials, which may be varied only with the express approval of the
Engineer in writing.
507.5. Opening to Traffic:

The newly laid surface shall not be open to traffic for at least 24 hrs after laying and completion of
compaction, without the express approval of the Engineer in writing.
507.6. Surface Finish and Quality Control of Work: The surface finish; of the completed construction
shall conform to the requirements of Clause 902. All materials and workmanship shall comply with the
provisions set out in Section 900 of this Specification.
507.7. Arrangements for Traffic:

During the period of construction, arrangements for traffic shall be made in accordance with the
provisions of Clause 112 of the Ministry's Specification for Road and Bridge Works (third revision) 1995.
19
Providing
and
hot mix, hot
laid premixed
concrete
using
VGin30CuM
grade
508.
Mode
of laying
Measurement
& Payment:
Thebituminous
measurement
shall be
taken
ofasphalt/
the compacted
CRMB/PMB including all materials, heating aggregate, asphalt etc. and mixing in hot mix plant,
transporting laying with hydrostatic paver, finished with sensor control compacting and rolling with
smooth wheeled tandem vibratory roller. Asphalt to be used at 6.25% by weight of total mix (machine
laid only)(Inclusive of tack coat with VG10 grade bituminous @ 0.50 Kg/ m2)
A) Using VG 30 grade Asphalt
b) 40 mm thick (for wearing course)
Specification:
General: This work shall consist of constructing a single layer of specified thickness of bituminous concrete (Asphalt concrete)
on previously prepared bituminous base to the requirements of these specifications to serve as a wearing course.
Contractor
Page 207
Executive Engineer
Specification:
Material:
Bitumen : The bitumen shall be paving bitumen of suitable penetration grade VG 30 as per Indian Std.Specifications for
"Paving Bitumen" IS: 73-2006.
Coarse Aggregates : The aggregates shall consist of crushed stone, crushed gravel/shingles/other stones. They shall be clean,
strong, durable, fairly cubical in shape & free from disintegrated pieces, organic/other deleterious matter & adherent coating.
The aggregate shall satisfy the physical requirement as per Table below:
TABLE FOR PHYSICAL REQUIREMENTS OF AGGREGATES FOR

HOT LAID PREMIXED BITUMINOUS CONCRETE
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------Test
Test Method
Requirements
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------Los Angeles Abrasion Value*
IS:2386 (Part IV)
30% Max
Aggregate Impact value*
IS:2386 (Part IV)
24% Max
IS:2386 (Part I)
30% Max
Flanks & Elongation indices

(total)**
Coating & Stripping of bitumen
aggregate Minimum retained
AASHTO T182
95%
coating mixture
Soundness
IS:2386 (Part V) ~
Loss in sodium sulphates
5 cycles
12%
Loss in Magnesium Sulphate
5 cycles
18%
Water absorption
IS:2386 (Part III)
1% Max
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------* Aggregate may satisfy requirements of either of the tests.

** Elongation index is wt. of Elongated particles divided by non flaky particles. The value of Flakiness index & Elongation
index so found are added for total Flakiness & Elongation indexes. If crushed gravel/shingle is used, all of the gravel/shingle
pieces retained on 4.75mm sieve shall have at least 1 fractured face. The plasticity index of the fraction passing the 425-micron
sieve shall not exceed 4%.
Contractor
Executive Engineer
Page 208
sieve shall not exceed 4%.
Fine Aggregates: Fine aggregates shall be the fraction passing 2.36mm sieve & retained on 75 micron sieve, consisting of
crusher run screenings, natural sand or a mixture of both. These shall be clean, hard, durable, uncoated, dry & free from any
injurious, soft pieces & organic or other deleterious substances.
Filler: Filler shall consist of finely divided mineral matter as approved by the Engineer-in-charge.
Aggregate Gradation: The material aggregates, including mineral filler shall be so blended or combined as to confirm to the
grading set forth in Table below. The grading shall be decided by the Engineer-in-charge during execution of work at site.
TABLE FOR AGGREGATE GRADATION FOR BITUMINOUS CONCRETE

-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------Sieve
Total Percent by Weight
No.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------40.00mm
25
19.00mm
100
13.20mm
79-100
9.50mm
70-88
4.75mm
53-71
2.36mm
42-58
1.18mm
34-48
0.60mm
26-38
0.30mm
18-28
0.15mm
12-20
0.075mm
4-10
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------Mix Design:
Requirement of Mix : Apart from conformity with the grading & quality requirements of individual ingredients, the mix shall
meet the requirements set forth in Table below:
Contractor
TABLE FOR REQUIREMENTS OF BITUMINOUS CONCRETE

Page 209
Executive Engineer
TABLE FOR REQUIREMENTS OF BITUMINOUS CONCRETE

-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------Sr.No.
Description
Requirements
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------1
Marshall stability (ASTM Designation

D 1559) determine in Marshall specimens
compacted by 75 compaction blows on each face.
820kg min.
Marshall flow (mm)
2-4
Percent Air voids in mix (VIM)
3-5
Minimum percent voids in mineral aggregates (VMA)
14.5% min.
Binder content percent by weight of total mix
6.25% min.
Percent Voids in mineral aggregate filled by bitumen (VFB)
65-75
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------Binder Content: The binder content shall be so decided as to achieve the design requirements of the mix set forth in Table.
The Marshall method for arriving at the binder content shall be adopted.
Job Mix Formula: The contractor shall intimate to Engineer-in charge in writing,at least 20 days before the start of the work,
the job mix formula proposed to be used for the work & shall give the following details:
a. Source & location of all materials.
b. Proportions of all materials expressed as follows where each is applicable
Binder 6.25% -as percentage by weight of total mix.

Coarse aggregate -as percentage by weight of total aggregate
Fine aggregate -including mineral filler
c. A single definite percentage passing each sieve for mixed aggregate.

d. The results of test enumerated in Table as obtained by the
e. Test results of physical characteristics of aggregates to be used
f. Mixing & compacting temperature While working out the job mix formula, the Contractor shall ensure that it is based on a
correct & truly representative sample of the materials that will be used actually in the work & that the mix & its ingredients
Contractor
Executive Engineer
Page 210
correct & truly representative sample of the materials that will be used actually in the work & that the mix & its ingredients
satisfy the physical &
strength requirements of these specifications. Approval of the job mix formula shall be based on independent testing by Engr-in
-Charge for which samples of all ingredients of the mix shall be furnished by the Contractor as required. The approved job mix
formula shall remain effective unless & until modified by the Engineer-in-charge.Should a change in the source of materials be
proposed, a new job mix formula shall be established & got approved from
the Engr-in-charge before actually using the mix & materials Permissible variations from the job mix formula: The Contractor
shall have the responsibility of ensuring proper proportioning of materials in accordance with the approved job mix formula &
producing a uniform mix. The permissible variations of the individual percentages of the various ingredients in the actual mix
from the job mix formula may be within the limits as specified in Table below. These variations are intended to apply to
individual specimens taken
for quality control tests.
TABLE FOR PERMISSIBLE VARIATIONS FROM THE JOB MIX FORMULA
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------Sr.No. Description of Ingredients
Permissible variation by weight of total mix in
percentage
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------1 Aggregate passing
13.2mm
+/-8.0
2 Aggregate passing Sieve
4.75mm
+/-7.0
3 Aggregate passing
2.36mm
+/-6.0
4 Aggregate passing
300 microns
+/-5.0
5 Aggregate passing
75 microns
+/-3.0
6 Binder
7 Mixing temperature
+/-0.3
+/-10 Deg.C
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------Construction Operations:
Weather & seasonal limitations: The work of laying shall not be taken up during rainy or foggy weather, when the base course
is damp/wet or during dust storm or when the atmospheric temperature in shade is 10 Deg.C or less.
Preparation of base: The base on which bituminous concrete is to be laid shall be prepared, shaped & conditioned to the
specified levels, grade & cross fall (camber) in accordance with specifications or as directed by the Engineer-in-charge. The
surface shall be thoroughly swept clean free from dust & foreign matter using mechanical broom & dust removed by
mechanical means or blown off by compressed air. In portions where mechanical means cannot reach, other approved method
shall be used as directed by the Engineer-in-charge.
Tack Coat: The tack coat shall be applied over the base prepared for laying of AC.The item rate is inclusive of tack coat@0.5
Kg/SqM using VG-10 grade asphalt or as directed by Engineer-incharge.
Contractor
Page 211
Executive Engineer
Kg/SqM using VG-10 grade asphalt or as directed by Engineer-incharge.

Preparation of mix:Hot mix automatic computerized continuous type plant of adequate capacity & capable of producing a
proper & uniform quality mix shall be used for preparing the mix type. The Plant shall have the following essential features:
General:
a) The Plant shall have co-ordinated set of essential units capable of producing uniform mix as per the job mix formula.
b) Cold aggregate feed system with minimum 3 bins having belt conveyor arrangement for initial proportioning of aggregate
from each bin in the required quantities.
c) Dryer unit with burner capable of heating the aggregate to the required temperature without any visible un burnt fuel or
carbon residue on the aggregate & to reduce the moisture
content of the aggregate to the specified minimum.
d) The plant shall be fitted with suitable type of thermometer at appropriate locations so as to indicate or record/register the
temperature of heated aggregate, bitumen & mix.
e) Bitumen storage unit capable of heating, measuring/metering & spraying of bitumen at specified temperature with automatic
synchronization of bitumen & aggregate feed in the required proportion.
f) A filler system suitable to receive bagged or bulk supply of filler material & its incorporation to the mix in the correct
quantity/percentage.
g) A suitable built-in dust control system for the dryer to contain/recycle permissible quantity of fines into the mix. It should be
capable of preventing the exhaust of fine dust into atmosphere for environmental control.
h) The plant should have centralized control panel/cabin capable of presenting, controlling/synchronizing all operations starting
from feeding of cold aggregates to the discharge of the hot mix to ensure proper quality of mix. It should have indicators for
any malfunctioning in the operation.
For Drum mix plant:
a) It is prerequisite that only properly screened graded material are fed to the bins. If required a vibratory screening unit should
be installed at the plant site to ensure the same.
b) Belt conveyors below each bin & main gathering conveyor should have variable speed drive motors. There should be
electronic load sensors on the main conveyor for measuring the
flow of aggregates. The temperature of binder at the time of mixing shall be in the range of 150-163 Deg.C & that of aggregate
in the range of 155 -163 Deg.C provided also that at no time shall the difference in temperature between the aggregate & binder
exceeds 14 Deg.C. The temperature of both the aggregates & the bitumen at the time of mixing shall be in accordance with the
job mix formula & strictly controlled. All overheated & carbonised mixtures, which form or show indication of excess
moisture, will be rejected. Any truck/tipper causing excessive segregation of material by its spring suspension or other
contributing factor or that show undue delays shall be removed from the work until such conditions are corrected. Spreading:
The mix transported from the hot mix plant to the site
shall be spread by means of self propelled mechanical paver with suitable screeds capable of spreading, tamping & finishing
the mix to specified grade, lines & cross section. The paver finisher shall have the following essential features:
a) Loading hoppers & suitable distributing mechanism.
Contractor b) All drive having hydrostatic drive/control.
Page 212
Executive Engineer
b) All drive having hydrostatic drive/control.

c) The machine shall have a hydraulically extendible screed for appropriate width requirement.
d) The screed shall have tamping & vibrating arrangement for initial compaction to the layer as it is spread without rutting/
otherwise marring the surface. It shall have adjustable
amplitude & frequency.
e) The paver shall be equipped with necessary control mechanism so as to ensure that the finished surface is free from surface
blemishes.
f) The screed shall have the internal heating arrangement. However, in restricted locations & in narrow width where the
available equipment cannot be operated the Engineer-in-charge may permit manual laying of the mix. The temperature of mix
at the time of laying shall be in the range of 120-160 Deg.C. Mixes with a temperature of less that 120 DegC shall not be
loaded into paver finisher. Longitudinal joints & edges shall be constructed true to the delineating lines parallel to the
centreline of the road. All transverse joints shall be cut vertically to the full thickness of the previously laid mix with pneumatic
cutter & the surface painted with hot bitumen before placing fresh material. Longitudinal joints shall be preferably hot joints.
Cold longitudinal joints shall be properly heated with joint heater to attain a suitable temperature of about 80 Deg.C before
laying of any material.
Rolling: After spreading the mix by paver, it shall be thoroughly compacted by rollingwith a set of rollers moving at speed not
more than 5 km/hr, immediately following close to the paver. Generally the initial or breakdown rolling shall be done with
vibratory 8-10T static weight smooth wheeled roller. The intermediate rolling shall be done with 8-10T static weight vibratory
roller or with a smooth wheeled pneumatic tyre roller of 15-30T weight
having a tyre pressure of 7 kg/SqCm. The finish rollingshall be done with vibratory roller. The exact pattern of rollingshall be
established after trial compaction as approved by Engr-in-Charge. Any displacement occurring as a result of reversing of the
direction of a roller or from any other cause shall be corrected at once as specified &/or removed & made good. The rollers
shall not be permitted to stand on pavement which has not been fully compacted
& where temperature is still more than 70 Deg.C. Necessary precaution shall be taken to prevent dropping of oil, grease, petrol
or other foreign matter on the pavement either when
the rollers are operating or standing. The roller wheels shall be kept moist to prevent the mix from adhering to wheels. But in
no case shall fuel/lubricating oil be used for this purpose nor excessive water poured on the wheels. Rolling shall commence
longitudinally from edge & proceed towards the center, except that on portions having unidirectional cross fall/super elevation,
it shall progress from the lower to upper edge parallel to the center line of the pavement. The roller shall proceed on the fresh
material with rear or fixed wheel loading so
as to minimize the pushing of the mix & each pass of the roller shall overlap the preceding one by half the width of the rear
wheel. Rolling shall be continued till the density achieved is at least 98% of that of laboratory Marshall Specimen compacted
as defined elsewhere.
The compaction shall be continued till the roller marks are eliminated. Patching of an area that has been rolled will not be
permitted. Rolling operations shall be completed in all respects before the temperature of the mix falls below 100 Deg.C.
Opening to Traffic : Traffic may be allowed after completion of the final rolling when the mix has cooled down to the
surrounding temperature. Bituminous Construction: For bituminous constructions other than wearing course, where the surface
is low, the deficiency shall be corrected by adding fresh material overall suitable tack coat if needed & re compacting to
specifications. Where the surface is high the full depth of the layers shall be removed & replaced with fresh material &
compacted to specifications. For wearing course where the surface is high/low, the full depth of the layer shall be removed &
replaced with fresh material & compacted to specifications.
Contractor
Executive Engineer
Page 213
replaced with fresh material & compacted to specifications.

Quality Control Tests during Construction: The material supplied & the works carried out by the Contractor shall conform
to the specifications prescribed in the preceding Clauses.
For ensuring the requisite quality of construction, the materials & works shall be subjected to quality control tests, as described
hereinafter. The testing frequencies set forth are the desirable minimum & the Engineer-in-charge shall have the full authority
to carry out additional tests as frequently as he may deem necessary to satisfy himself that the materials & works comply with
the appropriate specifications. However, the number of tests recommended in Tables may be reduced at the discretion of
Engineer-in-charge if it is felt that consistency in the quality of materials can still be maintained with
the reduced number of tests. Acceptance Criteria for the tests on density & Marshall stability
shall be subject to the condition that the mean value is not less than specified values plus:[1.65-{1.65/(No.of Samples)0.5}]
times the standard deviation.
TABLE FOR MINIMUM TESTS FREQUENCY FOR BITUMINOUS WORKS

-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------Sr. Type of Construction
Tests
Frequency
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------1 Tack coat

or
some tests
charge
Quality of binder
as
Two samples per lot to
directed
be subjected to all
by
the
Engineer-in-
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------Sr. Type of Construction
Tests
Frequency
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------Binder temperature
At regular close intervals
for application
2 BC
Rate of spread of binder
2 tests/day
Quality of binder
Two samples per lot to be subjected to all or

some tests as directed by the
Contractor
1 test/100
Page 214
Engineer-in-charge
CuM of aggregate
Executive Engineer
1 test/100 CuM of aggregate
Flakiness index & elongation

Index
-do-
Water absorption of aggregates
-do-
Mix grading
aggregates from the
subjected to minimum 2
1 set of test on individual
dryer for
tests/plant/day.
Stability of mix
constituents & mixed

each
For each 400T of mix

marshall specimen
to be prepared & tested for
400T
of
mix
produced, a set of 3
(compacted 75 blows each side)
stability, flow
value, density & void content subjected to minimum

of 2 sets being tested per plant
Control of temperature
per day.
At regular intervals
of binder in boiler,
aggregate in the dryer
& mix at the time of
laying & rolling
Control of binder content

subjected to a mini-
1 test for each 400T of mix
& gradation in the mix mu
of 2 tests/ day/plant
Rate of spread of mixed

Contractor
Regular control & through
checks on the weight of
material & layer thickness.

Executive Engineer
Page 215
material & layer thickness.

-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------Note: Acceptance criteria as specified/directed by Engr-in-charge
Item to Include : Item includes all material, machinery, plant, tools & equipment for providing & laying hot mixed hot laid
premixed bituminous concrete of 40mm thickness, including tack coat.
Mode of Measurement & Payment: Bituminous Concrete shall be measured
as finished work as SqM of premixed bituminous concrete laid & compacted of specified thickness.The contract rate shall be
per SqM of the work done as per above specifications.
20
20.1
20.2
10% amount shall be withheld under this item till completion of side shoulders, land development & excavated gutter work is
completed satisfactorily.
Excavation in road crust for laying of pipe line including consolidation after refilling etc. complete.
Asphalt & tarred road surface
WBM road (excavation for formation below road crust to be paid under relevant item of excavation)
Specification:
General : This item refers to excavation in various road crusts like WBM road, Asphalt & tarred road
and concrete roads, which become necessary for laying of pipe line needed along or across the road
surfaces. The item includes
1. Traffic Diversion
2. Precautionary Measures
3. Baracading
4. Signal Arrangement
5. During Day and Night as directed by the Engineer-in-Charge till the find/completion of the work.
Excavation : All the excavation shall be carried out by using the appropriate methods, tools and
equipments such as pavement breaker/excavator. The contractor shall obtain the necessary permissions for
excavations along or across the road from the concerned authorities in writing in advance.
Mode of Measurement and Payment : The volume of excavation in the road crust shall be easured
under the respective classification of WBM road, asphalt, or concrete road as the case may be & shall be
limited to the volume of excavation carried out up to the foundation of the road. The excavation of trench
below road crust will be paid under the item and specifications for excavation of soil, murum etc.
incorporated in the tender. The item rate per cum of excavation includes excavation and refilling in 225
mm layers and duly consolidation.
21
21.1
Contractor
Supplying and stacking at work site 225 mm size trap stone rubble for soling for all lead including all
taxes and royalty.
Quarry rubble
Specification:
Page 216
Executive Engineer
Specification:
General :
Contractor
The item provides the supply of stone rubble of 225 mm size and stacking at the road side including
obtaining the rubble from approved sources, conveying to the site of work including all the lifts and
leads .
Material : Rubble shall be obtained from the approved quarries as specified below:
Quarries : The contractor may obtain the rubble of the approved quality to the extent required for the
work from approved and authorised quarries. He shall, however, obtain the necessary permissions from
the competent authorities, pay royalties and be liable to pay compensation for any damage caused to the
quarries or the land or property either deliberately or through negligence or otherwise, or from waste of
materials in obtaining the requisite quantity of rubble. Blasting, if required, shall be done with utmost care
according to specification by obtaining necessary permission for blasting operation from the competent
authorities and the contractor shall be fully responsible for all accidents and compensations resulting there
for. The contractor shall make his own arrangement for to supply rubble of approved by the Engineer-inCharge. The contractor shall be fully responsible for any and all compensations to be paid as royalty,
rents, octroi & duties or damages to properties and injuries to persons etc., caused in obtaining the rubble.
No claim on account of any obstruction caused in collection of materials or difficulties or action arising
out of quarrying in private land shall be entertained and MIDC will remain indemnified with regard to
such action and payment. Quarrying shall be done only from sound portions of approved quarries, the
disintegrated and weathered portions of rock being rejected. No rubble shall be obtained from within the
road land unless so permitted in writing by the Engineer-in-Charge.
Rubble :
Quality : The rubble of the trap stones shall be hard, tough sound, durable, dense, clean, of close texture
and free from unsound material, cracks, decay and weathering. The water absorption shall be as low as
possible but not more than 2 per cent. They shall generally be broken rubble.
Size : The shape of the stones shall be as regular as can be obtained by quarrying without attempt at
shaping or dressing. They shall be sufficiently flat bedded. The stone shall be broken with the smallest
dimensions equal to the 225 mm thickness of soiling. The length and breadth should not generally exceed
twice its thickness. Before starting collection, the contractor shall get a sample conforming to the required
quality shape and size approved from the Engineer-in-Charge who will preserve it in his site office for
reference.
Conveyance to Site : Materials shall be brought to site sufficiently in advance of construction. The
contractor shall be responsible to see that vehicles used for transporting materials do not drop any of the
contents on the road and thus cause nuisance to traffic. The contractor shall also be responsible for any
damage or accident arising out of any such material falling on the road or elsewhere and shall attend to all
complaints in this regard. The Engineer-in-Charge may order the removal of such materials at the
expenses of the contractor in case of negligence. Vehicles conveying or delivering materials shall not
obstruct traffic. All lifts and leads is included in the rate for the item. Once the material is brought to site
of work, the contractor shall be responsible for safety of the material. In case of theft and damages to the
material is noticed, equal quantity shall be replaced as per the specifications without any extra claims and
costs.
Stacking : The rubble shall be stacked uniformly along the roadside or as directed in regular stacks of 6m
X 3m X 1 m unless other sizes are ordered by the Engineer-in-Charge. The stacking shall be done only
Page 217
Executive Engineer
Contractor
X 3m X 1 m unless other sizes are ordered by the Engineer-in-Charge. The stacking shall be done only
after the quality, shape and size of the rubble are approved. The stacks shall be made without appreciable
hollows without making special efforts to hand-pack the material. The stacks shall be free of earth,
rubbish, vegetation and shall conform size specified. One stack in each unit section may be of different
length, if necessary, to make up the total quantity in that particular section. Low and wide stacks with
outer retaining walls and the center filled in loosely shall not be permitted. The material shall be stacked
entirely clear of the carriage way and as far a possible beyond the side widths and the side drains, on even
ground or in the absence of such even ground the platforms prepared in advance for the purpose by the
contractor at his cost. If no such land is available, the width of the stack may be reduced and the stacks
may be laid on the side widths with the approval of the Engineer-in-Charge. Such stacks shall be
protected from being disturbed. Necessary precautions to provide barricading, signs and signals shall
invariably be taken, the contractor being responsible for any accident, injury and compensation due to his
negligence in this respect. On hill roads material shall be stacked only at places on the side of the road as
directed, without interfering drainage flow and traffic. The Engineer-in-Charge may, if required, get the
stacks coming in the way of or obstructing the traffic, removed at the cost of the contractor and the
contractor shall not be entitled to claim any loss or damage to the materials on that account. The stacking
operations shall be started at the point farthest from the quarry and carried towards the nearest point. The
stacks shall not be laid at such places where they are likely to be damaged on account of the traffic,
washing out by rains or floods or drainage, slides of the banks or the slopes of cutting. The contractor
without extra claims shall make any loss on account of these or such other reasons good. As far as
possible the rubble shall be stacked evenly on one side of the road only and in such quantities per unit
length as will be required for that particular length or as ordered by the Engineer-in-Charge.
Special Points : The contractor shall be responsible for obtaining consent of owners of quarries and
lands, payment of royalties, fees, rents, taxes, octroi & duties etc. compensation due to injuries to persons
or damages to property in any way connected with the execution of this item and for loss of materials due
to improper stacking etc. And shall make good the losses without extra claims. The contractor shall also
responsible for the blasting operations required for obtaining the rubble.
Item to Include :
(1) Obtaining rubble of approved quality, shape and size by blasting if required and payment of royalties,
fees, rents, octroi, duties etc. where necessary.
(2) Conveying to roadside including all leads and lifts specified in the item.
(3) Stacking.
(4) All sorts of compensations involved in the execution of the item.
(5) Opening up of new quarries or reopening old ones including removal of overburden.
Mode of Measurement and Payment : The contract rate shall be for one cubic meter of rubble supplied
at site in stacks of approved size. When the rubble stacking in instructed in to be of uniform size, smallest
stack may be chosen in the particular km or unit section and measured for its length, breadth and depth.
The cubic contents of this stack shall be multiplied by the number of such stack in the km or unit section
to arrive at the quantity in the particular km or unit section. The Engineer may measure any other heaps
also for verification. When the sizes of stacks are not uniform, each stack shall be measured individually.
The dimensions shall be measured correct to two places of decimal of a meter and quantity worked out
correct to two places of decimals of a cubic meter. If there is reason to believe that the stacks are very
loose and are having unduly large hollows and or materials not satisfying the specifications, the stacks
may be got opened and restacked properly after removing the inferior material by the Engineer-in-Charge
at the cost of the contractor. The measurements of such a stack shall then be taken and if they are less than
Page 218
Executive Engineer
at the cost of the contractor. The measurements of such a stack shall then be taken and if they are less than
those of a normal heap, the quantity of the restacked stack shall be multiplied by the no. of stacks to arrive
at the quantity in the particular unit or length. No deduction shall be made for voids.
22
Laying in compact layer rubble duly hand packed for soling in 225 mm layer to required camber and
gradient including filling in the interstices with stone chips, spalls and oversize metal
Specification:
General : The item provides the labour work for laying rubble soling of 225 mm thickness of stones over
the subgrade to proper section and hand packing the rubble chips to the required line, curve, grade and
section.
Material : The rubble to be used for soling work, shall be freshly quarried and supplied by the contractor
or obtained from cutting. The spalls and chips as obtained while breaking the rubble shall be used of
breaking oversize/size metal.
Soling work :
Laying Soling : Before commencement of soling work it should be ensured that sub grade, finished
embankment/cutting is with specified camber and gradients. The rubble shall be laid with the largest face
downwards and interlocked with each other. The stones shall break joint. The full layer of the soling shall
generally be made with one stone only. The junction of the old and the new road shall be diagonal in plan
and the soling shall be in level with the corresponding course of the old road. The width of the soling shall
be about 30 cm more than that of the road width as specified in the plans or directed by the Engineer-inCharge. The thickness of soling shall be uniform camber should not be adjusted providing rubble of
differential depths.
Hand Packing : The soling shall be hand-packed by wedging and packing with oversize metal, chips,
spalls in the joints of the soling and driving them by hammers in place to fill the voids. The soling shall be
laid and hand packed true to camber grade and sections and these shall be often checked by boning rods,
template boards and finish line etc. the grades, sections etc., of the soling shall correspond to those of
surfacing coming on it. The soling shall be finished by knocking out projecting stones and filing
depressions by chips to come up to the grade and camber.
Item to Include : All labour, tools and equipment for conveying the rubble from stacks on the roadside
and laying the soling to the required line, curve grade and section including clearing, sectioning, dressing
grades and section and hand packing with oversize metal.
Mode of Measurement and Payment : The contract rate shall be for one cubic meter of soling laid hand
packed and finished of specified thickness. No deduction shall be made for voids.
23
23.1
Contractor
Supplying 50 mm to 75 mm trap stone oversize metal at the road side including, conveying and
stacking etc. complete including all taxes and royalty and lead .
Quarry metal.
Specification:
General : The item provides the supply of specified type of stone metal 50 mm to 75 mm oversize at the
roadside including obtaining the rubble from approved sources and quality and hand breaking to size,
conveying to the site of work, including all lifts and leads and stacking in regular stacks as specified.
Material : Metal shall be obtained from the approved quarries as specified below :
Quarries : The contractor shall obtain the metal of the approved quality to the extent required for the
work from the approved and authorized quarries out of approved quality rubble. He shall, however, obtain
the necessary permissions from the competent authorities, pay royalties, duties and if applicable octroi
Page 219
Executive Engineer
the necessary permissions from the competent authorities, pay royalties, duties and if applicable octroi
and be liable to pay compensation for any damage caused to the quarries or the land or property and
adjoining properties either deliberately or through negligence or otherwise, or from waste of materials in
obtaining the requisite quantity of rubble. Blasting, if required, shall be done with utmost care according
to specification by obtaining necessary permission for blasting operation from the competent authorities
and the contractor shall be fully responsible for any accidents and compensations resulting there from.
Alternatively, the contractor shall make his own arrangement for supply of hand broken metal approved
by the Engineer-in-Charge. The contractor shall be fully responsible for any and all compensations to be
paid as royalty, rents, octroi and duties or damages to properties and injuries to persons etc., caused in
obtaining the metal. No claim on account of any obstruction caused in collection of materials or
difficulties or action arising out of quarrying in private land shall be entertained and MIDC will remain
indemnified with regard to such action and payment. Quarrying shall be done only from sound portions of
approved quarries, the disintegrated and weathered portions shall be rejected. The payment of royalty
shall be made by the contractor and no reimbursement from MIDC is admissible.
Metal :
Quality : The metal of the trap stones shall be hard, tough, sound, durable, dense, clean, of close texture
and free from unsound material, cracks, decay and weathering. Their water absorption shall be as low as
possible but not more than 2 per cent. They shall generally be hand broken metal. The physical test on
metal shall be conducted by Engineer-in- Charge. The cost of such testing shall be inclusive in unit rate of
Item.
Size : The shape of the stone metal shall be regular The stone shall be broken with the smallest
dimensions equal to the 50 mm thickness of oversize metal. The longest dimension shall not be more than
75 mm. Before starting collection, the contractor shall get a sample conforming to the required quality
shape and size approved from the Engineer-in-Charge who will preserve it in his site office for reference.
The size of the metal shall be between 50 to 75 mm.
Conveyance to Site : Materials shall be brought to site for construction. The contractor shall be
responsible to see that vehicles used for transporting materials do not drop any of the contents on the road
and shall not cause nuisance to traffic. The contractor shall also be responsible for any damage or accident
arising out of any such material falling on the road or elsewhere and shall attend and settle to all
complaints in this regard. The Engineer-in-Charge may order the removal of such materials at the
expenses of the contractor in case of negligence. Vehicles conveying or depositing materials shall not
obstruct traffic. All leads and lifts included in the rate for the item.
Stacking : The metal shall be stacked uniformly along the roadside or as directed in regular stacks of 3 m
X 2 m X 1 m unless other sizes are ordered by the Engineer-in-Charge. Stacking shall be done only after
the quality, shape and size of the metal are approved. The stacks shall be made without appreciable
hollows without making special efforts to hand-pack the material. The stacks shall be free of earth,
rubbish, vegetation, inferior or oversize or undersize material. One stack in each unit section may be of
different length if necessary to make up the total quantity in that particular section. Low and wide stacks
with outer retaining walls and the center filled in loosely shall not be permitted. The material shall be
stacked entirely clear of the carriage way and as far as possible beyond the side widths and the side drains,
on even ground or in the absence of such even ground the platforms prepared in advance for the purpose
by the contractor at his cost. If no such land is available, the width of the stack may be reduced and the
stacks may be laid on the side widths with the approval of the Engineer-in-Charge. Such stacks shall be
protected from being disturbed. Necessary precautions to provide barricading, signs and signals shall be
Contractor
Page 220
Executive Engineer
protected from being disturbed. Necessary precautions to provide barricading, signs and signals shall be
taken, the contractor being responsible for any accident, injury and compensation due to his negligence in
this respect. On hill roads material shall be stacked only at places where narrow width and stacked on the
side of the road as directed without interfering with free drainage. The Engineer-in-Charge may, if
required, get the stacks coming in the way of or obstructing the traffic, removed at the cost of the
contractor and the contractor shall not be entitled to claim for any loss or damage to the materials on that
account. The stacking operations shall be started at the point farthest from the quarry and carried towards
the nearest point. The stacks shall not be laid at such places where they are likely to be damaged on
account of the traffic, washing out by rains or floods or drainage, slides of the banks or the slopes of
cutting. The contractor without extra claims shall make any loss on account of these or such other reasons
good. As far as possible the metal shall be stacked evenly on one side of the road only and in such
quantities per unit length as will be required for that particular length or as ordered by the Engineer-inCharge.
Special Points : The contractor shall be responsible for obtaining consent of owners of quarries and
lands, payment of royalties, octroi and duties, fees, rents, taxes etc. compensation due to injuries to
persons or damages to property in any way connected with the execution of this item and for loss of
materials due to improper stacking etc., and shall make good the losses without extra claims. The
contractor shall also be responsible for the blasting operations required for obtaining the rubble.
Item to Include :
1) Obtaining metal of approved quality, shape and size from quarry metal, boulder metal, Laterite metal
and making payment of royalties, taxes, fees, rents, octroi and duties etc
2) Conveying to roadside including all leads and all lifts.
3) Stacking.
3.7 Mode of Measurement and Payment : The contract rate shall be for one cubic meter of metal
supplied at site in stacks of approved size. When the metal is specified to be stacked in stacks of one
uniform size, smallest stack may be chosen in the particular km or unit section and measured for its
length, breadth and depth. The cubic contents of this stack shall be multiplied by the number of such
stacks in the km or unit section to arrive at the quantity in the particular km or unit section. The Engineerin-Charge may measure any other stacks also for verification. When the sizes of stacks are not uniform,
each stack shall be measured individually. The dimensions shall be measured correct to two places of
decimal of a meter and quantity worked out correct to two places of decimals of a cubic meter. If there is
reason to believe that the stacks are very loose and are having unduly large hollows and or materials not
satisfying the specifications, the stacks may be got opened and restacked properly after removing the
inferior material as directed by the Engineer- in- Charge by the contractor at his cost. The measurements
of such a stack shall then be taken and if they are less than those of a normal heap, the quantity of the
restacked stack shall be multiplied by the no. of stacks to arrive at the quantity in the particular unit or
length. No deduction shall be made for voids. Metal shall not be used until the full quantity is collected in
km or particular unit and measured. All stacks measured shall be marked with lime wash bands to
distinguish them to avoid double measurement. If the material is found to be of inferior quality or of size
not satisfying the requirements, the same shall be rejected summarily. All labour, materials etc. required
for measuring, restacking, checking, lime washing, etc. shall be at the cost of contractor.
Contractor
Page 221
Executive Engineer
24
24.1
Providing & laying in position Ready mix cement concrete for C.C. work for Roads using granite or black
trap graded metal including mixing in plant transporting in transit mixer, placing & compacting by
mechanical means including required steel or plywood centering, form work for all elements, including
all lifts & stationery pump for lifting concrete, all leads of concrete from RMC plant to site of work etc
complete.
M - 40 Grade
Specification:
1 General: The work shall be generally carried out as per general specifications for CC works & RMC
works mentioned elsewhere in this document. The detailed specifications mentioned elsewhere shall also
be applicable in this item.
Ready Mix Concrete shall have all special conditions /directions same as for site mixed concrete
applicable as per IS code practice. Ready Mix Concrete prepared & transported will be as IS:4926-1976
or the latest IS code. No dry mix shall be brought on site & water added there at. Ready Mix Concrete will
be brought to the site from RMC plant only by transit mixers (agitators). Every transit mixer will carry
computerised delivery ticket, mentioning the minimum following details:
i) Name of the manufacturer.

ii) Serial No. of ticket.
iii) Date.
iv) Truck No.
v) Name of Contractor to whom the RMC is being supplied.
vi) Location of contract.
vii) Grade of concrete.
viii)Specified workability.
ix) Cement content & grade of cement.
x) Time of loading.
xi) Quality of concrete.
When the transit mixer arrives on site, the drum should always be speeded to about 10 to 15 RPM, for at
Contractor
Page 222
Executive Engineer
least 3 minutes, to make sure that the concrete is thoroughly mixed & uniform before discharge.
2 Testing: The sampling & testing requirements for Ready Mix Concrete are the same as those for site
mixed concrete.
A)
Workability: The following procedure is adopted for testing workability;
i)
There should be mentioned of specified workability as per grade requirement & site requirement in
the tender document.
ii) After ensuring that the concrete has been uniformly mixed, take a sample from the first 0.5 CuM of
concrete discharge & do a sump (of compacting factor) test on the sample. If the result complies with the
specified requirements, then the load should be accepted. If the results are beyond limit, a further sample
should be taken from the second 0.5 CuM of the discharge & if this is satisfactory, the load should be
accepted, if not the concrete load should be rejected, as the same is not as per the specification range.
Permissible variation in sump shall be 110mm as per IS:4926-1976.
B) Cement Content: Cement content for CuM of Ready Mix Concrete shall be mentioned for each grade
of concrete. The minimum cement content in the various grades of concrete shall be as per design mix for
a particular grade of concrete. The mix design shall confirm to one of the methods specified in IS: 10262
or IRC-44. However preferable the mix design should be done as per details given in IRC-44 of 1976Tentative guidelines cement concrete mix design. The mix design shall be approved from Govt.
laboratory. The grade of cement shall be mentioned in the contract documents. Cement shall have to be
got tested at the Govt. laboratory or the laboratory approved by the Engineer-in-charge.
C) Water: The contractor/manufacturer shall have to make their own arrangements of potable water for
using in mixing of concrete & for curing purpose. It shall meet the requirement as per IS:456-2000.
D)
Contractor
Sand: Sand shall be of approved quality with fineness modulus between 2.4 to 3.5 as per approved
Page 223
Executive Engineer
D) Sand: Sand shall be of approved quality with fineness modulus between 2.4 to 3.5 as per approved
mix design. The sand will have to be screened to remove the oversize particles & washed to reduce the silt
contents below 5% by volume after 1 hour & to bring it within the permissible range of fineness modulus.
Blending of sand of fine & coarse quality may be permitted at mix design stage to achieve the required
fineness modulus, if it is found necessary to give desired results. The fine aggregates will be tested as
directed by Engineer in Charge.
E)
Coarse Aggregate: Specified sizes of aggregates mentioned in design mix shall be used by
manufacturer of RMC plant. Client shall confirm the quality of sand used for concrete. If coarse aggregate
are found having white spots, the same shall be got tested from approved testing laboratory to eliminate
possibility of potential aggregate alkali reactivity before accepting/using spotted aggregates. The
manufacturer should make the necessary arrangements to stock the aggregates separately so that they do
not get mixed up with each other &/or with the foreign materials & do not get segregated. The screening
of the aggregates shall be done if found necessary as directed by the Engineer-in-charge.
F) Compressive Strength: Compressive Strength testing shall be carried out on site for 7 days, 14 days
& 28 days strength. The water content shall be the minimum required to provide the specified workability
for full compaction of the concrete to the required compaction of the concrete to the required density. The
max. water cement ratio shall be 0.40. At least 3sets consisting of 4 cubes from different loads for testing
the compressive strength for each day work. 1 cube from each set shall be tested for 7,14 & 28 days
strength in presence of Engr-in-charge in accordance with testing procedure. In case of failure of 28 days
strength at site laboratory, remaining 3 cubes shall be sent to approved laboratory immediately for testing
for 28 days strength.
G) Density: The density of the compacted concrete shall be such that the total air voids are not more
than 3%. Core density test shall be carried out in accordance with the relevant IS codes.
H) Admixtures: The admixture shall be used with consent with the purchaser/client. The admixture used
shall confirm to IS: 9103-1979 reaffirmed on 1990 or ASTMC-494 of 92. The following admixtures to be
used in concrete:
i) Accelerating Admixtures,
ii) Retarding Admixtures,
Contractor iii)
Water Reducing Admixtures,
Page 224
Executive Engineer
iii) Water Reducing Admixtures,

iii) Air Entraining Admixtures,
The admixtures used in concrete shall be from reputed manufacturers such that Phosrock as per relevant
IS code.
3 Pumping of Concrete: The ability of concrete to be pumped relies on combination of,
** Properties of concrete: Ratio of maximum aggregate size to pipe line diameter & workability. Nominal
aggregate size not exceeding 1/5 of the pipe line dia. Fine Aggregate content is up to 5% higher than for a
normal well designed mix. Slump is over 50mm preferable 75mm. Cement content is over 300 Kg/CuM
or the weight of cement plus fine aggregate before 300 micron is over 1.75 free water content.
Curing: The item includes curing of concrete by suitable method as may be approved by the Engineer-incharge for minimum period of 28 days.
4 Mode of Measurements: The contract rate shall be on CuM. Basis of the item executed as per
specifications.
Notes:
The above prices shall include the activities of
a) Study/recommendations of the concrete mix design.
b) Preparation & testing of the concrete as per the approved
design mix.
c) Transportation of the concrete up to site.
d) Placement of concrete in the form work.
e) Compaction, texturing & curing of concrete.
f) Testing as specified or as directed by the Engineer-in-charge.
Contractor
Page 225
Executive Engineer
f) Testing as specified or as directed by the Engineer-in-charge.

5. The rates given above are based on the statutory devices applicable as on date. Any increase in these
levies, including Work Contract Tax/introduction of new statutory levies will to suppliers account.
25
Cutting of construction of dummy joints of M-40 C. C. slabs by mechanical means as directed transverse dummy joints (90mm deep & 60mm wide ) & longitudinal joints (60mm deep & 6mm wide)
Specification:
The work should be carried out as per General Conditions & Specification
for cement concrete roads given elsewhere in this agreement. The specifications for this item shall be as
per Std. Specifications mentioned elsewhere in this tender. The work shall
also be carried out as per instructions of Engineer-in-charge.
Mode of Measurement: Contract rate shall be per RM basis of the

item executed as per specifications.
26
Dressing of joints of M-40 C. C. slabs with hot bitumen 10/20 (Pavement grade bitumen) and providing
a layer of stone dust over hot bitument including cleaning the joints and remaing over the stone dust
layer transverse dummy joints (90mm deep & 6mm wide) Longitudinal joints (60 mm wide & 6 mm
deep) expansion joints (25 mm deep & 12 mm wide ) etc. complete.
Specification:
The work should be carried out as per General Conditions & Specification for cement concrete roads
given elsewhere in this agreement. The specifications for this item shall be as per Std. Specifications
mentioned elsewhere in this tender. The work shall also be carried out as per instructions of Engineer-incharge.
Mode of Measurement: Contract rate shall be per RM basis of the item executed as per specifications.
27
Providing and fixing in position premoulded asphalt filler 12mm thick conforming to IS. 1838 of 1983
for filling expansion joinnts and water entrance etc. put to the required depth and 25mm below the
camber as directed.
Specification:
per Specifications conforming to IS:1838-1983. The work shall also be carried
out as per instructions of Engineer-in-charge.
Mode of Measurement: Contract rate shall be per SqM basis of the

Contractor
Page 226
Executive Engineer
item executed as per specifications.

28
Providing and placing 5mm thick thermocole in transverse dummy joints and longitudinal construction
joints immediately after cutting the joints and remaining the same before dressing of these joints.
Specification:
Mode of Measurement: Contract rate shall be per SqM basis of the item executed as per specifications.
29
Providintg and fixing High density polythene pipes of approved quality to fit around the dowel bars
32mm dia left at the end of expansion joints duly greased inside the pipes and around the bars and the
pipe duly carked with suitable capping at the ends as direcyted (HDPE pipe shall be 30 cm in length)
Specification:
Mode of Measurement: Contract rate shall be per No. basis of the item executed as per specifications.
30
Providing and fixing M. S. dowel bars of 32 mm dia. 55 cm long and at 30 cm c/c wherever directed
including fixing, straingthening, cutting waistage etc. complete.
Specification:
per Std. Specifications for item No.25 above. The work shall also be carried
out as per instructions of Engineer-in-charge.
Mode of Measurement: Contract rate shall be per MT basis of the item executed as per specifications.
31
Contractor
Providing placing LDPE 125 Microns thk. sheet,below CC slab including overlaps as directed etc. it
should be confirming to relevent IS code.
Specification:
Page 227
Executive Engineer
Specification:
Mode of Measurement: Contract rate shall be per SqM basis of the item executed as per specifications.
32
32.1
32.1.1
32.1.2
Providing and laying UPVC pipes of standard make in line and level including necessary labour, bends,
tees, fixtures etc. and testing the pipes complete.
U.P.V.C pipes for weep holes
75 mm diameter
110 mm diameter
Specification:
General : The item covers specifications for providing and laying UPVC Pipes with all fixtures, bends
tees etc. for drainage lines and rain water down take pipes.
Material :
Rigid (Unplasticized) PVC Pipes : are widely accepted for applications such as cold water services
internal/external water supplies systems, water mains, rain water system, soil waste piping system, and
under ground (sewage pipes) drainage piping system. Rigid PVC is three times as rigid as polyethylene. It
is also much stronger and will withstand much higher pressure for a given wall thickness. Joints can easily
be made in rigid PVC pipes by solvent welding, and a whole range of injection moulded matching fittings
and specials are available for these pipes. Rigid PVC pipes are normally available in the following shades:
White/Cream
Light to Dark Gray
Black.
In general rigid PVC is resistant to most inorganic acids alkalies and salts, as well as many organic
chemicals. It is quite resistant to most effluents, salt water and plating solutions, corrosive fumes, soils
which lead to its applications over a wide field. The material is also perfectly safe with potable water,
whether hard or soft, and in the former case it tends to retard the formation of scale. Those materials,
which do attack it, include concentrated oxidizing acids, esters, ketones, aromatic and chlorinated
hydrocarbons, organonitro compounds, organoamino compounds, lacquer solvents and acetic anhydride.
The pipes shall be reasonably round and shall be supplied in straight lengths with socketed ends. The
internal and external surfaces of pipes shall be smooth & clean, free form grooving and other defects. The
ends shall be cleanly cut and square with the axis of the pipe. The pipe shall be designated by external
diameter and shall conform to IS: 4985 (revised) in all respects.
Fittings: Fittings used shall be of the same make as that of PVC pipes, injection moulded or made in cast
iron and shall conform to Indian Standard wherever available.
Laying :
Trenches : The trench bottom shall be carefully examined for the presence of hard objects such as flints,
rock protrudes or tree roots etc. Pipes shall be bedded in sand or soft soil
free form rock and gravel. Back
Contractor
Executive Engineer
Page 228
rock protrudes or tree roots etc. Pipes shall be bedded in sand or soft soil free form rock and gravel. Back
fill 15cm above the pipe shall also be of fine sand or soft soil. The width of trench shall not be less than
outside dia metre of pipe plus 15cm on either side of pipe In case of gravel soils, pipes shall be laid at
least 90cms below the ground level (measured from surface of the ground to the top of the pipe).
For Rain Water down take Pipes : The pipe shall fixed along the surface of wall in true vertical line.
The pipe shall be fixed to the wall by the M.S. clamps,which shall be provided at a distance not more
than 2.0 m.withPVC clip To cover the offsets in the masonry offsets shall be used. At the cover end of
pipe shoe shall be provided the PVC clamp shall be fixed at every joint in pipe/fixture/offset, shoe.
Jointing :
Solvent Welded Joints : Non Heat Application Method : In this method, instead of forming a socket
on one pipe and spigot on other, an injection moulded socket fitting or coupler is used, with a provision to
take in the pipes at both ends. After properly cleaning ends of both the pipes the solvent cements are
applied on the surfaces to be jointed and the joint is made at ambient temperature. Injection moulded
fittings only shall be used in preference to fabricated fittings. Only solvent recommended by the
manufacturers of the pipes shall be used and full load on the joints applied only after 24 hours. The
pipeshall be cut perpendicular to the axis of the pipe length with a metal cutting saw. Pipe ends have to be
beveled slightly with a beveling tool (Remer) at an angle of about 30 degree. The total length of insertion
socket (injection moulded socket or couplet) shall be marked on the pipe and checked how far the pipe
end could be inserted into the fitting socket. Attempt shall be made to push the pipe to marked distance, if
not possible it shall at least be pushed for 2/3 of this distance.
Dust, oil, water grease etc. shall be wiped out with a dry cloth from the surface. Further the grease should
be thoroughly removed with a suitable solvent, such as methylene chloride or as an alternative the outside
surface of the pipe and the inside of the fitting may be roughened with emery paper.
Generous coatings of solvent cement shall be evenly applied on the inside of the fittings around the
circumference of the full length of insertion and on the outside of the pipe end up to the marked line with
a brush of suitable dimension. The pipe shall be pushed into the fitting socket and held for 2 minutes as
otherwise the pipe may come out of the fitting due to the slippery quality of cement and the tapering
inside bore of the fitting. The surplus cement on the pipe surfaces shall be wiped out. If the solvent
cement has dried up too much or the tapering of the socket is too steep, jointing will not be proper and
pipe will come out of the fitting.
In summer months joints shall be made preferably early in the morning or in the evening when
surrounding environment is cooler. This will prevent joint from pulling apart when the pipe cools off at
night. Heat application method for jointing shall not be allowed.
Flanged Joints : For jointing PVC pipes particularly of larger size to valves and vessels and larger size
metal pipes where the tensile strength is required the joint is made by the compression of a gasket or ring
seal in the face of CI flange. Flanges solvent welded to the PVC pipes shall be supplied by the
manufacturers.
Rubber Ring Joints : Rubber ring joints can provide a watertight seal but do resist pull. As such these
may be used only as repairs collar and for jointing pipes larger than 110mm. Such joints may be provided
on pipes, which are buried in the ground and supported throughout on bedding so that they are not subject
to movement and longitudinal pull. The material of rubber ring shall conform to IS : 5382-1985, where
aggressive soil are met with, synthetic rubbers perform better for jointing. The ring shall be housed in a
groove formed in plastic or metallic housing. The ring shape and the method of compressing the ring vary
considerably in different type of joints. Most joints often require the application of lubricating paste,
Contractor
Page 229
Executive Engineer
considerably in different type of joints. Most joints often require the application of lubricating paste,
which shall be procured from the manufacturer of PVC pipes.
Measurements : The length shall be measured in running metre correct to a cm for the finished work
which shall include PVC fittings such as bends, tees, elbows, reducer, crosses, plugs, sockets, nipples and
nuts, but exclude, taps, valves, etc. All pipes and fittings shall be classified according to their outside
diameter. Reducer shall be measured along with the larger diameter pipe. As far as jointing is concerned
even though explained in foregoing paras the jointing of pipes shall be carried out as per the code of
practice if specified by the manufacture and the deviations of any in the code of practice by the
manufacturers be strictly taken care off.
Rate : The rate shall be per RM which include the cost of labour and material in all the operation
described above except excavation in trenches, sand filling all around the pipes, metal pipe used for
encasing PVC pipe and anchor blocks, unless otherwise specified.
33
Contractor
Excavation in trenches, pits, pipe lines, foundations, column footings, walls etc. in earths soils of all
types, gravel, sand, soft & hard murum, and boulders up to 0.03 cum. size including removing the
excavated material upto a distance of 50 M beyond the edge of excavation including all lift , stacking or
spreading as directed, bailing of sub-soil water if any preparing base for foundation etc., and back filing
the excavated pit or trench using the excavated material in layers including watering and ramming as
required or as directed by Engineer-In-charge, including all labour and materials complete.
Specification:
General : The item refers to the excavation, in earth, soils of all types,gravel, sand, soft and hard murum
and boulders up to 0.03 cum size.The excavation shall be for trenches, pits, pipe lines,
foundations,column footings, walls etc. and may be in wet or dry, in earth, and similar other soft or loose
material.
Site Preparation : The site as directed by the Engineer-in-charge, on which the construction, as per the
drawings, is to be started shall be first cleaned and cleared of all obstructions. The loose stones, bushes,
rubbish, brushwood, trees along with roots, etc. shall be removed. The material shall be stacked or
disposed off as directed. All the material shall be the property of MIDC. After clearing the site, the
alignment or center lines or points shall be given by the Engineer-in-charge. The contractor shall establish
the reference marks, benchmark pillars in masonry with M.S. Plate top of which shall be bench mark
connected to GTS. The B.M. Pillars shall be maintained undisturbed by the contractor etc. and the widths
for excavations shall be clearly marked by the contractor as directed, true to line, curve, level and slope.
The contractor shall provide all labour and marking material such as wooden/steel pegs, white lime
powder, oil paint, or any other suitable marking material at his own cost and he shall be fully responsible
for the correctness of the line, curve and levels and slopes.
Excavation : Before starting actual excavation work, contractor shall notify the Engineer-in-charge for
taking the necessary measurements of cross sectional levels along the alignment for measurement
purposes. The levels recorded in the field book shall be signed by the Engineer-in-charge and authorised
representative of the contractor in token of acceptance. The contractor shall remove all the material from
the marked area of excavation by using labour, tools and equipments most suitable for excavation of soft
material as enumerated in the item in wet or dry conditions. The excavation shall be true to line, curve,
shape, level grade as per the drawings or as directed. The widths of excavations shall be as minimum to
the widths required at the bottom and the vertical faces shall be as far as possible in plumb. Unless
provided in the contract, no extra payment shall be made for the excavation on side slopes for stability of
slopes. Contractor shall be fully responsible for the correctness of the excavation. Whenever the strata of
different grade of soil not covered in this item is met, the excavation shall be stopped and the Engineer-incharge shall be notified to take the cross-sectional levels for taking the measurements and the same shall
Page 230
Executive Engineer
charge shall be notified to take the cross-sectional levels for taking the measurements and the same shall
be recorded and practise as mentioned above shall be adhered to. The extra excavation in depth or on
sides shall not be paid and the contractor will have to fill the extra excavated depths in layers to bring the
correct level by watering and ramming at his own cost.
Foundation Preparation : The foundation for column footing and for structural components such as wall
shall not be provided on soft strata covered under this item of excavation. The foundations for rafts,
embedment of pipelines for water supply or drainage or gas may be laid on the foundation prepared on
soft strata. The foundation level even if is confined within the soft layer, the final layer of excavation
watered and brought to the required level and slope by ramming. The contractor shall not excavate below
the line shown in the drawing or as directed. No foundation of any sort shall be laid unless the Engineerincharge approves the strata on which foundations are to be laid and passes the depth of excavation to lay
foundation and record the dimensions and elevations and types soils of the foundation pit, trench
excavated, and shall be recorded in the field book adopting system already explained above.
Shoring and Strutting : The cost of shoring and strutting shall not be paid separately unless provided in
the contract. The type and designing of shoring shall be decided by the contractor, and shall get approved
from the Engineer in Charge. Pay Slopes : In lieu of shoring and strutting pay slopes for excavation of
trenches/pits shall be stipulated and paid accordingly.
Disposal of Excavated Material : All the material obtained from clearing the site or from excavation
shall be the absolute property of MIDC. All materials obtained from clearing the site and excavation shall
be disposed off or spread or stacked within a lead of 50 meters beyond the excavated area as directed by
the Engineer in Charge. Materials suitable for back-filling or other use shall be stacked at a convenient
place within a lead of 50 meters as directed for refilling or reuse. No excavated material shall be kept
within 1.5 m distance from the outer top edge of excavation to avoid the falling of the stuff in the pit or
trench. Surplus materials shall be used for levelling the ground around as directed within a lead of 50
meters. If the surplus materials are required to be conveyed and used or stacked beyond 50 meters
contractor shall be paid for extra lead or the extra conveyance as per the terms of contract.
Dewatering : It is the responsibility of the contractor to remove the water accumulated in the pit or
trench, from sub-soil water or from rains or from any other natural source, by manually or by pumping out
as required. Unless provided for in the contract separately, no payment shall be made for bailing out the
water. The contractor may be required to provide temporary bunds, or provide byepass arrangements to
avoid entering of water in the excavation at his own cost. The drained water shall be properly disposed
off, so as not to cause any damages to the excavated area nor to the surrounding structures. The contractor
shall keep the excavated area dry for measurements and for laying of foundation mortar or concrete.
Side Slips and Blows : Even after sufficient care of sides, slips or blows occur, they shall be removed at
contractors cost. Backfilling : After excavation is completed, measurements recorded by the Engineer-in
-charge and the foundation raft masonry above is constructed or the pipeline is laid, all the shoring shall
have to be removed. The backfilling of the pit or trench to the original level or as shown in the drawing or
as directed shall be made from the selected excavated material stacked separately for that purpose. The
material shall be laid in layers of 15 to 20 cm in thickness, watered and then rammed properly. The
backfilling shall only be done after receiving orders from the Engineer-in-charge and without damaging
the foundation raft or the pipeline etc.
Protective Measures : All the excavated pits, trenches etc. shall be properly protected from any accidents
by providing strong fencing around. At night red lantern and watchman shall be kept in proper position to
indicate the danger zone. It is the responsibility of the contractor to take the adequate protective measures
Contractor
Page 231
Executive Engineer
and safety of the excavation, people and workmen and surrounding properties and will have to bear the
damages if caused. All the cost of protective measures shall be included in the item rate.
Item to Include : The rate for this item, as per the agreement includes all labour and tools for clearing the
site, marking out the excavation line outs, shoring and strutting, excavation of pits or trenches, bailing or
pumping out water if not provided separately, removal of excavated material and disposal of material as
directed, refilling of pits or trenches, adequate protective measures etc. Contractor shall also make the
necessary arrangements for taking measurements. The rate also includes the cost of repairs due to excess
excavations or slips. The item also includes payment of the damages if any, by the contractor. The
disposal of the material is included within 50 m radius from the edge of excavation. The all lift for
excavation is covered by this item. The lead beyond 50 m shall be paid extra under Item No.Gen/A/9.
Mode of Measurement and Payment : The measurements of the original ground profiles at selected
locations shall be taken after clearing the site. The measurements of the final excavated profile shall be
taken if the excavation is less or more as directed by the Engineerin- charge or shall be measured as per
drawings. Excess excavation shall be recorded but shall be paid to the limited quantity as explained
above. The quantity shall be measured in cubic meters and paid at the rate as per the contract agreement.
34
Excavation for trenches, pits, pipelines, foundations, column footings, walls etc. in soft rock and
boulders between 0.03 TO 0.30 Cu.M. in size for a all depth including removing the excavated
materials upto a distance of 50 M beyond the edges of trenches / pits etc. breaking the boulders into
225 mm size rubble including stacking the same (rubble as well as soft rock) and / or spreading as
directed, bailing out water if any, preparing the bed for foundations & necessary back filling the
excavated pit / trench as directed by Engineer-in-charge all labour and materials complete.
Specification:
General : The item refers to the excavation, in soft rock and boulders between 0.03 and 0.30 cum size.
The excavation shall be for trenches, for pipelines, pits, foundations, column footings, walls etc. and may
be in wet or dry, in soft rock, and similar other material.
Site Preparation : As per Item No.Gen/A/1.2. Site preparation may not be required if the classified layer
lies below the item of excavation in soils classified as per Item No.Gen/A/1.
Excavation : As per Item No.Gen/A/1.3. The contractor shall excavate and remove all the material from
the marked area of excavation by using labour, tools and equipments most suitable for excavation of soft
rock in wet or dry condition.
Foundation Preparation : In this classified strata, the foundation for column footing and for structural
components such as wall may be provided. Also the foundations for rafts, embedment of pipelines for
water supply or drainage or gas may be laid in this type of classified soft rock. The foundation shall be
cleared of all loose material and shall be dressed by chiselling to the correct line and level. The contractor
shall not excavate below the line shown in the drawing or as directed. No foundation of any sort shall be
laid unless the Engineerin- charge approves/passes the depth of excavation to lay foundation and record
the dimensions and elevations and types soils of the foundation pit, trench excavated.
from the Engineer in Charge. Pay Slopes : In lieu of shoring and strutting pay slopes for excavation may
be stipulated according to which excavation has to be carried out and shall be paid.
Disposal of Excavated Material : The boulders obtained during the excavation shall be broken into the
rubble of size of about 225 mm. This rubble shall be stacked in measurable hips and at locations, as
directed, within the initial lead of 50 m from the edges of excavation as directed. The rubble shall be
Contractor
Page 232
Executive Engineer
disposed off by the contractor at his cost if it is not usable as certified by the Engineer-in-charge.
water. The contractor may be required to provide temporary bunds, or provide bypass arrangements to
contractors cost.
Backfilling : After excavation is completed, measurements recorded Maharashtra Industrial
Development Corporation by the Engineer-in-charge and the foundation raft and masonry/structure there
on or the pipeline is laid, all the shoring shall have to be removed. The backfilling of the pit or trench to
the original level or as shown in the drawing or as directed shall be made from the selected excavated
material stacked separately for that purpose. The material shall be laid in layers of 15 to 20 cm in
thickness, watered and then rammed properly. The backfilling shall only be done after receiving orders
from the Engineer-in-charge and without damaging the foundation raft or the pipeline etc.
Item to Include : As per Item No.Gen/A/1.11, but for soft rock classified material. The all lift for
excavation is covered by this item. The lead beyond 50 m shall be paid extra under Item No.Gen/A/9.
The item also include breaking boulders into rubble of 225 mm and stacking within lead of 50 m.
Deductions for voids shall be made @ 40% if quantity paid on stack measurements. The size of stacks
shall be 3.0 m X 2.0 m X 1.0 m size preferably.
35
35.1
Excavation for trenches, pits for pipe lines, foundations, column footings, drainage lines etc in hard
rock, manjarya rock & laterite by chiselling, wedging, line drilling etc. including trimming and levelling
the bed, removing the excavated materials upto a distance of 50 M beyond the edges of trenches / pits
including all lift , stacking as directed, de-watering back filling in layers, watering ramming etc. as
required or as directed by Engineer In Charge, all labour and materials complete.
Hard Rock
Specification:
General : This item pertains to excavation in Hard rock of Laterite, Manjarya or of similar type without
blasting. When local conditions prevent the use of blasting, excavation shall be done by chiselling,
wedging or line drilling or as specified by the Engineer-in-Charge.
Site Preparation : Site preparation may not be required if the classified layer lies below the item of
excavation in soils and soft rock classified as per Item No.Gen/A/1 and Gen/A/3 respectively. However if
Contractor
Page 233
Executive Engineer
Specification:
rock is exposed the same will have to be arranged as per Item No.Gen/A/1.
Excavation : The contractor shall excavate the hard rock by chiselling, wedging or line drilling or as
specified in the contract or as directed by the Engineer-in-Charge, as required and as and remove all the
material from the excavated area by using labour, tools machinery and equipments most suitable for
excavation of hard rock by chiselling wedging and line drilling, in wet or dry condition. The most suitable
method to be adopted shall be got approved from the Engineer-in-charge. The contractor may be
permitted to use expanding compounds like Acconex or equivalent in case he desires at no additional
cost. Such use shall be permitted on case-to-case basis and shall be carried out as per manufacturers
instructions. In special cases excavation may be carried out by using heating techniques. Contractors shall
have to take all precautions regarding fire and other hazards.
Foundation Preparation : In this classified strata, the foundation for column footing and for structural
components such as wall may be provided. Also the foundations for rafts, embedment of pipelines for
water supply or drainage or gas may be laid in this type of classified soft rock. The foundation shall be
cleared of all loose material and shall be dressed by chiselling to the correct line and level. The contractor
shall not excavate below the line shown in the drawing or as directed. No foundation of any sort shall be
laid unless the Engineerin- charge approves/passes the depth of excavation to lay foundation and record
the dimensions and elevations and types soils of the foundation pit, trench excavated
Pay Slopes : Normally for excavation in hard rock pay slopes are not necessary. However in respect of
deep foundation pay slopes may be stipulated according to which excavation shall be carried out and paid
for.
the Engineer-in-charge. Materials suitable for back-filling or other use shall be stacked at a convenient
within 1.5 m distance from the outer top edge to avoid the falling of the stuff in the pit or trench. Surplus
materials shall be used for levelling the ground around as directed within a lead of 50 meters. If the
surplus materials are required to be conveyed and used or stacked beyond 50 meters contractor shall be
paid for extra lead or the extra conveyance as per the terms of contract.
contractors cost.
Backfilling : After excavation is completed, measurements recorded by the Engineer-in-charge and the
foundation raft after construction of masonry/structure or the pipeline is laid, all the shoring shall have to
be removed. The backfilling of the pit or trench to the original level or as shown in the drawing or as
directed shall be made from the selected excavated material stacked separately for that purpose. The
Contractor
Page 234
Executive Engineer
Item to Include : Excavation of trenches in hard rock of laterite or Manjarya type classified material. The
cost of drilling holes and use of expanding material or heating process, with all labour, material and tools
and equipments and responsibility are included in the contract rate of this item. The all lift for excavation
is covered by this item. The lead beyond 50 m shall be paid extra under Item No.Gen/A/9. |
36
36.1
36.2
Providing at the site of work and lowering, laying and jointing RCC NP3 class pipes conforming to
IS458-1998 in prepared trenches in grade and level, including hoisting, making rubber ring / collar
joints in cement mortar 1:1, including cost of collar / rubber ring, jointing material like cement, sand
etc. and hydraulic testing of the pipes at factory as well as on site per the stipulation in relevant IS
code etc. complete.
300 mm dia.
900 mm dia.
Specification:
General : The item is for providing and laying & jointing of RCC pipes of NP3 class, including the
sealing rings, mortar filling and hydraulic testing. Water for initial testing shall be made available free by
MIDC, if possible and for subsequent fills necessiated on account of rectification , water will be charged
at the prevailing industrial water rates is respective industrial area The excavation of trenches for laying
of pipe will be paid under relevant item.
Material : RCC NP3 class pipes shall confirm to IS:458-1998
. For ready reference and comparison the particulars of the RCC Non Pressure and Pressure pipes of
different classes are given here, though the item refers only for NP3 class pipe.
Table 1
CONCRETE PIPES
Contractor
Clas
s
Description
Test pressure
(Hydrostatic)
NP1
Unreinforced
concrete non
pressure pipes
0.7 kg/sq.cm
Reinforced concrete
light duty, nonpressure pipes
-- do --
NP2
(7 m, head)
Conditions where normally

used.
Page 235
Executive Engineer
For drainage and irrigation

use, above ground or in
shallow trench
use, for culverts carrying
light traffic.
Clas
s
Description
Test
pressure
(Hydrostatic
)
Conditions where
normally used.
NP1
Unreinforced
concrete non
pressure pipes
0.7 kg/sq.cm

use, above ground or in
shallow trench
NP2
Reinforced
concrete light duty,
non-pressure pipes
-- do --

use, for culverts carrying
light traffic.
NP3
Reinforced
concrete, medium
duty non pressure
pipes
-- do --

use, for culverts, carrying
heavy traffic.
NP4
Reinforced
concrete, heavy
duty non-pressure
pipes
-- do --

use for culverts carrying
very heavy traffic, such as
railway loading.
P1
Reinforced
concrete pressure
pipes
2.0 kg/sq.cm
For use on gravity mains,

the design pressure not
exceeding two third of the
test pressure.
Reinforced
concrete pressure
pipe
4.0 kg/sq.cm
(40 m, head)
For use on pumping mains,

the design pressures not
exceeding half of the test
pressure.
Reinforced
concrete pressure
pipe
6.0 kg/sq.cm
-- do --
P2
P3
Contractor
(7 m, head)
(20 m, head)
(60 m, head)
Note :- The unreinforced or without reinforcement pipes shall be provided with nominal reinforcement.
Cement Concrete Pipes (with and without Reinforcement)
The pipes shall be with or without reinforcement as required and shall be of the specified class. These
shall conform to IS : 458-1998. The reinforced cement concrete pipes shall be manufactured by
centrifugal (or spun) process and un-reinforced cement concrete pipes shall be manufactured by spun or
pressure process. All pipes shall be true to shape, straight, perfectly sound and free from cracks and flaws.
The external and internal surface of the pipes shall be smooth and hard. The pipes shall be free from
defects resulting from imperfect grading of the aggregate mixing or moulding.
Concrete used for the manufacture of un-reinforced and reinforced concrete pipes and collars shall not be
Page 236
Executive Engineer
defects resulting from imperfect grading of the aggregate mixing or moulding.

Concrete used for the manufacture of un-reinforced and reinforced concrete pipes and collars shall not be
leaner than M-15 grade C.C. The maximum size of aggregate should not exceed one third of the thickness
of the pipe or 20 mm whichever is less. The reinforcement in the reinforced concrete pipes shall extend
throughout the length of the pipe. The circumferential and longitudinal reinforcements shall be adequate
to withstand the specified hydrostatic pressure and further bending stresses due to the weight of water
when running full across a span equal to the length of pipe plus three times its own weight. The
unreinforced pipes shall be provided with temperature reinforcement.
Table 2
pipes of Class NP-3 Reinforced
Design
and
strength
test
requirements
Concrete, Heavy Duty, Non-Pressure pipes
Internal Barrel
Dia of
Dimensions
Pipe
Length Mini
mum
Thic
knes
s
Contractor
Reinforcemen
t
Strength Test Requirement
Longi
tudin
al
Mild
Steel
at
Permi
ssible
stress
of
1265
Kg/c
m2
Spiral Three Edge Bearing

Hard Test
drawn
steel
wire at
permiss
ible
stress Load to Ulti
of 1400 produce mate
Load
Kg/cm2 0.25
mm
crack
Sand
Bearing
Test
Load
to
produ
ce
0.25
mm
crack
Ultimat
e Load
(5)
(7)
(8)
(9)
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
(6)
mm
mm
Kg/line Kg/lineaKg
ar m
rm
/lin
ear
m
Kg/li
near
m
Kg/linea Kg/li
rm
near
350
2.5
or
3.0
75
1.25
7.25
3.0
40
4.56
0
4.560
400
2.5
or
3.0
75
2.15
8.25
3.4Page 237 5.19

60
0
5.190Executive
7.785 Engineer
450
2.5
or
3.0
75
2.40
9.00
3.7
60
5.64
0
5.640
8.460
500
2.5
75
2.45
10.50
4.1
6.24
6.240
9.360
6.840
of
Kg/c
m2
Contractor
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
mm
mm
350
2.5
or
3.0
400
mm
crac
k
(7)
(8)
Kg/lin Kg/line K
ear m ar m g/
li
ne
ar
m
Kg/
line
ar
m
Kg/line Kg/li
ar m
near
75
1.25
7.25
3.
0
4
0
4.5
60
4.560
6.84
0
2.5
or
3.0
75
2.15
8.25
3.
4
6
0
5.1
90
5.190
7.78
5
450
2.5
or
3.0
75
2.40
9.00
3.
7
6
0
5.6
40
5.640
8.46
0
500
2.5
or
3.0
75
2.45
10.50 4.
1
6
0
6.2
40
6.240
9.36
0
600
2.5
or
3.0
80
2.45
14.50 4.
7
2
0
7.0
80
7.080
10.6
20
700
2.5
or
3.0
80
2.95
23.75 5.
3
2
0
7.9
80
7.980
11.9
70
800
2.5
or
3.0
90
3.60
26.50 6.
0
6
0
9.0
90
9.090
13.1
20
900
2.5
or
3.0
100
4.35
32.75 6.
7
6
0
10.
140
10.140
15.2
10
1000
2.5
or
3.0
100
5.80
44.00 7.
4
0
0
11.100
Executive Engineer
16.6
50
2.5
or
3.0
115
12.300
18.4
50
1100
7.40
(5)
(6
)
52.50 8.
2
0
Page
238
11.
100
12.
300
(9)
or
3.0
.
1
6
0
40
60
600
2.5
or
3.0
80
2.45 14.50 4
.
7
2
0
7.0
80
7.080
10.
620
700
2.5
or
3.0
80
2.95 23.75 5
.
3
2
0
7.9
80
7.980
11.
970
800
2.5
or
3.0
90
3.60 26.50 6
.
0
6
0
9.0
90
9.090
13.
120
900
2.5
or
3.0
100 4.35 32.75 6

.
7
6
0
10.
14
0
10.140 15.
210
1000
2.5
or
3.0
100 5.80 44.00 7

.
4
0
0
11.
10
0
11.100 16.
650
1100
2.5
or
3.0
115 7.40 52.50 8

.
2
0
0
12.
30
0
12.300 18.
450
1200
2.5
or
3.0
115 7.60 63.75 9

.
0
0
0
13.
50
0
13.500 20.
250
Note 1 :- Heavy duty non pressure pipes shall normally have flush joints. Collar joints may, however, be
permitted, in which case the design and dimensions of the collar shall be same as for corresponding NP2
pipes.
Note 2 :- If steel wires are used as longitudinal reinforcement, the weight specified in col 4 shall be
modified by the factor 1265/1400.
the weight specified
underEngineer
col 5 shall be increased
Contractor Note 3 :- If mild steel is used for spiral reinforcement,
Executive
Page 239
Note 2 :- If steel wires are used as longitudinal reinforcement, the weight specified in col 4 shall be
modified by the factor 1265/1400.
Note 3 :- If mild steel is used for spiral reinforcement, the weight specified under col 5 shall be increased
to 1400/1265.
Laying & Jointing Cement Concrete Pipes and Specials :
Laying : Loading, transporting and unloading of concrete pipes shall be done with care. Handling shall be
such as to avoid impact. Gradual unloading by inclined plane for pipes upto 900 mm dia or by chain
pulley block is recommended for pipes of dia 1000 mm and above. All pipe sections and connections shall
be inspected carefully before being laid. Broken or defective pipes or connections shall not be used and
paid. Pipes shall be lowered into the trenches carefully. Mechanical appliances may be used at the cost of
contractor. Pipes shall be laid true to line and grade as specified. Laying of pipe shall proceed upgrade of
a slope.
If the pipe have spigot and socket joints, the socket ends shall face upstream ascending grade. In the case
of pipes with joints to be made with loose collars, the collars shall be slipped on before the next pipe is
laid. Adequate and proper joints shall be provided where directed.
In case where foundation condition are unusual such as in the proximity of trees of holes, under existing
or proposed tracks manholes etc. the pipe shall be encased all around in 15 cm thick cement concrete M15
or compacted sand or gravel, which shall be paid separately under relevant item if included in this tender.
In cases where the natural foundation is inadequate the pipes shall be laid either in concrete cradle
supported on proper foundations or on any other suitably designed structure. If concrete cradle bedding is
used, the depth of concrete below the bottom of the pipe shall be at least 1/4th of the internal diameter of
the pipe subject to the min. of 10 cm and a maximum of 30 cm. The concrete shall extend up the sides of
the pipe at least to a distance of 1/4th of the outside diameter of pipes for 300 mm and over in diameter.
The pipe shall be laid in this concrete bedding before the concrete has set. Pipes laid in trenches in earth
shall be bedded evenly and firmly and as far up the haunches of the pipe as to safely transmit the load
expected from the backfill through the pipe to the bed. This shall be done either by excavating the bottom
of the trench to fit the curve of the pipe or by compacting the earth under around the curve of the pipe to
form an even bed. Necessary provision shall be made for joints wherever required.
When the pipe is laid in a trench in rock, hard clay, shale or other hard material the 15 cms depth below
37
37.1
37.1.1
37.1.2
Providing and laying in position plain cement concrete using granite or black trap graded metal
including mixing in a mechanically operated mixer, dewatering, compacting, curing as required
complete for all lifts above or below the ground level where concrete is proposed, including
centering/shuttering using ordinary Portland cement.
With Natural Sand
In 1:3:6 proportion.
In 1:2:4 proportion.
Specification:
General : The item pertains to providing and laying in position Plain Cement Concrete (PCC) of
specified proportion. The work includes providing all material, mixing, compacting, curing, shuttering,
dewatering etc. complete for all lift .
Material:
Cement : Ordinary Portland Cement (OPC) as specified at item Gen/C/0.2.1.
Fine Aggregate (Sand) : specifications shall conform to item Gen/C/0.2.2.
Coarse Aggregate : specifications shall conform to item Gen/C/0.2.3. Grading and maximum size of
coarse aggregate shall be as specified in the drawing. Normally the maximum size should not be more
Contractor
Page 240
Executive Engineer
than 40 mm or 25 % of the minimum dimension of the member, whichever is less.

Water : specifications shall conform to item Gen/C/0.2.4.
Mix Proportion and Mixing : The mix proportion as specified on the drawing, separately for each
component shall be provided. For detailed specifications refer to item No.Gen/C/0.5. For mixing without
mechanical mixer, prior permission from the Engineer-in-charge shall be obtained. Specifications for
mixing shall conform to item Gen/C/0.7.
Formwork and Scaffolding : Formwork shall be provided for giving the desired shape and sizes for the
PCC as per the drawings. The specifications shall conform to item Gen/C/0.19.7. The striping time also
shall be as specified in the item. The scaffolding shall be normally provided of steel tubes. The
specifications for scaffolding also shall conform to item Gen/C/0.19.8.
Transportation, Placing and Compaction : Specifications shall conform to item Gen/C/0.8.
1.6 Field Tests : The appropriate field tests as directed by the Engineer-incharge shall be carried out as
explained in item Gen/C/0.15.
Inspection & Testing of Structure : As per the contract conditions inspection & testing of a structure
shall be carried out in accordance with item Gen/C/0.16
1.8 Finishing of Concrete : The finishing of concrete surface shall be as per item Gen/C/0.17.
Special Features : Special requirements such as Architectural shapes finishes, Expansion joints,
Construction joints, Water stops, grouting, etc. shall be provided as shown on drawing/s and as directed
by Engineer in Charge. For specifications for these the appropriate clauses of item Gen/C/0 shall be
referred.
Curing : As per item Gen/C/0.14.
Item to Include : This item for providing Plain Cement Concrete (PCC) with specified mix proportion at
specified locations with all lift above or below ground level includes all ingredients of concrete i.e.
water, cement, fine and coarse aggregates, all transportation, dewatering, tools and plants, all taxes,
royalties, labour, formwork, testing, curing etc. complete.
Mode of Measurement and Payment : The measurements of the concrete laid shall be taken on
volumetric basis in cum. The openings shall be deducted. The unit rate of concrete per cum of specified
proportion includes all the items as explained in Gen/C/0.25.
38
38.1
Contractor
Providing, erecting pre-cast elements such as cover slabs for drains, grills, kerbs, kerb stone, dividers,
manholes, frames, manholes covers, gutters, fence posts grills, rails lintels, sills, bed blocks, steps or
any other member or element as per drawings & specifications using RCC grade M-20 including
shuttering as may be required, compacting by plate vibrator, curing and finishing the element where
required with 1:3 cement mortar, transporting to site and erecting in position grouting with cement
mortar 1:3 as may be required and curing etc. all labour and material complete. (Including cost of
Steel reinforcement)
Elements, as per design drawing.
Specification:
General : This specification deals with manufacture, supply and erection of precast elements. All
concrete, R.C.C. work shall be carried out as per specification Gen/C/Concrete, Shuttering &
Reinforcement (Gen/C/0.2 to 0.24) for Scope and Materials are also applicable.
General Requirements:
Precast elements shall be manufactured either at site or in the yard of the supplier as directed by the
Engineer in Charge. All precast manufacturing facilities shall be subject to the approval of Engineer-inPage 241
Executive Engineer
Engineer in Charge. All precast manufacturing facilities shall be subject to the approval of Engineer-inCharge. Precasting work shall be taken up only after permission to do so is given by Engineer-in-Charge
in writing. In case the supply of precast elements are supplied by an outside agency, the Contractor shall
inform the Engineer-in-Charge, name and details of the agency and if desired shall arrange for inspection
of the facilities and shall procure the materials only after the approval of the Engineer-in-Charge in
writing. Contractor shall supply two samples of each of the precast elements he proposes to use. Further in
case of specific item whose rating (Heavy duty, light duty etc.), or load carrying capacity is the criteria for
acceptance, contractor shall arrange to get the precast elements tested appropriately at his cost if ordered
to do so by the Engineer-in-Charge.
Items of Precast Elements:
The following items are covered under these precast elements:
a. Precast slab covers of various thickness sizes and with various reinforcement details.
b. Precast manhole covers and frame of light duty, medium duty and heavy and very heavy duty.
c. Precast grills of various sizes, thickness and designs.
d. Decorative grills of various sizes, thickness and designs.
e. Fence posts of various sizes.
f. Balusters of various designs.
g. Lintels.
h. Louvers.
i. Window sills.
j. Kerb stones, boundary stones, mile stones / km stones and various other marking devices as may be
required for road works.
k. Precast RCC grating for various duty ratings.
l. Gutters of various sizes.
m. Any other element detailed in the drawings.
Material:
Cement
Cement used for the manufacture of precast concrete elements shall be 43 grade or above grade as
directed, Portland cement conforming to IS:269 or 1489 (part 1 & 3) or IS:8041 or IS:8043 or IS:8112 or
IS:155, specifications are same as per Gen/C/0.2.1.
Aggregates
The aggregates used shall be clean and free from deleterious matter and shall conform to the requirements
of IS:383. The aggregates shall be well graded and the nominal maximum size of coarse aggregate shall
not exceed 20 mm, specifications are same as per Gen/C/0.2.2 to 0.2.3.
Concrete The mix proportions of concrete shall be determined by the manufacturer and shall be such as
will produce dense concrete without voids, honeycombing etc. Concrete weaker than grade M-20 (design
mix) shall not be used. Compacting of concrete shall be done by machine vibration.
Reinforcement
a) The reinforcement steel shall conform to IS:226 or IS:432 (Part-I) or IS:1566 or IS:1786 as specified.
Reinforcement shall be clean and free from loose mills scale, loose rust, and mud, oil, grease or any other
coating, which may reduce or destroy the bond between the concrete and steel. A light film or rust may
not be regarded as harmful but steel shall not be visibly pitted by rust.
b) Steel Fibres: In association with the main steel bars reinforcement, steel fibres of appropriate types and
forms may also be used as secondary reinforcement (up to 0.5% by volume).
Contractor
Page 242
Executive Engineer
forms may also be used as secondary reinforcement (up to 0.5% by volume).

c) Plastic: Plastic fibre of polypropylene fabricated film of suitable type and form (0.55 by weight) may
also be used as reinforcement in lieu of steel reinforcement. Reinforcement shall be as shown in the
drawings, if the drawings are supplied by Engineer-in-Charge. In case ready made precast items are
brought out from standard designs, reinforcement shall be as per manufacturers design, subject to the
approval of Engineer-in-Charge.
Casting and Erection of Pre-cast elements:
These shall be manufactured either according to manufactures design after obtaining the approval of
MIDC or as per the design furnished by MIDC. The material, formwork, reinforcement, etc. shall be got
approved from the Engineer-in-charge. The manufacturing of elements shall conform to the general
requirements specified in Gen/I/1.2. The compaction shall be by plate vibrator. The finishing of the item,
where required shall be with 1:3 cement mortar. The detailed manufacturing procedure for Manhole
Covers and Frames is given below, which is mostly applicable for other elements. The loading tests or
requirements may differ.
Manhole Cover & Frames
The different grades and types of manhole covers may be used as follows:
a. Light Duty - Rectangular, Square or Circular types
These are suitable for use within residential and institutional complexes/areas with pedestrian but
occasional LMV traffic. These covers may also be used for inspection chambers.
b. Medium Duty
These are suitable for use in service lanes/roads, car parking areas etc.
c. Heavy Duty
Suitable for use in institutional/commercial areas/carriage ways with heavy-duty vehicular traffic like
buses, trucks, etc.
d. Extra Heavy Duty - Circular, square or rectangular types
These are suitable for use on carriage way in commercial industrial/port areas/near warehouses/godowns
where frequent loading and unloading of trucks/trainers are common, with slow to fast moving vehicular
traffic of the types having wheel loads up to 11.5 tonnes, irrespective of the location of the manhole
chambers.
Shape and Dimensions Shapes : The shapes of precast concrete manhole covers shall be square,
rectangular or circular as specified.
Dimensions : Dimensions of precast concrete manhole covers, shall be as given in Table No.1, the
minimum clearance at top between the frame and cover shall be 5 mm.
Table
Contractor
Sr.
No.
Description
1.
Clear opening
matching the top
opening of
manhole
Page 243
Executive Engineer
Sr.
No.
Description
1.
Clear opening
matching the top
opening of
manhole
2.
Precast slab with

integral frame
3.
Thickness of
cover
4.
Matching
manhole cover
5.
Edge protection: Precast manhole covers are designed and provided with MS
covers/lifting rims of 2.5mm thickness welded around with provision
facility
Executive Engineer
Page 244
of two lifting hooks welded at appropriate locations.
6.
Chequered pattern on the Covers: MS rims along with the edges of precast
manhole covers and their operative surface are suitably coated/finished using
corrosion resistant paint.
7.
Marking on the Covers: Precast manhole covers/precast slabs are suitably

marked on covers, the operative surface with the following letters, unless
Contractor
3.
Thickness of
cover
4.
Matching
manhole cover
5.
Edge protection: Precast manhole covers are designed and provided with MS
covers/lifting rims of 2.5mm thickness welded around with provision facility
of two lifting hooks welded at appropriate locations.
6.
Chequered pattern on the Covers: MS rims along with the edges of precast
manhole covers and their operative surface are suitably coated/finished using
corrosion resistant paint.
7.

specified otherwise.
MIDC/Sewer or Water service/ Grade/Date of MFR/ Trade Name etc.
8.
Contractor
Performance
requirements
Page 245
Executive Engineer
7.

specified otherwise.
MIDC/Sewer or Water service/ Grade/Date of MFR/ Trade Name etc.
8.
39
Contractor
Performance
requirements
Lifting Device
Providing and laying granite or black trap over size metal 50 mm to 75 mm size within plinth or any
floor of the building and filling in interstices with smaller chips and mixtures of the stone dust and hard
murum and compaction of the crust with profuse watering and finishing the surface for receiving
flooring concrete etc. complete inclusive of all leads & lifts and royalty charges.
Specification:
General : The item pertains to providing the over size metal bedding in plinth or any floor of specified
thickness for receiving the floor concrete.
Material :
Over Size Metal : The metal 50 mm to 75 mm size shall be obtained from rubble, from approved sources.
The metal of the trap or granite stones shall be hard, tough, sound, durable, dense, clean, of close texture
and free form unsound material, crack, decay and weathering.Their water absorption shall be as low as
possible, but not more than 5 percent. If found necessary, the physical test on metal shall be conducted by
Engineer in Charge. The cost of such testing shall be inclusive in unit rate of item.
Blindage : Chips, murum, stone dust collected at site. The layer of 25 to 30 mm of chips, stone dust and
murum shall be spread over metal before compaction. It shall be ensured that, all the interstices are
properly filled up.
Filling in Plinth :
Over Size Metal & Filling Interstices : The metal shall be cleaned and then spread evenly layer by layer
of required thickness. The blindage chips or murum and stone dust shall be spread over to fill in
interstices. The unevenness and undulations after spreading shall be properly checked and corrected if
required.
Watering : Water to be used shall be free of harmful elements, which may cause heavy efflorescence, etc.
and approved by the Engineer in Charge. The contractor should make his own arrangements for getting
adequate quantity of acceptable quality water without any extra cost.
Compaction: Compaction shall be by wooden or steel rammers. After laying the over size metal layer
and filling the interstices and profuse watering the layer shall be rammed with a wooden or steel rammer,
till the layer is compact and dose not bulge under the additional blows. Any material above decided
finished level shall be scrupped out by the contractor at his risk and cost.
Item to Include : Item includes all material, labour, tools & equipment etc. for laying the oversize metal,
Page 246
Executive Engineer
Item to Include : Item includes all material, labour, tools & equipment etc. for laying the oversize metal,
blindage chips, murum, stone dust filling the interstices, watering, compacting etc. complete as per the
specifications. The testing charges shall be borne by contractor.
Mode of Measurement and Payment : The quantity of the oversize metal laid shall be measured in cum
correct up to 3 decimals. The linear dimensions of the plinth area and the depth of metalling shall be
measured in meters. The depth of metalling shall be the average depth of the top level of murum filling
measured from the top level of the plinth masonry, minus the depth up to the top level of the compacted
over size metal layer again measured from the top of the plinth masonry. This metal layer shall be
provided up to the top of the plinth masonry or as specified in the drawing, over which the concrete layer
shall be laid.
The contract rate shall be per cum. of work done.
40
Filling in plinths and floors with approved excavated materials in 150 to 200 mm layers including
watering and compaction etc. complete (Rate inclusive of necessary royalty charges with all leads and
lifts)
Specification:
General : This item consists of filling in the plinths of buildings, structures, paving etc. using approved
excavated materials.
Material : The excavated material stacked separately as per relevant item in the contract shall be
classified and approved, as material for filling in plinth by the Engineer-in-charge and only such
approved material, shall only be used. The stacked material shall be cleaned of all grass, vegetation and
rubbish. The clods of soil shall be broken down to size below 50 mm. Black cotton soil shall never be
used for filling in plinth and floor and such clods shall be removed. The excavated material which is not
approved by the Engineer-in-charge shall not be used.
Method of Work : The ground between the plinth walls shall be first cleaned of all grass, rubbish etc.. If
directed by the Engineer-in-charge, near the sides of plinth walls special material such as specified graded
murum or sand will have to be filled.
The material shall be conveyed to the site and spread in 150 to 200 mm layers, the water shall be
sprinkled to achieve O.M.C. and shall be compacted with either manual or by mechanical means.
Adequately watering shall be used to achieve required compaction. The procedure shall be repeated with
each layer, till the required thoroughly compacted level is achieved. Care shall be taken not to damage the
plinth constructions and footings below during the process of filling and compaction.
Filling shall be carried out for structures etc. within a lead of 50 m from the soils stacks, earth heaps, etc.
of excavated materials.
Item to Include : Cleaning of ground in plinth, cleaning of the selected material for feeling, breaking of
clods, conveying and filling in the layers, watering and compaction, all labour and equipments.
Mode of Measurement and Payment : The measurement of the volume actually filled by the contractor
encased between plinth walls shall be measured in cum without any deduction for voids. The level of the
ground at all four corners and at other locations if required for correctness, shall be recorded by the
Engineer-in-charge before starting the actual filling in plinths. Such level shall be recorded for each filling
area separately and signed by the authorized representative of the contractor and the Engineer-in-Charge.
The average ground level shall be determined for each filling zone. The volume thus filled in and
compacted as per the specifications above between the ground level and the top level shall be paid at the
unit rate per cum as per the contract. The measurements shall be per cum of the work done as above. Any
excessive filling done by the contractor above decided finished level shall be scrapped by the contractor at
Contractor
Page 247
Executive Engineer
his risk and cost.

The contract rate shall be per cum. of work done
41
Filling in plinths and floors with hard murum brought by the contractor from his borrow areas with all
leads in 150 to 200 mm layers including watering and compaction etc. complete with all leads and lifts
and necessary royalty charges etc complete.
Specification:
General : This item includes all the leads and lifts for filling in plinth and floors with hard murum
brought by the contractor from his own barrow areas. The material of filling shall be hard murum or sand
and shall be got approved from the Engineer-in-charge before bringing the same at site of work for filling
the plinths and floors.
Material : The material brought by the contractor shall be stacked separately and classified and
approved, as material for filling in plinth by the Engineer-in-charge and the same, shall only be used. The
stacked material shall be cleaned of all grass, vegetation and rubbish. The clods of soil shall be broken
down to size below 50 mm. Black cotton soil shall never be used for filling in plinth and floor and such
clods shall be removed. The material which is not approved by the Engineer-in-charge shall not be used.
Method of Work : The ground between the plinth walls shall be first cleaned of all grass, rubbish etc. If
directed by the Engineer-in-charge, near the sides of plinth walls special material such as specified graded
murum or sand will have to be filled.
The material shall be conveyed to the site and spread in 150 to 200 mm layers & shall be compacted with
either manual or by mechanical means at O.M.C. for which adequate water shall be used to achieve
required compaction. The procedure shall be repeated with each layer, till the required thoroughly
compacted level is achieved. Care shall be taken not to damage the plinth constructions and footings
below during the process of filling and compaction. The filling above decided finished level, if any, shall
be scrapped and removed by the contractor at his risk and cost. Filling shall be carried out for structures
etc.
Item to Include : Cleaning of ground in plinth, cleaning of the selected material for feeling, breaking of
clods, conveying with all lead& lifts & necessary royalty charges
and filling in the layers, watering and compaction, all labour and equipments.
Mode of Measurement and Payment : The measurement of the volume actually filled by the contractor
encased between plinth walls shall be measured in cum without any deduction for voids. The level of the
ground at all four corners and at other locations, if required for correctness, shall be recorded by the
Engineer-in-charge before starting the actual filling in plinths and will be signed by the authorized
representative of the contractor in token of acceptance and also by the Engineer-in-charge. Such
measurements shall be recorded for each filling area separately. The average ground level shall be
determined for each filling zone. The volume thus filled in and compacted as per the specifications above
between the ground level and the top level shall be paid at the unit rate per cum as per the contract.
The contract rate shall be per cum of work done as above.
42
42.1
Contractor
Providing and applying synthetic super enamel paint conforming to IS:2932 1991 of approved colour,
including scaffolding if necessary and cleaning and preparing the surface, including primer coat etc.
complete.
Two coats.
Page 248
Executive Engineer
Specification:
General : The item pertains to providing and applying Synthetic Super Enamel paint conforming to
IS:2932, with specified number of coats, over a primer coat.
Material : Synthetic Super Enamel paint shall be conforming to IS:2932-1991 of approved brand and
manufacturer shall be used. Only ready mixed paint (Exterior grade) as received from the manufacturer
without any admixture shall be used.
Approved paints shall be brought to the site of work by the contractor in their original containers in
sealed condition. The material shall brought in at a time in adequate quantities to suffice for the whole
work or at least of fortnights work. The materials shall be kept in the joint custody of the contractor and
the Engineer-in-Charge. The empties shall not be removed from the site of work, till the relevant item of
work has been completed and permission obtained from the Engineer-in-Charge. The empties shall be
property of the contractor.
Scaffolding :
1. Wherever scaffolding is necessary, it shall be erected on double supports tied together by horizontal
pieces, over which scaffolding planks shall be fixed. No bullies, bamboos or planks shall rest on or touch
the surface.
2. Where ladders are used, pieces of old gunny bags shall be tied on their tops to avoid damage or
scratches.
Preparation of Surface : The surface shall be thoroughly cleaned and dusted off. All rust, dirt, scales,
smoke splashes, mortar dropping and grease shall be thoroughly removed before painting is started. The
prepared surface shall have received the approval of the Engineer-in- Charge after inspection, before
painting is commenced.
Painting shall not be started until the Engineer-in-Charge has inspected the items of work to be painted,
satisfied himself about their proper quality and given his approval to commence the painting work.
Painting of external surface should not be done in adverse weather condition like hail storm and dust
storm.
Painting, except the priming coat, shall generally be taken in hand after practically finishing all other
building work.
The rooms should be thoroughly swept out and the entire building cleaned up, at least one day in advance
of the paint work being started.
Application : Before pouring into smaller containers for use, the paint shall be stirred thoroughly in its
containers, when applying also, the paint shall be continuously stirred in the smaller containers so that its
consistency is kept uniform.
The painting shall be laid on evenly and smoothly by means of crossing laying off, the latter in the
direction of the grains. The crossing and laying off consists of covering the area over with paint, brushing
the surface hard for the first time over and then brushing alternately in opposite direction, two or three
times and then finallybrushing lightly in a direction at right angles to the same in both directions. In this
process, no brush marks shall be left after the laying off is finished. The full process of crossing and
laying off will constitute one coat. Each coat except the last coat, shall be lightly rubbed down with sand
paper or fine pumice stone and cleaned off dust before the next coat is laid.
No left over paint shall be put back into the stock tins. When not in use, the containers shall be kept
Contractor
Page 249
Executive Engineer
properly closed.
No hair marks from the brush or clogging of paint puddles in the corners of panels, angles of moulding
etc. shall be left on the work.
In painting doors and windows, the putty round the glass panes must also be painted but care must be
taken to see that no paint stains etc. are left on the glass. Tops of shutters and surfaces in similar hidden
locations shall not be left out in painting. However, bottom edge of the shutters where the painting is not
practically possible, need not be done nor any deduction on this account will be done but two coats of
primer of approved make shall be done on the bottom edge before fixing the shutters.
On painting steelworks, special care shall be taken while painting over bolts, nuts rivets overlaps etc.
The additional specifications for primer and other coats of paints shall be as according to the detailed
specifications under the respective headings.
Protective Measures : Doors, windows, floors, article of furniture etc. and such other parts of the
building not to be painted, shall be protected from being splashed upon. Splashing and droppings, if any
shall be removed by the contractor at his own cost and the surfaces cleaned. Damages if any to furniture
of fittings and fixtures shall be recoverable from the contractor.
Item to Include : Item includes all labour, material, equipments such as brushes, scrappers, polish papers
etc., scaffolding, cleaning of the area etc. complete as per the specifications. The item also includes
removing nails, marking good holes, cracks, patches etc.
Mode of Measurement and Payment :
1 . Length and breadth shall be measured correct to a cm. and area shall be calculated in m2 correct to two
place of decimals.
2. Corrugated surfaces shall be measured flat as fixed and the area so measured shall be increased by the
following percentages to allow for the girthed area. Corrugated asbestos cement sheet 20% Semi
corrugated asbestos cement sheet 10%
3. Cornices and other such wall or ceiling features, shall be measured along the girth and included in the
measurements.
The contract rate shall be per sqm area painted including all material and labour involved in all the
operations described above.
43
43.1
Contractor
Providing and laying plain cement concrete 1:3:6 as per item Gen / C / 1 / (b) with plums consisting of
black trap or other approved stones 200 to 300 mm in size, clean, without skin or adhering
encrustation's shape being as cubical or round as possible laid in single or in alternate layers as per
directions of Engineer-in-Charges including shuttering, all labour and materials complete.
with 30% plum
Specification:
General : The item pertains to providing and laying in position Plain Cement Concrete (PCC) of 1:3:6
proportion with plums of black trap stones of 200 to 300 mm size. The addition of plums is for economy
in mass concrete and to provided where more density of concrete is wherever required. For providing the
PCC of 1:3:6 proportion the specifications are as per item Gen/C/1/b.
Providing of Plums :
Material : Plums : The plums are the rubble stones of 200 to 300 mm size. They may be of trap stone,
granite or of approved quality as far as possible cubicle or spherical in shape. They should be free form
any scaling or adhering with loose material, cracks etc. They shall be provided from approved quarries
only. The sufficient quantity of plums shall be stacked near the site. The test report shall be submitted by
the contractor before using of plums.
Method of Placing Plums : The plum stones shall be washed thoroughly to remove the dust etc. The
Page 250
Executive Engineer
Method of Placing Plums : The plum stones shall be washed thoroughly to remove the dust etc. The
concrete (PCC) shall be placed in position of specified depth as directed. The required percentage of
plums as specified in the drawing or as directed shall be added to the PCC layer. The concrete shall be
vibrated by mechanical vibrator or roded with steel bar as directed till all the plums are sunk in the PCC
or some portion of plums are kept for bonding with the next layer of PCC. The same rocedure shall be
repeated till the required thickness is achieved. The addition of plums in each or in alternate layer shall be
decided by the Engineer-in-charge.
Item to Include : This item for providing Plain Cement Concrete (PCC) with 1:3:6 mix proportion at
specified locations and includes all ingredients of concrete i.e. water, cement, fine and coarse aggregates,
plum stones, dewatering, all transportation, tools and plants, all taxes, loyalties, royalty, ocrtoi, labour,
formwork, testing, curing etc. complete.
Mode of Measurement and Payment : The measurements of the concrete laid including added plums
shall be taken on volumetric basis in cum. The openings shall be deducted. The unit rate of concrete per
cum of specified proportion with specified percentage of plums, includes all the items. For unsatisfactory
test results, if the concrete placed can not be acceptable, contractor shall have to remove the concrete
placed and redo the concrete at his own cost. For more details regarding mode of measurement and
payment please refer item Gen/C/0.25.
44
44.1
Providing plaster in cement mortar in 1:3 without neeru finishing to concrete or masonry surface in all
position including scaffolding and curing complete.
12 mm. thick single coat
Specification:
General : The item pertains to providing Plaster in CM 1:3, without neeru finish to concrete or masonry
surface.
Material :
Cement : As per item Gen/C/0.2.1.
Sand : As per item Gen/C/0.2.1
Neeru : Standard brand instant neeru or sanala may be used.
Water : As per item Gen/C/0.2.4
Cement Mortar : Cement mortar of the specified proportion of 1:3 shall be prepared as per item
Gen/E/0.2.
Preparation of Surface : The joints in masonry shall be raked out properly. Dust and loose mortar shall
be brushed out properly. Efflorescence if any, shall be removed by brushing and scrapping. The surface
shall then be thoroughly washed with water, cleaned and kept wet before plastering is commenced.
Scaffolding : The contractor shall provide scaffolding required for facility of construction. Quoted rates
are deemed to included the cost of scaffolding as required. Scaffolding will be double or single as is
warranted by the work. Scaffolding shall be erected with steel sections or pipes, bullies or bamboos of
adequate strength so as to be safe for all construction operations. The contractor shall take all measures to
ensure the safety of the work and working people. Any instruction of the Engineer-incharge in this
respect shall also be complied with. The contractor shall be entirely responsible for any damage to
property or injury to persons resulting from ill erected scaffolding, defective ladders and materials or
otherwise arising out of his default in his respect. Proper scaffolding shall be provided to allow easy
approach to every part of the work.
Overhead work shall not be allowed.
Application of Plaster : Before commencing the plastering the surface to the plastered shall be made wet
sprinkling water. The patches of mortar, with thickness equivalent toExecutive
thickness shall
be provided on the
Contractor
Engineer
Page 251
sprinkling water. The patches of mortar, with thickness equivalent to thickness shall be provided on the
area to be plastered. It shall be ensured that the surface all such patches is in true level/batter/plumb as the
case may be; to achieve this the thickness of patches may vary marginally, but average thickness shall not
be less than that specified.
1. Ceiling plaster shall be completed before commencement of wall plaster.
2 . Plastering shall be started from the top and worked down towards the floor. All putlog holes shall be
properly filled in advance of the plastering as the scaffolding is being taken down. To ensure even
thickness and a true surface, plaster about 15x15 cm shall be first applied, horizontally and vertically, at
not more than 2 m intervals over the entire surface to serve as gauge. The surfaces of these gauged areas
shall be truly in the plane of the finished plaster surface. The mortar shall then be laid on the wall,
between the gauges with trowel. The mortar shall be applied in a uniform surface slightly more than the
specified thickness and then brought to a true surface by working a wooden straight edge reaching across
the gauges, with small upward and side ways movements at a time. Finally the surface shall be finished
off true with trowel or wooden float according as a smooth or a sandy granular texture is required.
Excessive trawling or over working the float shall be avoided. During this process a solution of lime putty
shall be applied on the surface to make the later workable.
3. All corners, arises, angles and junctions shall be truly vertical or horizontal as the case may be and shall
be carefully finished. Rounding or chamfering corners, arises, provision of grooves at
junction etc. where required shall be done without any extra payment. Such rounding, chamfering or
grooving shall be carried out using proper templates or battens to the sizes required.
4. When suspending work at the end of the day, the plaster shall be left, cut clean to line both horizontally
and vertically. When recommencing the plastering, the edge of the old work shall be scrapped cleaned and
wetted with lime putty before plaster is applied to the adjacent areas, to enable the two to properly joint
together. Plastering work shall be closed at the end of the day
on the body of wall and not nearer than 15 cm to any corners or arises. It shall not be closed on the body
of the features such as plasters, bands and cornices, nor at the corners of arises. Horizontal joints in plaster
work shall not also occur on parapet tops and coping as these invariably lead to leakage. No portion of the
surface should be left out initially to be patched up later on.
5. The surface of the under coat on which the punning is to be done shall be left rough. The punning shall
be applied, when the under coat is still green. The mortar for punning shall be applied in a uniform layer
slightly more than 3 mm thick between gauged pads, with which to ensure an even and uniformly thick
surface by frequent checking with a wooden straight edge. It shall be finished to an even and smooth
surface with trowels.
Finish : The plaster shall be finished to a true level and plumb surface and to the proper degree of
smoothness as required. The work shall be tested frequently as the work proceeds with a true straight edge
not less than 2.5 m long and with plumb bobs. All horizontal lines and surfaces shall be tested with a
level and all jambs and corners with a plumb bob as the work proceeds.
Thickness : The thickness of the plaster specified shall be measured exclusive of the thickness of key i.e.
grooves or open joints in brick work. The average thickness of plaster shall not be less than the specified
thickness. The minimum thickness over any portion of the surface shall not be less than specified
thickness by more than 3 mm. The average thickness should be regulated at the time of plastering by
keeping suitable thickness of the gauges. Extra thickness required in doubling behind rounding of corners
at junction of wall or in plastering of masonry cornices etc. shall not be paid for.
Curing : Curing shall be started 24 hours after finishing the plaster. The plaster shall be kept wet for a
Contractor
Page 252
Executive Engineer
Curing : Curing shall be started 24 hours after finishing the plaster. The plaster shall be kept wet for a
period of seven days. During this period, it shall be suitably protected from all damages at the contractors
expenses by such means as the Engineer-in-charge may approve. The dates on which the plastering is
done shall be legibly marked on the various sections plastered so that curing for the specified period
thereafter can be watched.
Precautions : Any cracks which appear in the surface and all portions which sound hollow when tapped,
or are found to be soft or otherwise defective shall be cut out in rectangular shape and replastered as
directed by Engineer-in-charge. When ceiling plaster is done, it shall be finished to chamfered edge at an
angle at its junction with a suitable tool when plaster is being done. Similarly when the wall plaster is
being done, it shall be kept separate from the ceiling plaster by a thin straight groove not deeper than 6
mm drawn with any suitable method while the plaster is green. To prevent surface cracks appearing
between junction of column/beams and walls 150 mm wide chicken wire mesh should be fixed with U
nails 150 mm c/c in one vertical plane should be carried out in one go. For providing and fixing chicken
wire mesh with U nails, payment shall be made separately under relevant item.
Item to Include : The item includes providing all materials for plastering, including transportation,
royalty for material, all labour, tools and plants, machinery and equipments, staging, scaffolding, bailing
out water, testing, curing and construction as per above specifications etc. complete.
Mode of Measurement and Payment : The plaster area shall be measured in sqm as per IS 1200
45
Providing fine cement finish 1.5 mm thick over green plaster surface including scaffolding and curing
etc. complete.
Specification:
General : The item pertains to providing Cement finish over green plaster surface.
Application of Cement Finish : A coat of pure Portland cement slurry of suitable consistency 1.5mm thick shall be applied
over the plastered surface in green condition and finished to the requirement as specified in the item Gen/F/1.7 for neeru finish.
Mode of Measurement and Payment : The measurement and payment for this item shall be governed as per item
Gen/F/1.12, and the finished area shall be measured in sq. meters and shall be paid at the contract rate per sq. meter.
46
Contractor
Open excavation for road works, side gutters water retaining structures and large excavated areas not
involving manual lift of materials such as water reservoir, foundation, dam seats and allied works in
soils of all sorts, sand gravel, soft and hard murum and boulders not exceeding 0.03 Cu.M. in size, to
required grade, camber and side slopes and conveying the excavated material with all lifts and upto a
lead of 100 m from outside the edge of excavated area, spreading the same on embankment or
stacking as directed.
Specification:
General : This item refers to the bulk excavation, in soils of all sorts, sand, gravel soft and hard murum
and boulders below 0.03 cum size. The excavation shall be for large areas like dam seats, water retaining
structures, side gutters, large excavation areas, road works etc. when contractor utilizes excavation
machinery like bulldozers, shovels, JCBs and tippers and dumpers for transportation etc.
Site Preparation : Normally the site as directed by the Engineer-in- charge, on which the construction, as
per the drawings, is to be started shall be first cleaned and cleared of all obstructions. The loose stones,
bushes, rubbish, brushwood, trees along with roots, etc. shall be removed. The material shall be stacked or
alignment or center lines or points shall be given by the Engineer-in- charge. The contractor shall
establish the reference marks, benchmark pillars in masonry with 100 x 100 mm M.S. plate fixed at top.
The top of M.S. Plate will represent bench mark connected to GTS. The contractor shall maintain bench
mark pillars till completion of work etc., and the widths for excavations shall be clearly marked by the
Page 253
Executive Engineer
mark pillars till completion of work etc., and the widths for excavations shall be clearly marked by the
contractor as directed, true to line, curve, level and slope. The contractor shall provide all labour and
marking material such as wooden/steel pegs, white lime powder, oil paint, or any other suitable marking
material at his own cost and he shall be fully responsible for the correctness of the line, curve and levels
and slopes.
Excavation : Before commencement of the excavation the levels shall be taken at x-section with intervals
of not exceeding 10 m in respect of plain ground and not exceeding 5 m in respect of sloping grounds.
The interval along x-section shall be as directed by the Engineer -in-charge. The levels shall be recorded
in the field book and shall be signed by the Engineer-in-charge and the authorized representative of the
contractor in token of acceptance. The contractor shall excavate and remove all the material from the
marked area of excavation by using labour, machinery and equipments most suitable for excavation of
large quantities in wet or dry condition.
Foundation Preparation : In this classified strata, the foundation road works, gutters, for reservoirs and
dam seat, may be provided. Also the foundations for rafts, embedments of pipelines for water supply or
drainage or gas may be laid in this type of classified soil. The foundation shall be cleared of all loose
material and shall be dressed by chiseling to the smooth surface to the correct line and level. The levels of
such excavated level when strata changes and or foundation shall be taken and recorded adopting practice
as mentioned earlier. The contractor shall not excavate below the line shown in the drawing or as directed.
No foundation of any sort shall be laid unless the Engineer - in-charge approves/passes the foundation and
record the dimensions and elevations and types of soils of the foundation pit, trench excavated.
from the Engineer in Charge. Pay Slopes : Pay slopes may be stipulated according to which excavation
shall be carried out and paid for.
within 1.5 m distance from the outer top edge to avoid the falling of the stuff in the pit or trench. surplus
surplus materials are required to be conveyed and used or stacked beyond 100 meters contractor shall be
contractors cost.
Contractor
Page 254
Executive Engineer
and safety of the excavation, people and workmen and surrounding properties and will have to bear t he
Item to Include : The item includes all lifts and lead upto 100 m beyond the edge of excavation. The use
heavy earth excavating and moving machinery including the fuel, oil, maintenance and repairs, all taxes
and depreciation are included in the item rate. The lead beyond 100m shall be paid extra under Item
No.Gen/A/9.
taken if the excavation is less or more as directed by the Engineer - in-charge or shall be measured as per
47
Contractor
Open excavation for road works, side gutters and large excavated areas not involving manual lift of
material such as water reservoir, foundations, dam seats and allied works in soft rock and boulders
beyond 0.03 to 0.3 Cu.M. rubble and conveying and stacking in regular stacks with all lifts and leads up
to 100 m from outside edge of the excavated area.
Specification:
General : This item refers to the open excavation for road works, gutters and large excavated areas in
soft rock and boulders, beyond 0.03 m3 to 0.30 m3 in size. The excavation shall be for large area such as
water reservoir, foundations, dam seats and allied works, such as road works etc, When contractor utilizes
excavation machinery like bulldozers, shovels, JCBs and tippers and dumpers for transportation etc.
Site Preparation : The site as directed by the Engineer-in-charge, on which the construction, as per the
drawings, is to be started shall be first cleaned and cleared of all obstructions. The loose stones, bushes,
rubbish, brushwood, trees along with roots, etc. shall be removed. The material shall be stacked or
the reference marks, benchmark pillars in masonry with 100 x 100 mm M.S. plate fixed at top. The top of
M.S. Plate will represent bench mark connected to GTS. The contractor shall maintain bench mark pillars
fill completion of work etc., and the widths for excavations shall be clearly marked by the contractor as
directed, true to line, curve, level and slope. The contractor shall provide all labour and marking material
such as wooden/steel pegs, white lime powder, oil paint, or any other suitable marking material at his own
cost and he shall be fully responsible for the correctness of the line, curve and levels and slopes.
Excavation : Before commencement of the excavation the levels shall be taken at x-section with intervals
of not exceeding 10 m in respect plain ground and not exceeding 5 m in respect of sloping grounds. The
interval along x-section shall be as directed by the Engineer-in-charge. The levels shall be recorded in the
field book and shall be signed by the Engineer-in-charge and the authorized representative of the
Page 255
Executive Engineer
field book and shall be signed by the Engineer-in-charge and the authorized representative of the
contractor in token of acceptance. The contractor shall excavate and remove all the material from the
marked area of excavation by using labour, machinery and equipments most suitable for excavation of
Foundation Preparation : In this classified strata, the foundation road works, gutters, for reservoirs and
dam seat, may be provided. Also the foundations for rafts, embedments of pipelines for water supply or
drainage or gas may be laid in this type of classified soil. The foundation shall be cleared of all loose
No foundation of any sort shall be laid unless the Engineerin- charge approves/passes the foundation and
record the dimensions and elevations and types soils of the foundation pit, trench excavated.
from the Engineer in Charge. Pay Slopes : Pay slopes may be stipulated according to which excavation
shall be carried out and paid for.
within 1.5 m distance from the outer top edge to avoid the falling of the stuff in the pit or trench. Surplus
surplus materials are required to be conveyed and u sed or stacked beyond 100 meters contractor shall be
trench, from sub-soil water or from rains or from any other natural source, by anually or by pumping out
contractors cost.
Contractor
Page 256
Executive Engineer
Item to Include : The item includes all lifts and lead upto 100 m beyond the edge of excavation. The use
heavy earth excavating and moving machinery including the fuel, oil, maintenance and repairs, all taxes
and depreciation are included in the item rate. The lead beyond 100 m shall be paid extra under Item
No.Gen/A/9.
taken if the excavation is less or more as directed by the Engineering- charge or shall be measured as per
48
Contractor
Open excavation for road work, side gutters and large excavated areas not involving manual lift of
materials such as water reservoir, foundation, dam seats and allied works, in hard rock and boulders
above 0.3 Cu.M. size by wedging, chiselling and / or line drilling etc. or excavation in lateriate rock
including dressing section to the required grade camber, slopes and breaking to 225 mm. size rubble
and conveying the same, stacking in regular stacks with all lift and leads upto 100 m. from outside
edges of excavated area.
Specification:
13.1 General : This item refers to the open excavation for road works, side gutters and large excavated
areas such as water reservoir foundation dam seats and allied works in hard rocks and boulders above 0.3
m3 size by wedging, chiseling and line drilling etc. When contractor utilizes excavation machinery like
bulldozers, shovels, JCBs and tippers and dumpers for transportation etc.
13.2 Site Preparation : The site as directed by the Engineer-in-charge, on which the construction, as per
the drawings, is to be started shall be first cleaned and cleared of all obstructions. The loose stones,
bushes, rubbish, brushwood, trees along with roots, etc. shall be removed. The material shall be stacked or
the reference marks, benchmark pillars in masonry with 100 x 100 mm M.S. plate fixed at top. The top of
M.S. Plate will represent bench mark connected to GTS. The contractor shall maintain bench mark pillars
fill completion of work etc. and the widths for excavations shall be clearly marked by the contractor as
directed, true to line, curve, level and slope. The contractor shall provide all labour and marking material
such as wooden/steel pegs, white lime powder, oil paint, or any other suitable marking material at his own
cost and he shall be fully responsible for the correctness of the line, curve and levels and slopes
13.3 Excavation : Before commencement of the excavation the levels shall be taken at x-section with
intervals of not exceeding 10 m in respect plain ground and not exceeding 5 m in respect of sloping
grounds. The interval along x-section shall be as directed by the Engineer-in-charge. The levels shall be
recorded in the field book and shall be signed by the Engineer-in-charge and the authorized representative
of the contractor in token of acceptance. The contractor shall excavate and remove all the material from
the marked area of excavation by using labour, machinery and equipments most suitable for excavation of
13.4 Foundation Preparation : In this classified strata, the foundation road works, gutters, for reservoirs
and dam seat, may be provided. Also the foundations for rafts, embedments of pipelines for water supply
or drainage or gas may be laid in this type of classified soil. The foundation shall be cleared of all loose
Page 257
Executive Engineer
or drainage or gas may be laid in this type of classified soil. The foundation shall be cleared of all loose
No foundation of any sort shall be laid unless the Engineerin- charge approves/passes the foundation and
record the dimensions and elevations and types soils of the foundation pit, trench excavated.
13.5 Shoring & strutting: The cost of shoring and strutting shall not be paid separately unless provided
in the contract. The type and designing of shoring shall be decided by the contractor, and shall get
approved from the Engineer in Charge. Pay Slopes : For excavation normally pay slopes may not be
necessary. However for deep excavation if pay slopes are stipulated the excavation shall be done
accordingly and paid for.
13.6 Disposal of Excavated Material : All the material obtained from clearing the site or from
excavation shall be the absolute property of MIDC. All materials obtained from clearing the site and
excavation shall be disposed off or spread or stacked within a lead of 100 meters beyond the excavated
area as directed by the Engineer in Charge. Materials suitable for back-filling or other use shall be stacked
at a convenient place within a lead of 100 meters as directed for refilling or reuse. No excavated material
shall be kept within 1.5 m distance from the outer top edge to avoid the falling of the stuff in the pit or
trench. Surplus materials shall be used for levelling the ground around as directed within a lead of 100
meters. If the surplus materials are required to be conveyed and used or stacked beyond 100 meters
contractor shall be paid for extra lead or the extra conveyance as per the terms of contract.
13.7 Dewatering : It is the responsibility of the contractor to remove the water accumulated in the pit or
13.8 Side Slips and Blows : As Even after sufficient care of sides, slips or blows occur, they shall be
removed at contractors cost.
13.9 Backfilling : After excavation is completed, measurements recorded by the Engineer-in-charge and
the foundation raft after construction of masonry/structure or the pipeline is laid, all the shoring shall have
to be removed. The backfilling of the pit or trench to the original level or as shown in the drawing or as
13.10 Protective Measures : All the excavated pits, trenches etc. shall be properly protected from any
accidents by providing strong fencing around. At night red lantern and watchman shall be kept in proper
position to indicate the danger zone. It is the responsibility of the contractor to take the adequate
protective measures and safety of the excavation, people and workmen and surrounding properties and
will have to bear the damages if caused. All the cost of protective measures shall be included in the item
rate.
13.11 Item to Include : The item includes all lifts and lead upto 100 m beyond the edge of excavation.
The use heavy earth excavating and moving machinery including the fuel, oil, maintenance and repairs,
Contractor
Page 258
Executive Engineer
The use heavy earth excavating and moving machinery including the fuel, oil, maintenance and repairs,
all taxes and depreciation are included in the item rate. The lead beyond 100 m shall be paid extra under
Item No.Gen/A/9.
13.12 Mode of Measurement and Payment : The measurements of the original ground profiles at
selected locations shall be taken after clearing the site. The measurements of the final excavated profile
shall be taken if the excavation is less or more as directed by the Engineerin- charge or shall be measured
as per drawings. Excess excavation shall be recorded but shall be paid to the limited quantity as explained
13.13 The excavation in hard rock shall be carried out by process, wedging, chiseling, drilling etc. The
precautions shall be taken as stated in the specification as per Item No.Gen/A/5.3 and for laterite and
Manjarya type rock, the general provisions of Item Gen/A/7 shall be applicable.
49
49.1
49.2
Providing and laying in position Cement Concrete for RCC work using granite / black trap metal
including mixing in mechanically operated mixers, compacting by mechanical or manual means as may
be required and directed by Engineer-In-Charge, including steel or plywood shuttering, centring,
formwork dewatering, for all elements in foundation, plinths, of building works, where reinforced
cement concrete is proposed to be used from the average ground level including all labour and
material complete, finishing the surface with 1:3 cement mortar. etc complete.
Specification:
General : The item pertains to providing and laying in position Cement Concrete of specified proportion
or by in design mix grade for Reinforced concrete works in foundation or plinth. The work includes
providing all material, mixing, compacting, curing, shuttering, dewatering, etc. complete . Providing the
reinforcement steel shall be carried out by item No. Gen/C/0.2.5
Material : As per item Gen/C/0.2.
Mix Proportion and Mixing : As per item Gen/C/0.5.For providing Concrete of specified grade by
designing the mix of concrete, please refer to specifications as per item Gen/C/0.4 and 0.5. The design
mix shall be got done from the approved laboratories and got approved by the Engineer-in-charge.
Formwork and Scaffolding : As per item Gen/C/0.19.
Transportation, Placing and Compaction : Specifications shall conform to item Gen/C/0.8.
Field Tests : The appropriate field tests as directed by the Engineer-incharge shall be carried out as
explained in item Gen/C/0.15.
Inspection & Testing of Structure : As per the contract conditions inspection & testing of a structure
shall be carried out in accordance with item Gen/C/0.16
Finishing of Concrete : The finishing of concrete surface shall be as per item Gen/C/0.17.
Special Features : Special requirements such as Architectural shapes / finishes, Expansion joints,
Construction joints, Water stops, grouting, etc. shall be provided as shown on drawing/s. For
specifications for these the appropriate clauses of item Gen/C/0 shall be referred.
Curing : As per item Gen/C/0.14.
Item to Include : This item for providing Cement Concrete with specified mix proportion or specified
grade, at specified locations above or below ground level includes all ingredients of concrete i.e. water,
cement, fine and coarse aggregates, all transportation, dewatering, tools and plants, all taxes, loyalties,
labour, formwork, testing, curing etc. complete. The provision of reinforcement steel is not included in
Contractor
Page 259
Executive Engineer
this item.
Mode of Measurement and Payment : The measurements of the concrete laid shall be taken on
volumetric basis in cum. The openings shall be deducted. The unit rate of concrete per cum of specified
proportion includes all the items. For more details regarding mode of measurement and payment please
refer item Gen/C/0.25.
50
50.1
Providing and fixing in position reinforcement of all dia for RCC piles, pile caps, footings, foundations,
slabs, columns, beams, canopies, staircase, newels, chajjas, lintels pardis, copings, fins, arches etc. as
per detailed designs, drawings and schedules including cutting, bending, hooking the bars, binding with
wires or tack welding and supporting as required at all locations and height all labour and materials
testing etc. complete.
Tor Steel Bars.
Specification:
General : The item pertains to providing and fixing in position reinforcement of all dia for RCC piles,
pile caps, footings, foundations, slabs, columns, beams, canopies, staircase, newels, chajjas, lintels pardis,
copings, fins, arches etc..
Material : The reinforcement shall be of Mild Steel, Tor Steel bars, TMT bars or CRS - TMT bars as
indicated on the drawings. The material shall conform to item Gen/C/0.2.5.
Construction : Contractor shall provide the reinforcement bars of or steel or mild steel of specified dia. at
locations in numbers or at spacings, as per detailed designs, drawings and schedules including cutting,
bending, hooking the bars, binding with wires or tack welding and supporting as required at all locations
and height. The work shall be carried out as specified in Gen/C/0.2.5.
The reinforcement shall be got checked by the Engineer-in-charge or his representative before concreting.
The contractor shall provide and fix in position any additional reinforcement, if directed, in addition to the
reinforcement shown on drawing.
Item to Include : The item includes all the material of reinforcement bars, binding wires, welding rods
and labour and tools and equipment for cutting, bending welding, testing charges etc. complete as per
drawings and as directed by the Engineer-in-charge.
Mode of Measurement and Payment : The measurement of the reinforcement bars shall be taken in metric
tons. The measurement shall be taken according to item Gen/C/0.25.2.
51
Carrying out treatment of reinforcement by removal of rust and application of slurry consisting of
approved polymeric compound and Portland cement as per manufacturers instructions.
Specification:
General : This item refers to special treatment of reinforcement bars used in locations where chloride or
sulphate attack is expected either due to properties of under ground water or due to properties media
handled as in the case of under ground piles foundations and RCC works connected with effluent
treatment plants. The rusting of reinforcement bars shall be removed and application of slurry consisting
of polymeric compound and Portland cement as per manufacturers instructions shall be applied to bars.
Material : The material used for coating of reinforcement bars shall be polymeric. The compound shall
be mixed with the cement slurry as per the manufacturers instructions. The polymeric material suggested
is POLYALK FIXOPRIME or its equivalent make as approved by the Engineer in Charge.
Procedure : The reinforcement bars shall be first cleaned of all rusting accumulated on the surface be
using suitable scrapping techniques. The slurry of cement and the polymeric compound shall be applied to
the reinforcement bars immediately after cleaning of bars. Care shall be taken to protect the coating on
bars till the bars are placed in position and concreting is complete. During placing of the reinforcement, if
treatment is found damaged, the same shall be immediately provided by the contractor before start of the
Contractor
Page 260
Executive Engineer
treatment is found damaged, the same shall be immediately provided by the contractor before start of the
without any extra cost.
Item to Include : The item includes providing the polymeric compound and cement, mixing and making
the slurry, cleaning the reinforcement bars, applying the slurry to bars including all material, labour and
equipment etc. complete.
Mode of Measurement and Payment : The measurement of the reinforcement bars to which the
compound is applied shall be taken in Metric tones. The measurement shall be taken upto 3 decimal
points i.e. upto kg. The payment shall be at the contract rate per metric tone of the reinforcement bars
coated.
52
Dewatering the excavated trenches, foundations or any pool of water to be drained out as per direction
of Engineer-in-charge.
Specification:
1 General : Dewatering is required in excavation of foundations & trenches before & during concreting & construction in
foundation when water is met with.
2 Process of Dewatering: Pumping/labour shall be applied for bailing out the water, depending upon the quantum of water.
Cement grouting/other approved methods may be used by the contractor at his direction & cost to prevent/reduce seepage & to
protect the area to be excavated if the soil is porous. Adequate pumping arrangements shall be made for Dewatering
foundation trenches & pools in the building area & keeping the same dry while excavation, masonry/concreting is in progress
& till the mortar has sufficiently set. Pumping shall
be done in such a way as not to cause damage to the work/adjoining property by blows, subsidence etc.
3 Disposal of Water: The water from the excavated trenches shall be disposed off in the manner as detailed below & approved
by the Engineer-in-charge:
a) In the developed areas, having drainage system /open gutters along the roadside,the water may be led to the nearest such
gutters/sewers.
b) In areas where no drainage system/side gutters are available, the water may be led to the nearest natural drain/pond through
properly laid & dug channels/through pipes.
** Disposal of water shall in no case cause inconvenience/nuisance to the inhabitants of the area/cause damage to the property
& structures. Municipal/Govt Regulations shall be
complied with & rights of private landowners shall be respected regarding disposal of water.
** Contractor shall obtain permission of local bodies/grampanchayats/ municipalities etc.) & person/s concerned to lead the
water to the open/underground drains/ for diggingup channels, use of private/public lands etc. Contractor shall be responsible
for damages caused in the operation of this item.
** The contractor shall make his own arrangements for necessary labour, material, pumps, well-points, & other suitable
Contractor
Page 261
Executive Engineer
machinery & devices.

4 Pumping:
A) Adequate pumping arrangements shall be made for dewatering foundation trenches & pools.The same shall be kept dry
while excavation,masonry/concreting is in progress & till the mortar has sufficiently set.Pumps of required capacity & in
required number & stages shall be provided depending upon the quantity of water.Pumping from the foundation trenches shall
be done directly from the foundation trenches/from a sump outside the excavation. No pumping shall be allowed during laying
of concrete/masonry & for a period of atleast 24 hrs
thereafter unless it is done from a suitable sump separated from concrete/masonry by effective means. Pumping shall be done
in such a way as not to cause damage to the work/adjoining
property by blow, subsidence etc.
B) The logbook keeping the record of pumping (pump wise) shall be kept for cross checks & verifications of work done. The
same should be signed daily by representatives of contractor
in token of acceptance as well as Engineer-in-charge.
5 Protective Measures: During the process of Dewatering the contractor shall ensure the protection of side slopes & the work
area by necessary supporting arrangements, shoring &
strutting, staging to protect the damages to the machinery & labour inside the trench/ foundation area. At nights the red lantern
& the watchman shall guard the working area. Any
damage to machinery & labour/any human is the responsibility of the contractor.
6 Item to Included:
a) All labour, materials, pumps, hose pipes, plants, equipment, staging, shoring, strutting, sumps & other arrangements,
b) Dewatering foundation trenches & construction area & keeping the same dry during the progress of work till necessary.This
shall also include time required for passing foundation &
taking measurements of all the items requiring dewatering.
c) Desilting & keeping clean the foundation pit/trenches during the process of dewatering,
d) Disposal of water, as specified above.
e) Compensation for the injury to the workmen & the public/damages to the nearby properties during & on account of
dewatering & disposal of water.
f) Maintaining & keeping of logbook/record of pumping.
Contractor
Page 262
Executive Engineer
7 Mode of Measurement & Payment: The payment shall be made fully at the tendered lumpsum amount after completion of
construction/ till the period when Dewatering is no more required.
No payment shall be made for excess/dewatering if any.
53
Contractor
Providing and constructing Cofferdam as per drawings and directions of Engineer-In-Charge, consisting
of barrier made out of sandbag piles & interstice filled with locally available puddle clay / mud or other
impervious materials. The cofferdam shall have a minimum top width of puddle clay barrier of 1.5 m &
side slopes of 1:1. Work shall include providing sand, puddle clay, empty jute or polyester woven bags,
filling the bags with sand / clay conveying to the position required placing them systematically with clay
filling in the gaps as may be required, maintenance of the cofferdam during the progress of the work
and dismantling the same and conveying all the materials used in cofferdam to the place of disposal, all
works to be carried out as per the instructions & direction of Engineer-in-Charge, with all labour and
materials complete.
Specification:
General : The cofferdams are required for retaining the water, entering into the working areas such as
foundations for buildings, bridges, dams, weirs, aquaducts, water tanks, reservoirs, pits and trenches for
laying pipelines, and some substructures to carry out the construction work under reasonably dry
conditions. The cofferdams act as barriers for water and are required to be provided on the side/s of the
construction area. The construction area shall be kept dry and whatever small quantity of water that enters
through cofferdam shall have to be bailed out either by manually or by pumping.
Section of Cofferdam : This item covers the construction of Cofferdam made out of sandbags, jute bags
filled with locally available puddle clay/ mud etc.. The dimensions indicated in the item description are
indicative only & the actual dimensions shall be decided by the contractor depending upon the depth of
water against which Cofferdam is supposed to work and remain stable against bursting, overturning and
sliding, under the floods, waves and anticipated loads. Contractor shall submit the drawing and design
indicating the cross section, the location and layout of cofferdam which he proposes to construct and shall
be approved by the Engineer-in-Charge. In the proposal, the scheme of diverting the water standing
against the cofferdam, into a natural stream, nalla, river shall be included.
Construction of Cofferdam : The location of cofferdam as per the approved layout shall be first kept as
dry as possible by pumping out the water. The water can be collected in a pit and pumping shall be
continued from the pit so that the foundation/base of cofferdam is kept dry. The foundation width as per
the required section shall be cleaned of mud. The jute bags or polyester woven bags shall be filled with
the approved clay/puddle and sand bags separately and stacked separately. The first layer of bags shall be
placed as close as possible to each other to the required width and length. The gaps between the bags shall
be filled with the clay to the level till the tops of the bags are covered with clay. The second layer to the
required width shall be arranged above this layer and again the gaps are filled by the clay. The procedure
shall be repeated till the desired top level of the cofferdam is reached and the designed section is
constructed.
Maintenance : The area inside the cofferdam is required to be kept dry for construction of foundation
concrete / masonry till it is set. Till that time the cofferdam shall be kept under constant observation by
the contractor. The sand and clay bags and the additional clay and sand shall be kept and stacked by the
contractor at the convenient location. Whenever the signs of leakages beyond the normal quantities are
noticed, the portion of the cofferdam shall be immediately repaired under the guidance and instruction of
Page 263
Executive Engineer
noticed, the portion of the cofferdam shall be immediately repaired under the guidance and instruction of
the Engineer-in-charge. For normal leakages contractor shall provide adequate pumping system with
standby arrangement. It is the responsibility of the contractor to maintain the cofferdam and the area
inside the cofferdam dry. Damages caused to any structure, foundation and machinery during the
construction shall be made good by the contractor. Contractor shall compensate for any injuries/deaths of
labours or damages to properties due to failure of cofferdam or due to diversion of water.
Disposal of Cofferdam : After the purpose of the cofferdam is complete, the cofferdam shall be
demolished with the written permission from the Engineer-in-charge. The material such as sand, clay
along with the bags or after emptying the bags if practicable, shall be disposed off at the locations as per
the instructions of the Engineerin- charge.
Item to Include : All material including clay, sand, jute or polyester woven bags, labour, pumps,
electricity or fuel for pumps, tools and equipments etc., labour and material during maintenance and
expenses for compensation shall be included in this item. The dismantling of cofferdam and disposal of
the material at the locations as directed by the Engineer in Charge are also included in this item.
Mode of Measurement and Payment : The quantity of cofferdam shall be measured on the volumetric
basis. The cross-sectional areas at regular intervals or at the locations decided by the Engineer-in-charge
shall be measured. The volume between these locations shall be the average cross sectional area of the
two sections multiplied by the length. The total volume shall be the total of the volumes between these
cross-sections. The item rate for the Cofferdam constructed and maintained as per the above specifications
shall be on the basis of cubic meter volume calculated as per above. The payment shall be made for the
actual volume of cofferdam constructed, (even for the part) as calculated above and the amount shall be
worked out at the contract rate.
The payment shall be made in the following stages : First Instalment 50 % On construction of cofferdam
Second Instalment 25 % On completion of the works inside, i.e. on receiving the order for dismantling.
Third & Final Installment 25 % On dismantling and disposal of material.
54
54.1
54.2
Providing and applying paints of approved make including all materials and labour complete and
furnishing three years guarantee.
Coal Tar Epoxy two coats inclding one coat of primer
Two coats of Pure epoxy paint including one coat of primer
Specification:
General : The item pertains to providing and applying various types of paints including material and
labour and furnishing three years guarantee.
Material : All the above materials shall be of approved manufacturer as decided by Engineer-in-charge
and brought to site in their original packing in sealed condition.
Preparation of Surface : The surface shall be thoroughly cleaned of all mortar dropping, dirt dust, algae,
grease and other foreign matter by brushing and washing before painting is commenced. The painting
shall not be started until the Engineer in Charge has inspected the items of work to be painted. The
painting of external surface should not be done in adverse weather conditions like hail storm and dust
storm.
Application : The special features for these various paints are given below for each paint.
a) Ready Mixed Red Oxide in Chromate Primer : The primer shall be applied with brushes, worked
Contractor
Page 264
Executive Engineer
well into the surface and spread even and smooth. The painting shall be done by crossing and laying off.
Treatment of Steel for Aggressive Environment: A second coat of ready mixed red oxide zinc chromate
primer may be applied where considered necessary in aggressive environment such as near Industrial
Establishment and Coastal regions where the steel members are prone to corrosion. The second coat
(which shall be paid for separately) is to be applied after placing the member in position and just before
applying paint. The second coat of primer is not necessary in case of painting with synthetic enamel paint
as it is applied over an under coat of ordinary paint.
b) Aluminium Paint (One Coat) :
c) Aluminium paint (Two Coats) :
1. General : The item pertains to providing and applying Aluminium paint conforming to IS:2339, in two
coats, over a primer coat to structural steel work as per IS:1477 (Part-I).
2. Material : The aluminium paint shall be conforming to IS:2339-1993 of approved brand and
manufacturer shall be used. Only ready mixed paint (Exterior grade) as received from the manufacturer
without any admixture shall be used.
Approved paints shall be brought to the site of work by the contractor in their original containers in sealed
condition. The material shall brought in at a time in adequate quantities to suffice for the whole work or at
least of fortnights work. The materials shall be kept in the joint custody of the contractor and the
Engineer-in- Charge. The empties shall not be removed from the site of work, till the relevant item of
work has been completed and permission obtained from the Engineer in-Charge. The empties shall be
property of the contractor.
d) Grey Graphite (One Coat) :
e) Grey Graphite Paint (Two Coats) : The application of all these paints shall be same as for red oxide
stated above.
f) Coal Tar Epoxy (Two Coats) :
1. Coal tar of approved manufacturer conforming to IS:290 shall be used. The tar, to every litre of which
200 gm of unslaked lime has been added, shall be treated till it begins to boil. It mush then be taken off
the fire and kerosene oil added to it slowly at the rate of one part of kerosene oil to six or more parts by
volume and stirred thoroughly. The addition of lime is for preventing the tar from running.
2. Coal Tarring New Surface : The mixture shall be applied as hot as possible with a brush. The second
coat shall be applied only after the first coat has thoroughly dried up. Where possible, the article to be
tarred, shall be dipped in the hot mixture for better results. The quantity so far to be used for the first or
second coat shall be not less than 0.16 and 0.12 litre per sqm. respectively. Thinning with kerosene oil
shall be suitable done to ensure this.
3 . Coal Tarring old Surface : The work shall be done in the same manner as specified above, except that
only one coat using 0.12 litre per sqm shall be done.
g) Pure Epoxy paint (two coats) :
The Pure Epoxy paint of approved manufacturer conforming to relevant IS. shall be used.The procedure
& rate of application shall be as par manufacturers specification & to the satisfaction of engineer -in charge.
For all above paints Excise challans on the name of MIDC should be submitted by agency without any
claim for reimbursement.
Item to Include : Item includes all labour, material, equipments, scaffolding, cleaning of the area etc.
complete as per the specifications. The item also includes furnishing the guarantee for three years.
Contractor
Page 265
Executive Engineer

1. Length and breadth shall be measured correct to a cm. and area shall be calculated in sqm. correct to
two place of decimals.
2. Corrugated surfaces shall be measured flat as fixed and the area so measured shall be increased by the
following percentages to allow for the girthed area Corrugated asbestos cement sheet 20% Semi
corrugated asbestos cement sheet 10%
3. Cornices and other such wall or ceiling features, shall be measured along the girth and included in the
measurements.
The contract rate shall be per sqm area painted including all material and labour involved in all the
operations described above.
55
Dismantling Stone Masonry in cement mortar or lime mortar and stacking the material as directed with
all leads & lifts complete.
Specification:
General : The item pertains to dismantling of stone masonry in lime and cement mortar, of existing
structure and stacking the dismantled material as directed by the Engineer in Charge with all leads and
lifts.
Demolition Procedure : Before dismantling of Stone Masonry in lime or cement mortar, the contractor
shall submit the dismantling scheme and program to the Engineer in Charge for approval. The dismantling
work shall be carried out in such a way that, the dismantled material such as stones etc. shall mostly be
reusable. The appropriate tools and machinery shall be used. In case the Engineer in Charge feels that the
work is being carried out is causing avoidable loss or damages of the dismantled material, the Engineer in
Charge has the rights to either penalise or recover the cost of material from the amounts payable to the
contractor.
Safety Measures : All demolition work shall be carried out safely using procedures, which do not cause
injuries to any person engaged in demolition work and nearby structures. Contractor shall provide proper
devices to the workmen like safety belts, helmets, goggles etc. to prevent injures to the workmen. The
safety of workmen is the responsibility of the contractor and the compensation for injuries or deaths shall
be made by the contractor as per the prevailing acts and rules.
Stacking of Dismantled Materials : All dismantled materials shall be stacked in neat piles at location
shown by the Engineer-in-charge. Recovered materials from demolition shall be stacked size wise.
Similarly all fixtures, wind ties etc. shall be stacked separately. Ridges, gutters and other special materials
shall be stacked so that accounting is possible. In case Engineer-in-charge so desires, he may instruct the
contractor to transport the material to MIDC stores, and lead charges for the same shall be deemed to have
been included under relevant items in the contract. The stones shall be stacked in measurable heaps as
directed.
Disposal : Dismantled items, which are not reusable or broken during demolition and other disposable
materials etc. shall be disposed off as per the directions of the Engineer-in-charge.
Item to Include : The item includes dismantling the Stone Masonry in lime or cement mortar of walls of
any structure, with appropriate tools and equipment, scaffolding if required, material, labour, transporting
the material to the location and stacking / disposing the material as directed by the Engineer-in-charge.
Mode of Measurement and Payment : The measurement of the actual volume of the stones Masonry to
be dismantled, in cum, shall be taken before the actual work of demolition starts. Payment shall be made
on the basis of volume of the stones Masonry dismantled, at the contract rate is per cum. No deductions
for the breakage of stones shall be made if such breakages are unavoidable in opinion of the Engineer-incharge. Deductions for the breakage shall be made if they are due to negligence or mishandling the
decision of the Engineer-incharge,
regarding deduction
Contractor material even during transporting or stacking. The
Executive Engineer
Page 266
material even during transporting or stacking. The decision of the Engineer-incharge, regarding deduction
shall be final.
56
Dismantling RCC work of all grades of concrete and sorting out the materials such as steel etc. as
directed and stacking them with all leads & lift as directed.
Specification:
General : The item pertains to dismantling the Reinforced Cement Concrete work of all grades of
existing structures and sorting and stacking the reinforcement steel and disposing the spoils as directed,
with all leads and lifts.
Demolition Procedure : Generally as per item Gen/B/4.2. After the concrete is broken the reinforcement
bars shall be removed from the mesh, as long as possible in lengths. If the bars are required to be cut, they
shall be cut by using appropriate tools or gas cutting may be adopted.
be made by the contractor as per the prevailing acts and rules.
Stacking of Dismantled Materials : The concrete spoil shall be disposed off as directed. Reinforcement
coming out of dismantling shall be tied in bundles separately for each diameter of bars and returned to the
MIDC stores or disposed off as per directions of the Engineer-in-charge.
Disposal : All the spoils shall be disposed of as directed by the Engineer-in-charge.
Item to Include : The item includes breaking of Reinforced Cement Concrete work of all grades, with
appropriate tools and equipment, scaffolding if required, material, labour, transporting the spoils to the
location and stacking / disposing the reinforcement steel as directed by the Engineer-in-charge.
Mode of Measurement and Payment : The measurement of the actual volume of the RCC to be
dismantled, in cum, shall be taken before the actual work of demolition starts. Payment shall be made on
the basis of volume of the RCC dismantled, at the contract rate per cum.
57
57.1
Dismantling and removing lime or plain cement concrete including stacking the spoils as directed with
all leads, & lifts etc. complete.
For all grades
Specification:
General : The item pertains to dismantling the plain lime or cement concrete of existing structures and
stacking the material as directed, with all leads and lifts. In this item the grade of concrete of M 10 and M
20 are considered.
Demolition Procedure : The breaking of the plain concrete shall be done by using hammers and chisels.
The mass concrete may be broken by using the shovels or any other suitable machinery with the approval
of the Engineer. The method, procedure and tools and equipment to be used shall be got approved from
the Engineer-in-charge. The sizes of the pieces of the broken concrete shall be decided depending upon
the mode of disposal.
be made by the contractor as per the prevailing acts and rules. Stacking of Dismantled Materials :
Normally the material is not reusable and the material needs disposal for feeling up the ditches. Stacking
Contractor
Page 267
Executive Engineer
of the material may be required temporarily if directed.

Disposal : All the spoils shall be disposed of as directed by the Engineer-in-charge.
Item to Include : The item includes breaking of lime or plain cement concrete up to M20 grade, with
appropriate tools and equipment, scaffolding if required, material, labour, transporting the spoils to the
location and stacking / disposing as directed by the Engineer-in-charge.
Mode of Measurement and Payment : The measurement of the actual volume of the lime or plain
cement concrete to be dismantled, in cum, shall be taken before the actual work of demolition starts.
Payment shall be made on the basis of volume of the lime or plain cement concrete dismantled, at the
contract rate per cum.
58
58.1
Providing and fixing in line & level paver blocks as specified. The paver blocks shall confirm to BS 6717
ASTM C 936 - 96 including providing and preparing sand beds as specified, fixing blocks in position at
site, filling the joints by jointing sand, compacting the blocks by plate vibrator including filling the side
joints by m-20 grade cement concrete if required etc. complete.
60 mm thick (strength 35 M pa) on sand bed 30 mm thick
Specification:
General : The item pertains to provide paving using paver blocks of specified thickness of approved size
with necessary sand bedding.
Material : The paver blocks shall be manufactured of concrete grades specified in the item. The blocks
shall be manufactured of approved size and shape. The moulds for blocks shall be prepared as per
approved size and shape of blocks The blocks shall be cast in C.C. using plate vibrator so to have dense
blocks. The lower layer shall be natural normal cement concrete and upper layer shall be adding approved
coloured cement of approved shade in concrete mix with white cement. The blocks shall be compressed
using hydraulic press so that the same shall be dense without any voids. Alternatively blocks shall be
compressed using vaccume press.
The blocks shall be cured placing in the water tank totally submerged for 21 days. Alternatively steam
curing can also be resorted to For bedding for placing blocks, sand bedding shall be provided of specified
thickness.For joints in the block C.M. 1:3 mortar shall be used.
Laying : The area to be paved shall be cleaned, cleared of foreign material and leveled properly. The top
such prepared surface subgrade shall 150 mm tower than finished level of blocks as stipulated. The area
shall be thoroughly watered. specified thickness of sand shall be spread over prepared subgrade to proper
line and level. The sand spread shall be watered and rammed thin layer of the fine sand shall be spread to
fill in undulations to achieve required line and level.
The precast paver blocks shall be laid to required line and level duly interlocked. The paver blocks such
laid shall be subjected to surface vibrator thereby achieving total interlocking and compaction. The gaps
at side, if any, shall be filled in with cement concrete for a specified depth of with white cement adding
colour pigment to match the colour of pavement blocks and compacted. The pavement such laid shall
cured for 21 days.
Item to Include : All material, C.C. of specified grade paver blocks, shuttering, labour, sand for bedding
equipments such as plate vibrator, surface vibrator, moulds, white cement, colour pigments etc.
Mode of Measurement and Payment : The area of provided with pavement blocks including gaps at
sides if any shall be measured in sq.meters and quantity worked out to two decimals.
The contract rate shall be per sqm. for sub item a to e . The rate of sub item f shall be added for sub item a
Contractor
Page 268
Executive Engineer
to e paver blocks with top surface of 10 mm thickness (lacker finish) & contract rate shall be per sqm.
59
59.1
59.2
Supply of good quality approved tree plants at site including carrying and conveying at work site etc.
complete.
Sheddy forest tree (0.60 mtr high)
Ornamental/ shubery trees (0.30 mtr high)
Specification:
The item consist of good quality approved Fruit bearing and sheddy foreast, tree plants of minimum 0.60
mtr. In height or ornamentals/shubery trees as specified. The plant shall be free from any disease and shall
be frest and healthy. The item includes purchase of tree plants from nursery transporting to site etc.
complete. The species of plants shall be got approved from the Engineer-in-charge prior to purchase. Any
plant appearing dull or unhealthy will be rejected and it should be replaced by the contrator without any
extra cost.
Mode of measurement : The Measurement shall be on the basis of per.number of plants supplied at site
as specified.
60
60.1
Plantation of trees with excavation of pit size 0.6 x 0.6 x 0.6 m including putting cowdung manure for
0.03 cum. mixed with red earth. The tree plants will be supplied by MIDC free of cost Watering and
completing maintenance of tree plant for a period of 3 months including removal of grass around plant
etc. complete
Outside the fenced area, such as along road side etc.
Specification:
1 General: The item pertains to Plantation of tree including excavation of pits size 0.6x0.6x0.6m. adding cow dung manure,
watering & maintenance for 3 months.
2 Excavation for Plantation of Trees:
In Ordinary Soil: The pits of 0.6x0.6x0.6m size or as directed shall be excavated for plantation of trees. The soil, shall be
broken to clods of sizes not exceeding 75mm in any direction, shall be stacked outside the hole. Stones, bricks bats, unsuitable
earth & rubbish, all roots & other undesirable growth met with during excavation shall be stacked properly & separately. Good
earth in quantities as required to replace such discarded stuff shall be brought & stacked
at site by the contractor, which shall be paid for separately
3 Plantation of Trees : The pits shall be filled back with the excavated soil if suitable or by the soil brought & stacked. The
manure with farm yard manure or cow dung shall be uniformly
mixed with the excavated soil after the manure has been broken down to powder screened through sieve of IS designation
16mm in the specified proportion. The mixture shall
be filled into the pit up to the level of adjoining ground & then profusely watered to enable the soil to subside. The refilled soil
shall then be dressed evenly with its surface about 50-75mm below the adjoining ground level or as directed by the Engineer-in
-Charge.
Contractor
4 Item to Include: Item includes providing labour, tools & equipment etc. to excavated the pit for plantation of tree, supply &
Executive Engineer
Page 269
4 Item to Include: Item includes providing labour, tools & equipment etc. to excavated the pit for plantation of tree, supply &
mixing of manure, watering & maintenance of trees
for 3 months period etc complete.
5 Mode of Measurement & Payment :The measurement shall be taken in numbers of Trees planted as per above
specifications. The contract rate shall be per number of tree planted as described above. The rate shall include the cost of labour
& material involved in all the operations described above include mixing, refilling, watering dressing etc. cost of manure or
sludge, Cost of supplying & stacking good earth for replacement, the cost of carriage beyond initial lead for disposing off
useless materials. The excavation of ordinary soil.
6. Note: The Plants to be planted within Nine(9) months from the date of start of work. Maintenance for further three(3)
months shall be counted from the date of last plant planted.
70% Payment shall be released after last plant planted & remaining 30% shall be released after satisfactory completion of 3
Month maintenance. Contractor has to replant suitable height trees/plants/shrubbery if found dead due to any reasons at his cost
without claiming any extra before start of further maintenance.
61
=================================================================
Excavation of pit of size 0.75x0.75x0.75 m in soft rock /hard rock including making crack by blasting
at bottom up to 0.3 to 0.5 m including removing material and disposing off the same.
Specification:
1. General : The item pertains to excavation of pit of size 0.75x0.75x0.75m in soft/hard rock including making crack by
blasting at bottom upto 0.3 to 0.5m including removing material
& disposing off as directed by the Engineer-in-charge.
2. Excavation of Pits: The pits for plantation shall be of 0.75x0.75x0.75m dimensions or as per drawing or as directed. stones,
bricks bats & other foreign matter if met with during
excavation or trenching shall be removed & stacked within initial lead & lift, such material as it is declared unserviceable by
the Engineer-in-charge & shall be disposed by spreading & levelling at places ordered by him.
3. Item to Include: The item includes all labour, tools & equipment etc. for carrying out the work of pits of specific size for
plantation as per specifications.
4. Mode of Measurement & Payment : The measurement shall be in No. of pits of the specified size excavated. The
continuous pits of larger dimensions shall be measured as the multiple numbers of pits of the specified dimensions.
Contractor
Page 270
Executive Engineer
62
62.1
Plantation of trees in the pit size 0.75x0.75x0.75 m in soft rock or hard rock including 90 % fertile soil
mixed with 10% cowdung manure planting ,watering and maintenance of tree plant for a period of 3
month including removal of grass around plant including necessary support to plant etc. complete
Note : Excavation and making cracks at the bottom of pit shall be paid under relevent items
outside the fenced area , such as along road side etc
Specification:
1. General: The item pertains to plantation of tree in the excavated

pits of size 0.75x0.75x0.75m adding cow dung manure, watering & maintenance for 3 months. The item is for outside fenced
area such as along roadside. The payment for pit excavation in soft rock or hard rock shall be paid separately under relevant
item.
2. Plantation of trees : The pits shall be filled back with sufficient quantity of 90% fertile soil mixed with 10% cow dung
manure.
3. Item to Include : The item includes all labour, tools & equipment etc. for excavation of pits for plantation of tress, supply &
mixing of soil & maure, watering & maintenance
of trees for 3 months period as per item wording etc. complete.
4. Mode of Measurement & Payment :The measurement shall be in No. of Trees planted as per above specifications. The
contract rate shall include the cost of labour & material involved in all th eoperations described above including mixing,
refilling, watering, dressing etc. also the cost of manure or sludge, cost of supplying & stacking good earth for replacement.
The cost of crriage beyond intital lead for dispossing off useless materials.
5. Note: The plants to be planted withint Nine (9) months from the date of start of work. Maintenance for further three (3)
months shall be counted from the date of last plant planted.
70% Payment shall be released after last plant planted & remaining
63
30% shall be released after satisfactory completion of 3 Month maintenance.

Providing water supply arrangement including labour charges and tools for watering tree plants for the
period of 36 month
(B) Along road sides or periphery (with or without fencing )
(a) Water supplied by contractor
Specification:
1 General: The item pertains to providing water supply arrangements in the post monsoon period of 36 months.
2 Watering the Plants : The water shall be supplied by contractor at his cost by drip or any other means for excellent survival
& maintenance of plants. Watering should be done carefully & plants shall never be allowed to wilt/die without water. The
contractor shall prepare
the watering schedule including the quantities of water for each type of tree depending upon the types of trees & consulting the
Contractor
Executive Engineer
Page 271
Specification:
the watering schedule including the quantities of water for each type of tree depending upon the types of trees & consulting the
experts. Spray pots/drums shall be used to water small plants. The garden pipes if possible also may be used. For the plants
outside the fenced area such as along side of the road, the watering may be done by using the water tankers or drip system.
3 Item to Include: The item includes preparation of watering schedule, all labour & tools & equipment vehicle required for
watering the plants or drip system. The water shall be
supplied by the contractor at his cost.
4 Mode of Measurement & Payment: The number of trees watered for the period of 36 months period shall be recorded. The
wilted or died trees after shall not be counted. The contract rate shall be per number of plant.
Payment shall be made in 3 stages:
a) After completion 1 year 30%
b) After the completion of 2 years 30%
c) After the completion of 3 years 40%
5. Note: The entire civil work is expected to be completed before the expiry of watering of this item. The payment for
remaining period of watering shall be kept withheld/deposit in final bill & same shall be released after satisfactory completion
of watering & growth of plants subjected to recommendations & NOC from Dy.Engineer. Contractor has to arrange
64
proper watering as per item wording.

Maintenance of tree plant incuding pruning, mulching, trimming, removing grass, shrubs and watch
and ward and maintaining drip if provided etc complete for period of 36 months
(B) Along road sides or periphery (with or without fencing )
Specification:
1 General: The item pertains to Maintenance of trees/plants for the period of 36 months.
2 Maintenance : The maintenance of trees/plants shall be done

trimming operations shall be done carefully for proper growth
under the guidance of the horticulturist. The pruning &
of the trees. Weed growth, grass & shrubs shall be removed along with roots. Enough ponding area for water shall be available
around the trees. Red soil/manure shall be mixed proportionately around the plant periodically after digging& placed back.
Only payment of cow dung manure shall be paid separately.
3 Watch & Ward: The trees planted & maintained shall be guarded. The protective brick guards shall be provided which shall
be paid separately. The maintenance personnel also
Contractor
shall watch & ward the trees against the damages, uprooting from the trespassers, animals, particularly during the initial growth
Executive Engineer
Page 272
shall watch & ward the trees against the damages, uprooting from the trespassers, animals, particularly during the initial growth
of the trees. The cases of unauthorised cutting of branches or trees shall be prohibited & reported in time.
4 Item to Include: The item includes the labour, tools & equipment for maintenance of trees for 36 months including pruning,
trimming, cleaning, periodically adding manure, watch &
ward, providing red soil but excluding cow dung manure etc.
5 Mode of Measurement & Payment: The number of trees maintained for the period of 36 months period shall be recorded.
The wilted/died trees shall not be counted. The contract rate
shall be per number of plant. Payment shall be made in 3 stages:
a) After completion 1 year 30%
b) After the completion of 2 years 30%
c) After the completion of 3 years 40%
5. Note: The entire civil work is expected to be completed before the expiry of watering of this item. The payment for
remaining period of watering shall be kept withheld/deposit
in final bill & same shall be released after satisfactory completion of watering & growth of plants subjected to
recommendations & NOC from Dy.Engineer. Contractor has to arrange
65
proper watering as per item wording. The recovery shall be made at the rate of Rs.850/- per No. of plant which is wilted or
died at the time of expiry of maintenance.
Providing & fixing 1.35 M height (Above G.L.) bamboo mat tree guard made out of 1.20 m mat in
circular shape having diameter 0.75 M fixed tightly on three posts of bamboo round or half round by
nails and wires and embedded in ground upto a depth of 0.45 m firmly. The bottom of bamboo mat
shall be 0.15 m above G.L. The bamboo post erected in ground shall be applied with tar for 0.60 M
height from bottom including necessary excavation, fixing firmly in ground with rubble & metal as per
drawing etc. complete.
Specification:
1. General: Item shall be carried out as per item wording & as directed by the Engineer-in-charge.
2. Item to Include: Providing & fixing bamboo mat tree guard, watch & ward till maintenance period of trees etc.
3. Mode of Measurement & Payment: The payment shall be made per No. of tree Guard provide & fixed 70%. Payment shall
be released at the time of supply & fix & remaining 30% shall be paid at the time of expiry of maintenance period.
Contractor
Page 273
Executive Engineer
66
Purchase of Cowdung manure including cost of manure, all leads & lifts, transportation, loading,
unloading etc. complete.
Specification:
General : Items pertains to supply of cowdung manure.

Item to Include : The item includes supply of cowdung manure, including all lifts and leads, conveying
the cowdung to site, as directed by the Engineer in Charge including loading, unloading etc. complete.
Mode of Measurement and Payment : Total amount of cowdung supplied on site as directed by the
Engineer in Charge shall be measured on truck trip basis and paid at the contract rate per 6 m3 truck trip.
67
Providing and applying of hot applied thermoplastic compound 2.5 mm thick including reflectorising
glass at 250 gms per sq.m. area. Thickness of 2.5 mm is exclusive of surface applied glass beads as
per ISR 035. The finished surface to be leveled uniform and free from streaks and holes including
cleaning of road surface required and controlling traffic etc complete as per M.O.S.T. & Hs specification
Item No 803.
Specification:
1.1 General:
The work under this section consists of marking traffic stripes using a thermoplactic compound meeting the requirements
specified herein. The thermoplasitc compound shall be screeded/extruded on to the pavement surface in a molten state by
suitable machine capable of controlled preparation and laying with surface application of glass beads at a specific rate. Upon
colling to ambient pavement temperature, it shall produce an adherent pavement marking of specified thickness and width and
capable of resisting deformation by traffic.
The colour of the compound shall be white or yellow (IS colour No. 356) as specified in the drawings or as directed by the
Engineer.
Where the compound is to be applied to cement concrete payment, a sealing primer as recommended by the manufacturer, shall
be applied to the payment in advance of placing of the stripes to ensure proper bonding of the compound. On new concrete
surface any laitance and/or curing compound shall be removed before the marking are applied.
1.2. Thermoplastic Material.
1.2.1.
General: The thermoplastic material shall be homogeneously composed of aggregate, pigment, resins and glass reflectorzing
beads.
1.2.2. Requirements:
Composition: The pigment, beads and aggregate shall be uniformly dispersed in the resin. The material shall be free from all
skins, dirt and foreign objects and shall comply with requirements indicated in Table 800-3.
Refer Table on page No. ________________

Note: Amount of yellow pigment, calcium carbonate and inert fillers shall be at the option of the manufacturer, provided all
other requirements of this Specification are met.
Properties: The properties of thermoplastic material, when tested in accordance with ASTM D36/BS-3262-(Part I), shall be as
below.
Luminance:
White: Daylight luminance at 45 degrees 65 per cent min. as per AASHTO M 249.
Yellow: Daylight luminance at 45 degrees-45 per cent min. as per AASHTO M249.
(a) Drying time: When applied at a temperature specified by the manufacturer and to the required thickness, the material shall
set to bear traffic in not more than 15 minutes.
(b) Skid resistance: not less than 45 as per BS 6044.
(c) Cracking resistance at low temperature: The material shall show no cracks on application to concrete blocks.
(d) Softening Point: 102.5+9.5o C as per ASTM D 36.
(e) Flow resistance: Not more than 25 per cent as per AASHTO M 249.
(f) Yellowness Index (for white thermoplastic paint): not more than 0.12 as per AASHTO M 249
(ii) Storage life: The material shall meet the requirements of these Specifications for a period of one year. The thermoplastic
Contractor
Executive Engineer
Page 274
(ii) Storage life: The material shall meet the requirements of these Specifications for a period of one year. The thermoplastic
material must also melt uniformly with no evidence of skins or unmelted particles for the one year storage period. Any
material not meeting the above requirements shall be replaced by the manufacturer /supplier/Contractor.
(iii) Reflectorisation: Shall be achieved by incorporation of beads, the grading and other properties of the beads shall be as
specified in Clause 803.4.3.
(iv) Marking: Each container of the thermoplastic material shall be clearly and indelibly marked with the following
information.
1. The name, trademark or other means of identification of manufacturer.
2. Batch number
3. Date of manufacture.
4. Colour (white or yellow.
5. Maximum application temperature and maximum safe heating temperature.
(v) Sampling and testing: The thermoplastic material shall be sampled and tested in accordance with the appropriate ASTM/BS
method. The contractor shall furnish to the Employer a copy of certified test reports from the manufacturers of the
thermoplastic material showing results of all tests specified herein and shall certify that the material meets all requirements of
this Specification.
1.3.Reflectorising glass beads.
1.3.1. General: This specification cover two types of glass beads to be used for the production of reflectorised pavment
marking.
Type 1 beads are those which ar a constituent of the basic thermoplastic compound vide Table 800-3 and Type 2 beads are
those which are to be sprayed on the surface vide Clause 1.9.3.
1.3.2. The glass beads shall be transparent, colourless and free from milkiness, dark particles and excessive air inclusions.
These shall conform to the requirements spelt out in Clause1.3.3.
1.3.3. Specific requirements.
A. Gradation: The glass beads shall meet the gradation requirements for the two types as given in Table 800-4.
Refer Table on page No. ________________
B. Roundness: The glass beads shall have a minimum of 70 per cent true spheres.
C. Refractive index: The glass beads shall have qa minimum refractive index of 1.50.
D. Free flowing properties: The glass beads shall be free of hard lumps and clusters and shall dispense readily under any
conditions suitable for paint striping. They shall pass the free flow test.
1.4 Test methods: The specific requirements shall be tested with the following methods:
(i) Free low test: Spread 100 grams of beads evenly in a 100 mm diameter glass dish. Place the dish in a 250 mm inside
diameter desiccator which is filled within 25 mm of the top of a desiccator plate with sulphuric acid water solution (specific
gravity 1.10) Cover the desiccator and let it stand for 4 hours at 20 to 29 degree C. Remove sample from desiccator, transfer
beads to a pan and inspect for lumps or clusters. Then pour beads into a clean, dry glass funnel having a 100 mm stem and 6
mm orifice. If necessary, initiate flow by lightly tapping the funnel. The glass spheres shall be essentially free of lumps and
clusters and shall flow freely through the funnel.
(ii)The requirement of gradation, roundness and refractive index of glass beads and the amount of glass beads in the compound
shall be tested as per BS 6088 and BS 3262 (Part 1)
(iii)The contractor shall furnish to the Employer a copy of certified test reports from the manufacturer of glass beads obtained
from a reputed laboratory showing results of all tests specified herein and shall certify that the material meets all requirements
of this Specification. However, if so required, these tests may be carried out as directed by the Engineer.
1.5 Application properties of thermoplastic material.
1.5.1. The thermoplastic material shall readily get screeded/ extruded at temperatures specified by the manufacturers for
respective method of application to produce a line of specified thickness which shall be continuous and uniform in shape
having clear and sharp edges.
1.5.2 .The material upon heating to application temperatures, shall not exude fumes, which are toxic, obnoxious or injurious to
person or property.
1.6 Preparation:
(i) The material shall be melted in accordance with the manufacturers instructions in a heater fitted with a mechanical stirrer to
give a smooth consistency to the thermoplastic material to void local overheating. The temperature of the mass shall be within
the rage specified by the manufacturer, and shall on no account be allowed to exceed the maximum temperature stated by the
manufacturer. The molten material should be used as expeditiously as possible and for thermoplastic material which has
Contractor
Executive Engineer
Page 275
68
68.1
68.2
Contractor
manufacturer. The molten material should be used as expeditiously as possible and for thermoplastic material which has
natural binders or is otherwise sensitive to prolonged heating, the material shall not be maintained in a molten condition for
more than 4 hours.
(ii) After transfer to the laying equipment, the material shall be maintained within the temperature range specified by the
manufacturer for achieving the desired consistency for laying.
1.7 Properties of finished road marking.
(a) The stripe shall not be slippery when wet.
(b) The marking shall not lift from the pavment in freezing weather.
(c) After application and proper drying, the stripe shall show no apprecible deformation or discolouration under traffic and
under road temperatures upto 60oC.
(d) The marking shall not deteriorate by contact with sodium chloride, calcium chloride or oil drippings from traffic.
(e) The stripe or marking shall maintain its original dimensions and postion. Cold ductility of the material shall be such as to
permit normal movement with the road surface without chopping or cracking.
(f) The colour of yellow marking shall conform to IS Colour No. 356 as given in IS: 164.
1.8 Reflectorised paint.
Reflectorised paint, if used, shall conform to the Specification by the manufacturers and approved by the Engineer.
Relfectorising glass beads for reflectorising paints where used shall conform to the requirement of Clause 1.3.
1.9. Application.
1.9.1. Marking shall be done by machine. For locations where painting cannot be done by machine, approved manual methods
shall be used with prior approval of the Engineer. The contractor shall maintain control over traffic while painting operations
are in progress so as to cause minimum inconvenience to traffic compatible with protecting the workmen.
1.9.2. The thermoplastic material shall be applied hot either by screeding or extrusion process. After transfer to the laying
apparatus, the material shall be laid at a temperature within the range specified by the manufacturer for the particular method of
laying being used. The paint shall be applied using a screed or extrusion machine.
1.9.3 The pavment temperature shall not be less than 10 o C during application. All surfaces to be marked shall be thoroughly
cleaned of all dust, dirt, grease, oil and all other foreign matter before application of the paint.
The material, when formed into traffic stripes, must be redily renewable by placing an overlay of new material directly over an
old line of compatible material. Such new material shall so bond itself to the old line that no splitting or separation takes place.
Thermoplastic paint shall be applied intermittent or continuous lines of uniform thickness of at least 2.5 mm unless specified
otherwise. Where arrows or letters are to be provided, thermoplastic compound may be hand-sprayed. In addition to the beads
included in the material, a further quantity of glass beads of Type 2, conforming to the above noted Specification shall be
sprayed uniformly into a mono-layer on to the hot paint line in quick succession of the paint spraying operation. The glass
beads shall be applied at the rate of 250 grams per square metre area.
1.9.4. The minimum thickness specified is exclusive of surface applied glass beads. The method of thickness measurement
shall be in accordance with appendices B and C of BS 3262 (part 3)
1.9.5. The finished lines shall be free from ruggedness on sides and ends and be parallel to the general alignment of the
carriageway. The upper surface of the liens shall be level, uniform and free from streaks. Item includes all labor,material,
tools, equipments, fuel for heating etc. including incidental costs necessary for carrying out the work at site confirming to
above specifications. Item includes all the above cost required to execute the work as per approved drawing.
1.10 Measurements for payment.
1.10.1 The painted marking shall be measured in sq.metres of actual area marked (excluding the gaps, if any), counted upto
two decimals. Linear dimension for calculating the area shall be measured corrected up to cm.
Cutting down trees including trunks and branches and stacking the materials neatly with in a lead of 50
M as directed including removing roots 0.3 m below ground in embankment and 0.3 m below the
formation level in cutting and applying coal tar to the trunks of the tree etc. complete.
Trees up to 1800 mm in girth
Trees above 1801 mm girth
Specification:
9.1 General : The item provides cutting of trees having girths specified above. The girth shall be
measured one meter above the ground on road. The trees to be cut shall be duly marked to distinguish
Page 276
Executive Engineer
Specification:
measured one meter above the ground on road. The trees to be cut shall be duly marked to distinguish
them. The trees 300 mm in girth and below shall be removed under clearing site as per the item Rd/G/7
and shall not be paid for separately.
9.2 Cutting of Trees : The necessary permissions for cutting of trees as applicable under the prevailing
act and rules shall be obtained for cutting the trees by the contractor and statutory fees shall be reimbursed
after producing receipt for payment made, in original. The trees marked for cutting shall be cut without
disturbing or inconveniencing traffic. Where the cut trees are likely to cause damages to any property,
crops, ropes and guys shall be used to cause the tree to fall in a guided direction in a harmless manner. In
order to prevent damage to structure, road, animals, property or other trees or to avoid damage and
obstruction to traffic, trees shall be cut in section from the top to downwards. One cut across the trunk just
near the ground level to a uniform depth shall first be taken and the tree shall then be pulled by means of
ropes so as to separate it from the roots and fall in the guided direction. If the tree cut falls in a manner to
interrupt or obstruct the traffic, necessary diversions shall be prepared and maintained till the obstruction
of the tree is entirely removed and the road surface restored to normal condition. Warning signals shall be
displayed on either side of the obstruction. If the tree cannot be removed by sunset, warning red lights to
indicate the danger shall be displayed from sunset to sunrise at 50 m on either side of the obstruction till it
is completely removed. Cost of preparing maintaining and operating diversions, providing warning
boards, signals, etc. shall be borne by the contractor. The contractor shall take every precaution to
safeguard the nearby property, crop and traveling public. If any damage to property or injury to life occurs
due to the contractors in this respect, he shall be liable to compensate such damage or injury and is fully
responsible.
9.3 Grubbing : In road cutting, all stumps and roots shall be removed to a depth of not less than 30 cm
below the graded formation and slopes. Under embankment they shall be removed to a depth of 15 cm
below original ground level or 30 cm below formation level whichever is more. Outside embankment and
cuttings shall be filled with excavated material in 15 cm layers and rammed.
9.4 Disposal of Material : All the products of cutting trees shall be the property of MIDC. All timber
from which sawn logs and posts can be produced shall be cut in to merchantable lengths as directed by the
Engineer-in-Charge. Such timber will be required to be cut into pieces of 1 m lengths or as per
requirement. Other types of trunks and bigger branches shall be cut into pieces of 1m (about 3) or so and
kept in neat stacks as directed within a lead of 50 meters. Smaller branches and thinner pieces shall be
stacked separately and very thin leaf portion destroyed or removed as directed. The contractor shall be
responsible for the custody of the cut materials till handed over to MIDC.
9.5 Item to Include : The item includes cutting of trees of different sizes, grubbing roots and stacking the
materials, displaying of warning signals and red lights, diversions, making good any damages and
compensation for any injury to life and property due to negligence of contractor, all labour, materials and
use of equipment required to execute the work as per above specifications.
9.6 Mode of Measurement and Payment : Measurement shall be for the number of trees cut of different
sizes having girth of more than 300 mm. The girth shall be measured at a height of one metre from the
ground before cutting and grouped under following size categories.
c.
Between 901 mm and 1800 mm
d. Between 1801 mm and 3000 mm
The contract rate shall be paid per No of tree of each size category.
Payment shall be made after the cutting is done as specified and the materials handed over to MIDC
satisfactorily.
Contractor
Page 277
Executive Engineer
satisfactorily.
69
69.1
69.2
Providing and fixing cautionary / mandatory sign boards made of 12 gauge (3 mm) Aluminium sheet
bonded with white full retro reflective sheeting of high intensity grade having pressure sensitive / heat
activated adhesive retro reflective or screen printed transparent red colour boarder, black coloured cut
out symbols of non reflective sheeting having pressure sensitive adhesive or screen printed symbols in
black opaque colour including M.S. iron post of size 65 x 65 x 6 mm, 3.65 m long painted with one coat
of epoxy primer and two coats of epoxy finish paints having black and white band of 25 cm width
including G.I. fixtures etc and fixing the board in 1:4:8 concrete block of size 60 cm x 60 cm x 75 cm
including transportation etc complete.
Cautionary warring sign board having shaped equilateral triangle of 90 cm sides
Mandatory regulatory sign board of 60 cm diameter
Specification:
2.1 General: The work shall be executed as detailed in the item & as directed by the Engineer in-charge.
2.2 Specifications: All the specifications shall be as per & as per standard engineering practice. The
manufacturers certificate shall be furnished for quality assurance.
Lettering and numerals for informatory sign boards definitions plates shall be accordance with I.R.C.-
Standard letters and numerals of different heights for use of highway signs and that of Marathi
( Devnagari ) letters shall be in proportion of English letters of different heights. The numerals shall be in
English, even for Marathi ( Devnagari ) informatory signs.
Colours shall be in accordance with IS-5-1961 ( Since revised IS-5-1994)
Stove Enameling shall be as per IS-151-1985.
To check whether the boards is painted with stove enamel, put few drops of industrial chloroform on the
surface where painting is done and watch for minimum 5 minutes. If the board is painted with stove
enamel surface will not be show any effect or otherwise the painted surface will be damaged / peeled off
from the metal plate. Finished sign plates shall be coated with non-peelable crystal clear protective
transparent coating on front side to avoid damage retaining 100% reflection for full retro reflective and
partial retro reflective traffic road signs. ( Not obligatory)
The sheet and angle iron posts should be in one piece and without joints. The sign plate shall be securely
bolted the posts. The remaining portion of the bolts after tightening the nut shall be hammered to form
reverting. The sign plate should never be welded to the post.
2.3 Mode of Measurements : The mode of measurement shall be per no of sign boards of specified size
provided & fixed in positions as per specifications.
70
Providing and fixing informatory sign boards in square or rectangular shape of any size made out of 12
gauge (3 mm) thick Aluminium sheet bounded with green reflective sheeting of high intensity grade
having pressure sensitive / heat activated adhesive white retro reflective cut out border with message
having pressure sensitive screen printing of green transparent colour over white retro reflective
sheeting having border and message in white back ground including M.S. angle iron frame of size 35 x
35 x 3 mm and two M.S. angle iron post of size 65 x 65 x 6 mm, 3.65 m long properly cross based with
angle iron of size 50 x 50 x 5 mm duly painted with one coat of epoxy finish paint having alternate
black and white bands of 25 cm width including G. I. fixtures etc complete.
Specification:
3.2 Specifications: All the specifications shall be as per IRC & as per standard engineering practice. The
Contractor
Page 278
Executive Engineer
Specification:
manufacturers certificate shall be furnished for quality assurance.

Lettering and numerals for informatory sign boards definitions plates shall be accordance with I.R.C
Standard letters and numerals of different heights for use of highway signs and that of Marathi
( Devnagari ) letters shall be in proportion of English letters of different heights. The numerals shall be in
English, even for Marathi ( Devnagari ) informatory signs.
Colours shall be in accordance with IS-5-1961 ( Since revised IS-5-1994)
Stove Enameling shall be as per IS-151-1985.
To check whether the boards is painted with stove enamel, put few drops of industrial chloroform on the
surface where painting is done and watch for minimum 5 minutes. If the board is painted with stove
enamel surface will not be show any effect or otherwise the painted surface will be damaged / peeled off
from the metal plate. Finished sign plates shall be coated with non-peelable crystal clear protective
transparent coating on front side to avoid damage retaining 100% reflection for full retro reflective and
partial retro reflective traffic road signs. ( Not obligatory)
The sheet and angle iron posts should be in one piece and without joints. The sign plate shall be securely
bolted the posts. The remaining portion of the bolts after tightening the nut shall be hammered to form
reverting. The sign plate should never be welded to the post.
3.3 Mode of Measurements : The mode of measurement shall be per sqm of informatory sign board
provided & fixed in positions as per specifications. The area of the informatory board provided & fixed
shall be measured in sqm and paid for.
71
Contractor
Providing and fixing of polymer shanked road studs (Reflective Pavement Market / Cat eye) body made
of tough polycarbonate of size not more than 105 x 130 x 20 mm; having reflector panel made of poly
carbonate micro prismatic lens (providing total internal reflection). Electronically welded to the body.
The two shanks attached with RPM to hold the marker at its place, fixed at site by drilling holes and
applying high strength epoxy adhesive recommended by the manufacturer & Engneer incaharge
including materials, equipment, loading, unloading etc. necessary for successful fixing as directed by
Engineer-in-charge of work.
Specification:
Description:
The work to be done shall consist of furnishing and installing durable, abrasion-resistant retro reflective
pavement markers at locations designated on the plans and as directed by the Engineer. The pavement
markers shall be as specified herein and shall be arranged as shown by engineer in charge.
2. Marker Requirements:
A. Shape and Color : The base of the marker shall be approximately 105 x 120 mm with 30 sloping
sides approximately 20 mm in height nominal dimensions. The outer surface of the marker shall be
smooth and all corners and edges exposed to traffic must be rounded. Pavement markers may be of
various colors or combination of colors and have one or two reflective faces as shown on the Plans. When
illuminated by automobile headlights, the reflective faces shall redirect light of the color indicated and as
specified in these specifications. The color of the reflectors when illuminated and when not illuminated
shall be subject to the approval of the Department. The color of samples will be evaluated, and off-colors
will constitute grounds for rejection. Drawings of markers shown in the Plans are for illustrative purposes
only and are not intended to specify any particular product.
B. Physical Requirements: Reflective pavement markers shall be of the prismatic reflector type,
Page 279
Executive Engineer
B. Physical Requirements: Reflective pavement markers shall be of the prismatic reflector type,
consisting of a methyl methacrylate or acrylonitrile butadiene styrene shell filled with a mixture of an
inert thermosetting compound and filler material or a polycarbonate body. The exterior surface of the
shell shall be smooth and contain one (monodirectional) or two (bi-directional) prismatic reflector faces,
molded to reflect incident light and having a minimum surface area of 2.50 square inches. A hard,
durable abrasion resistant surface untempered glass or a special abrasion resistant coating shall be bonded
to the reflective face surface of the marker. The red lens on two color units shall be exempt from this
requirement. The base of the marker shall be free from gloss or substances which may reduce its bond to
the adhesive. The presence of a soft or resin rich film on the surface of the base shall be cause for
rejection.
PAVEMENT PREPARATION
The Contractor shall sweep or air blast each marker site as necessary to remove loose material before
placing markers. Markers shall only be placed at locations where the pavement is free from dirt, oil,
grease, paint, or any other material which would adversely affect the bond of the adhesive to the
pavement, unless otherwise specified. Unless specified otherwise, the Contractor shall clean the pavement
to remove oil or grease at every marker site by sand blasting, chipping or burning of bitumen as
appropriate to ensure that the surface is clean and sound.
PLACING MARKERS
Markers shall not be placed in any of the following circumstances: when the pavement is wet; when the
relative humidity is greater than 80%; when the ambient temperature or the temperature of the road
surface is less than 15C for standard set adhesive or Epoxy adhesive shall be placed on the base of the
marker in such quantity and manner as to completely cover the base of the marker and extrude slightly all
round when the marker is placed on the road. The marker shall be then positioned correctly on the
pavement and pressure shall be applied until the adhesive is uniformly extruded from each edge of the
base of the marker indicating that the full base area is supported by adhesive. The thickness of adhesive
remaining under the marker shall be approximately 1 mm. The orientation and position of the marker
should then be visually checked and if necessary immediately corrected. On concrete and asphalt
pavements, wherever possible markers shall be placed clear of longitudinal or transverse joints and on all
pavements markers shall be placed clear of any surface cracks or positions from which markers have been
removed and the surface is damaged.
The manufacturers certificate shall be furnished for quality assurance.
6.2 Mode of Measurements: The mode of measurement shall be per no provided in positions & fixed as
per specifications.
72
Providing and fixing median markers of an isoceles structure made out of fibre Reinforced plastic
structure rounded at acute angle and resting on its square base. The thickness of this material shall
not be less than 3mm.The two slant surfaces of the isosceles structure shall be retro -reflectorized with
retro reflective material of size not less than 125 x100mm using two types of prismatic
retro-reflective sheeting to enhance overall visibility of the product. The installation of the median
marker shall be done by a combination of epoxy or /and grouting, as directed by Engineer in charge
etc. complete.
Specification:
Section 1 Description.
1.0 This specification covers the material requirement meant for retroreflectorization of median markers.
made of fiber reinforced
plastic
structure rounded at
Contractor This median markers shall be an isosceles structure
Executive
Engineer
Page 280
Specification:
This median markers shall be an isosceles structure made of fiber reinforced plastic structure rounded at
acute angle and resting on its square base. The thickness for this material shall not be less than 3mm. The
two slant surfaces of the isosceles structure shall retro reflectorzed with retro reflective material of size
not les than 5 x 4 using two types of prismatic retro reflective sheeting to enhance overall visibility of
the product. The installation of the median marker shall be done by a combination of epoxy or / and
grouting.. The upper sheeting shall conform to the following photometric. The coefficients of retro
reflection shall meet the typical values specified in Table1 Measurements are made in accordance with
ASTM E 810 Standard Test Method for Coefficient of Retro reflection of Retro reflective Sheeting
except that values shall be met at both 00 and 900 orientation without averaging for entrance angles1 of 40, 300, and 450 At all entrance angles,values shall be measured at observation angles 2 of 0.5 The 900
orientation is defined such that the light source is rotated in the same direction, as the making would be
applied to the surface at the same point.
1) Entrance Angle The angle formed by a light beam striking a surface at a point and a line
perpendicular to the surface at the same point.
2) Observation Angle The angle formed by the light beam striking the reflective surface and the light
beam returning to the observer.
Refer Table on page No.
Mode of Measurement and Payment: The contract unit rate shall be per NO. Including all material, and
fixing it at the site and incidentals to complete the work to the specifications.
73
Providing and laying Lean Mix BM (LBM) using VG 30 grade asphalt for filling pot-holes and
improvement of existing road surface wherever required including material, heating asphalt, premixing
it with stone metal in hot mix paver transporting and laying, rolling and finishing etc. complete using
metal grading as per Table No 500-4 of specification of road & bridges published by IRC etc. complete.
(using asphalt @ 3.5% by weight of mix excluding tack coat)
Specification:
16.1 General : The item pertains to providing and laying lean mix BM for filling potholes and
improvement of existing road surface.
16.2 Materials : Binder shall be as specified and shall conform to IS : 73 and stone chipping shall
conform to grading as the Table below unless otherwise specified or directed by the Engineer-in-Charge.
The quantities of materials shall be as specified in Table below. Proper record will be kept to ensure that
the daily out-turn of work is correlated with the quantity of bitumen. Materials required per cum of
compacted lean asphalt mix shall be as under :- Approx.
Contractor
25 mm size metal
0.72 cum.
20 mm size metal
0.24 cum.
12 mm size metal
0.24 cum.
Asphalt
Minimum 3.5% of total

weight.
Solvent
4 kg.
Page 281
Executive Engineer
20 mm size metal
0.24 cum.
12 mm size metal
0.24 cum.
Asphalt
Minimum 3.5% of total

weight.
Solvent
4 kg.
Rate of asphalt application for tack coat shall be 5 Kg./10 m2.

The asphalt shall be evenly spread over the surface at the rate specified. It will be further evened up by oil
immersed brushes with long handles to cover the entire surface with the asphalt.
16.3 Mixing : The mixing of stone and asphalt shall be done into power driven mixer or any other
suitable mixing machine, approved by the Engineer-in-Charge. Mixing shall be done till all the aggregates
are thoroughly coated. The required quantity of chips for each batch of mix shall be put in the mixer
through automatic arrangements provided through suitable measuring boxes of 3 Cum capacity and the
required quantity of asphalt will be added properly.
16.4 Laying : The premix so prepared shall be transported and laid on the road surface by means of
paving and finishing machine. The carpet shall be so laid as to give desired compacted thickness. Before
starting laying, tack coat shall be provided at 5 Kg/10 m2 to the cleaned old surface. The conveyance of
premix from mixing plant to site of laying will not be paid extra. All the depression etc. noticed while the
rolling is in progress shall be made good by adding premixed chips and rolled again. The final surface so
obtained shall be as specified by the Engineer-in-Charge. 80/100 penetration grade asphalt shall be used
for tack coat only.
16.5 Rolling :
i) The premix after laying properly on the road shall be rolled with 8 to 10 tonne roller. All depressions
etc. shall be made good by adding premix chips while rolling is in progress as mentioned under laying
above.
ii) The wheels of roller shall be wetted while rolling the premix.
iii) The road may be opened to traffic after 48 hrs.
16.6 Special Requirements :
1. Test : Extraction test for the correct use of bitumen at the rate specified shall be done by the contractor
at his own cost from the mix prepared for laying selected at random by the Engineerin- Charge or his
representative at least 4 times a day. If the rate of bitumen specified varies, more frequent tests are to be
carried out. If the bitumen is less than that specified, worked out from average of tests in a day, reduced
rate will be paid. If however, the bitumen is found to be more, no extra payment shall be made since the
contractor is supposed to use exact quantity of bitumen as specified.
2. Analysis of each type of aggregate as specified shall be made. If the material do not run uniform, more
frequent test shall be carried out.
3. Arrangement for carrying out these two tests shall be made by the contractor at of the work at his own
cost to exercise proper control over the preparation of aggregate and bitumen. The tests should be carried
out in the presence of the Engineer-incharge.
4. Compact mix density shall have equal to or greater than 95 of laboratory specimen grade in the given
Contractor
Page 282
Executive Engineer
4. Compact mix density shall have equal to or greater than 95 of laboratory specimen grade in the given
proportion.
5. In order to check the average thickness, trial area shall be laid with a known weight of material in order
to determine the area covered per tonne and daily check shall be made on the average obtained with the
assessed daily tonnage laid.
6. The item covers filling pot holes on the existing asphalt surface to make true to slope and gradient of
the surrounding road surface.
16.7 Mode of Measurement and Payment : The actual consolidated volume of lean Mix/Bituminous
Macadam shall be paid for. The rate shall be for one cubic meter of compacted L.B.M. as per
specification. Trial will be taken to check up the percentage reduction in volume after consolidation to
determine the actual quantity for payment. For calculation, average depth of the pot holes and its area will
be measured. Payment for tack coat is payable under relevant item.
74
74.1
74.1.1
Providing and spraying bituminous tack coat complete with all leads and lifts for materials as per
technical specifications, surface cleaned with mechanical broom & asphalt / emulsion spread with
bitumen pressure distributor.
By using VG 10 grade bitumen conforming to IS 73-2006
5 kg / 10 Sq.M. over bituminous surface.
Specification:
5.1 General : The item pertains to providing and spraying bituminous tack coat over WBM surface or Bituminous surface.
5.2 Material : Asphalt or bitumen shall be straight run conforming to IS:73 or industrial bitumen as per IS: 702 of suitable
consistency satisfying the requirement of physical properties as given in table
below.
Table
Sr.
No.
Characteristics
Requirements
Method of
Test
Penetration at 250 C in 1/10 mm
20 to 40
IS: 1203
Softening point (R&B)
50 to 90
IS: 1205
Ductility at 270 C (Min. is cms)
IS: 1208
Loss on heating percent (Maximum)
IS: 1212
Solubility in CS2 percent (Minimum)
99
IS: 1216
PHYSICAL PROPERTIES OF BITUMEN
5.3 Spraying Tack Coat :

5.3.1 Preparation of Base :
The surface on which the tack coat is to be applied shall be cleaned of dust and any extraneous material before the application
of the bitumen binder, by using a mechanical broom or any other approved equipment/method as specified by the Engineer-incharge.
Contractor
Page 283
Executive Engineer
5.3.2 Application of Binder :

In bitumen shall be heated to the temperature ranging 150 to 160 C. appropriate to the grade of bitumen used and approved
by the Engineer-in-Charge and sprayed on the base at the rate specified in Table below. The rate of spreading is in item of
straight run bitumen.
Table
RATE OF APPLICATION OF TACK COAT
Type of surface
Granular Surface treated with
primer
Bitumen Surfaces.
75
Bitumen quantity in
kg per 10 m2 area
6.5 kg
5.0 kg
The bitumen shall be applied uniformly with the aid of either self propelled or towed bitumen pressure sprayer with self heating
arrangement and spraying bar with nozzles having constant volume or pressure system capable of spraying binder at specified
rates and temperature so as to provide a uniformly unbroken spread of bitumen. The tack coat shall be applied just ahead of the
on coming bituminous construction.
5.4 Item to Include : The item includes supplying and laying of bituminous tack coat etc. according to the details mentioned in
this specification and as per directions of Engineer-in-Charge, including heating all material, labour, transportation, tools,
including all taxes, duties, octroi etc., equipment and machinery.
5.5 Mode of Measurement and Payment : Tack coat shall be measured in terms of surface area of application in square
meter. The rate shall be per sqm of area of spraying tack coat.
Providing and applying two coats of Exterior Acrylic paint of approved make and of
approved colour to the plastered surfaces including
cleaning, prepairing the plaster surface ,applying primer
coat as per manufacturer's specifications, , scaffolding if necessary, etc.complete.
Specification:
1 General: The item pertains to providing & applying Exterior Acrylic paint of approved colour to
old/new plastered/masonry surfaces for the specified number of coats.
2 Material: The Exterior Acrylic paint shall be (conforming to IS:5410) of approved brand &
manufacture.
** The Exterior Acrylic paint shall be brought to the site of work by the contractor in its original
containers is sealed condition. The material shall be brought in at a time in adequate quantities to suffice
for the whole work/at least a fortnight's work.
Contractor
Page 284
Executive Engineer
a.
b.
3 Scaffolding:
Wherever scaffolding is necessary, it shall be erected on double supports tied together by horizontal pieces,
over which scaffolding planks shall be fixed. No bullies, bamboos or planks shall rest on or touch the
surface.
Where ladders are used, pieces of old gunny bags shall be tied on their tops to avoid damage or scratches to
walls.
4 Preparation of surface: For new work, the surface shall be thoroughly cleaned of all mortar dropping,
dirt dust, algae, grease & other foreign matter by brushing & washing. Pitting in plaster shall be made
good & a coat of Exterior Acrylic paint shall be applied over patches after wetting them thoroughly.
5 Cement Primer Coat: Cement primer coat is used as a base coat on wall finish of cement, lime/lime
cement plaster/on asbestos cement surfaces before oil emulsion distemper paints are applied on them. The
cement primer is composed of a medium & pigment which are resistant to the alkalis present in the
cement, lime/lime cement in wall finish & provides a barrier for the protection of subsequent coats of oil
emulsion distemper paints.
** The cement primer shall be applied with a brush on the clean dry & smooth surface. Horizontal strokes
in both directions shall be given first & vertical strokes in both directions shall be applied immediately
afterwards. This entire operation will constitute one coat. The surface shall be finished as uniformly as
possible leaving no brush marks. It shall be allowed to dry for at least 48 hours, before oil emulsion paint
is applied.
6 Preparation of Mix: Exterior Acrylic paint shall be mixed in such quantities as can be used up within an
hour of its mixing as otherwise the mixture will set & thick, affecting flow & finish. The manufacturer's
instructions shall be followed meticulously. The lids of Exterior Acrylic paint drums shall be kept tightly
closed when not in use, as by exposure to atmosphere.
a.
b.
7 Application:
The solution shall be applied on the clean & wetted surface with brushes/spraying machine. The solution
shall be kept well stirred during the period of application. It shall be applied on the surface, which is on
the shady side of the building so that the direct heat of the sun on the surface is avoided. The method of
application of cement paint shall be as per manufacturer's specification. The completed surface shall be
watered after the day's work.
The 2nd coat shall be applied after the 1st coat has been set for at least 24 hours. Before application of the
2nd/subsequent coats, the surface of the previous coat shall not be wetted.
9 Protective Measures: Doors, windows, floors, article of furniture etc & such other parts of the building
not to be white washed, shall be protected from being splashed upon. Splashing & droppings, if any shall
be removed by the contractor at his own cost & the surfaces cleaned. Damages if any to furniture of
fittings & fixtures shall be recoverable from the contractor.
Contractor
Executive Engineer
Page 285
fittings & fixtures shall be recoverable from the contractor.

10 Item to Include: Item includes all labour, material, equipments such as brushes, scrappers, polish
papers etc scaffolding, cleaning of the area etc complete as per the specifications. The item also includes
removing nails, marking good holes, cracks, patches etc.
11 Mode of Measurement & Payment:
a. Length & breadth shall be measured correct to a Cm & area shall be calculated in SqM correct to 2 place of
decimals.
b.
Corrugated surfaces shall be measured flat as fixed & the area so measured shall be increased by the
following % to allow for the girthed area.
c. Corrugated asbestos cement sheet 20%.

Semi corrugated asbestos cement sheet 10%.
Contractor
Page 286
Executive Engineer
FORM GENERAL 1.4
Clause, Condition and MOU for Joint Venture for works costing more than Rs.300
Lakhs
Joint venture or Association of two or more contractors will be allowed. The Joint Venture
shall be allowed for Plant and machinery and / or work experience. The lead partner of JV should have
contractor registration in appropriate class as mentioned in NIT. Other partner / partners of JV shall also
have registration; however, their share shall be limited upto the class of registration.
It should be noted that an agency shall be allowed to quote individually as well as in
associations / JV. The post qualification of the agency will be decided as per norms mentioned in PQ
form. The main contractor shall furnish the notarized joint venture MoU along with other joint venture
partner on Rs. 100 stamp paper along with PQ form in envelope No.1 only. Each joint venture partner is
requested to give an undertaking on stamp paper of Rs. 100/- stating that he will make him as a joint
venture alongwith main contractor only for this work and further he cannot make a joint venture
partnership with other contractor / firm for this work. It is obligatory that the main contractor in the joint
venture gets post-qualified individually for financial criteria as per the norms of MIDC.
Contractor
Page 287
Executive Engineer
Annexure A
ANNEXURE A Joint Venture for works costing more than Rs.300 Lakhs
1) If the application is made by Joint Venture Consortia of two or more contractors of any class may combine and
tender for a work costing to the amount up to which each individual contractor of the higher of the two limits, if they
are of different categories, are empowered to tender as per the original registration provided that
i) The application shall be signed by all JV Partners so as to be legally binding on
all JV Partners.
ii) The combination is of the contractors as a whole and not individual partners.
iii) The main contractor shall furnish the notarised joint venture MoU along with other joint venture partner on
Rs.100 stamp paper along with PQ form in envelope No.1 only without which they shall not be qualified.
2) The notarized JV MoU / Agreement should give details as under
a)
Particulars of the Firm.
b)
Profit sharing ratio.
c)
Principal place of business.
d)
Details of the Lead Member of the Joint Venture Consortia.
e)
Details of the Bank Account Operations.
f)
Details of the authorized representative of all the Joint Venture Consortia members etc.
g)
The JV constituting agreement shall be irrevocable till the completion of work.
h) The JV constituting agreement should cover clauses pertaining to liabilities arising out of the work, if any and
liquidation thereof.
i) Whereas the share of the lead member should not be less than 51% and the share of all the Joint Venture Firm
shall be 100%
j)
One of the Partners shall be nominated as being in-charge and this authorization shall be evidenced by
submitting a power of attorney signed by legally authorized signatories of the Partners.
k) The Partner in-charge shall be authorized to incur liabilities and receive instructions for and on behalf of any and
all Partners of the Joint Venture Consortia and entire execution of the contract including payment shall be done
exclusively with the partner in-charge.
l) All Partners of the Joint Venture Consortia shall be liable jointly and separately for execution of the contract in
accordance with contract terms and a relevant statement to this effect shall be included in the authorization
Contractor
Page 288
Executive Engineer
mentioned under (j) above.

3) The notarized JV MoU so submitted along with the Tender shall be considered as a Legal Document for
establishing the Joint Venture Consortia.
4) The information pertaining to class of Registration, Work experience and / or Plant & Machinery of JV partner in
the respective forms duly signed by the Partner shall be submitted with the tender in envelope No.1.
5) The financial norms shall have to be satisfied by the lead partner of joint venture firm in respect of bid capacity,
as per Form F
6) In case of Joint Venture consortia the sponsoring firm has to submit complete information and identify the lead
firm. It would be necessary for the Joint Venture Consortia to establish to the satisfaction of the MIDC that the
venture has made practical, workable and legally enforceable agreements amongst the parties, that responsibilities
etc., assigned are capable in their individual capacity to discharge them competently and satisfactorily and also that,
the lead firm has necessary skill and capacity to lead and responsibility and involvement for the entire period of
execution as well as a leading role in control and direction on the resources of the entire Joint Venture Consortia.
7) The % share of other partners (other than lead partner) should not be more than his limit of eligibility to quote for
works divided by the estimated cost of work put to tender i.e. when such a percentage is applied to the cost of the
work, his share of cost should not exceed his own eligibility limit of tendering for works.
8) Machineries owned by each partner & hired can be clubbed together
9) When contractors submit the PQ forms in individual capacity satisfying the required norms and the same
contractor submits the P.Q. form as a joint venture partner, the P.Q. form in individual capacity shall only be
considered. P.Q. form and tender submitted in J.V. capacity shall be rejected outright.
10) All joint venture partners shall be fully responsible for the satisfactory completion of work.
Contractor
Page 289
Executive Engineer
ANNEXURE B
MEMORANDUM
FOR
OF
UNDERSTANDING
FOR
JOINT
VENTURE
AGREEMENT
______________________________________________________________________
DEED OF PARTNERSHIP (JOINT VENTURE OF _____________ AND ________________)
This Memorandum of Understanding for Joint Venture Agreement made and entered into at on
his ______ day of _______ 20___ by and between :
1)
AND
2)
DEFINATIONS :-
In this deed, the following words and expression shall have meanings set out below :
The Joint Venture ( JV for short) shall mean _______________________ (JV) and
___________________ Joint Venture collectively acting in collaborations for the purpose of this
agreement.
Apex Co-ordination Body (ACB) shall mean the body comprising Director of the Parties to the Joint
Venture
The Owner shall mean

Contractor
Page 290
Executive Engineer
The Works shall mean the ......

.
The Contract shall mean the contract entered into or to be entered into between the Joint Venture and
The Owner for the works.
JOINT VENTURE (JV)
(whereas the Parties hereto declare that, they agree and undertake to form a Joint Venture for the
purpose of Execution of the works, as an integrated Joint Venture. The JV shall be called as JOINT
VENTURE for short) Provided that the Parties are not under this agreement entering into any permanent
Partnership or Joint Venture to tender or undertake any contract other than the subject works. Nothing
herein contained shall be considered to construe the Parties or Partners to constitute either Party the
agent of the other.
WITNESSES
WHEREAS the Executive Engineer, . herein after referred as the

Executive
Engineer,
have
invited
tenders
for
the
work
of
.. hereinafter referred as The Works
Whereas PARTY NO. I and PARTY NO. II wish to execute the Contract, if awarded as per the terms of
this indenture. Now, therefore this Deed of Partnership witnesses as follows :1)
MOU for JV.
That, these recitals are and shall be deemed to have been part and parcel of the present
2)
That, this MOU shall come into force from the date of this MOU i.e. the day of
_____________ the year ______________
3)
That, the operation of this MOU for JV firm concerns and is confined to the works only.
4)
That, the name of the Joint Venture firm shall be _________________)
5)
That, PARTY NO. I and PARTY NO. II shall jointly execute the works according to all terms
and conditions as stated in the relevant instructions contained in the Bid Documents / Contract as an
Contractor
Page 291
Executive Engineer
and conditions as stated in the relevant instructions contained in the Bid Documents / Contract as an
integrated JV styled as _______________________________)
That, this MOU for JV shall regulate the relations between the parties and shall include without being
limited to them the following conditions.
a)
M/s. ___________________________ shall be the lead Company Incharge of the Joint
Venture for all intents and purpose.
b)
The parties hereto shall jointly and severally liable to MIDC for all acts, deeds and things
pertaining to the Contract.
The Contract for the works shall be signed by Shri.
_______________________ as a General Power of Attorney Holder.
c)
That the Director of one of the parties of the JV, ________________ shall be the lead
Partner of the JV firm and shall have the Power to Control and Manage the Affairs of the JV.
d)
That, on behalf of the Joint Venture Lead Partner, _______________ have the Authority to
incur liabilities, receive instructions and payments, sign and execute the Contract for and on behalf of the
Joint Venture. All payments made under the contract shall be made into the Joint Ventures bank account.
e)
One or two Bank accounts shall be opened in the name of JV to be operated by the Joint
Signatory by representative of both the Partner of Joint Venture.
f)
That each of the parties to the JV agrees and undertake to place at the disposal of the JV
benefits of its individual experience, technical knowledge and skill and shall in all respects bear its share of
the responsibility including the provision of information, advice and other assistance required in connection
with the works. The share and the participation of the partners in the JV shall broadly be as follows :Name of Contractor
Share of Percentage
1)
2)
Total
100%
And all rights, interests, liabilities, obligations, works experience and risks (and all net profit or net losses)
arising out of the contract shall be shared or borne by the Parties in proportion to these share. Each of the
parties shall furnish its proportionate share in any bonds, guarantees, sureties required for the works as
well as its proportionate share in working capital and other financial requirements, all in accordance with
the decisions of the Apex Coordinating body.
g)
Contractor
Any loan/advances shall be shared by the PARTY NO. I and PARTY NO. II in the ratio of
Page 292
Executive Engineer
________________ respectively.
h)
All funds, finance or working capital required for carrying out and executing, the works or
contract shall be procured and utilized by the parties are mutually agreed by them and they shall be liable
and responsible for the same. Initial Capital of the JV firm shall be
Rs. _______________.
i)
The execution of the work on the site will be managed by a Project Manager. The Project
Manager shall be authorized to represent the JV on site in respect of matters arising out or under the
contract.
j)
The PARTY NO. I and PARTY NO. II shall be jointly and severally liable towards the owner
for the execution of the contract commitment in accordance with contract conditions.
k)
The JV shall be registered with the Registrar of Firms / Company, Maharashtra State. Prior
written approval of MIDC shall be obtained before any changes are proposed to be made in this Joint
Venture Agreement, once it is registered with the Registrar of firms / Company, Maharashtra State.
l)
This Joint Venture Agreement shall not be dissolved till the completion of the defect liability
period as stipulated in the Tender Document conditions of the works and till all the liabilities thereof are
liquidated.
m)
That, questions relating to validity and interpretation of this deed shall be governed by the
laws of India. Any disputes in interpretation of any conditions mentioned herein shall be referred to
Arbitrator by mutual consent of the parties to the JV and such proceedings shall be governed by the Indian
Arbitration and Conciliation act, 1996. The award of the Arbitrator shall be final and binding on the parties,
hereto, neither the obligations of each party hereto to perform the contract nor the execution of works shall
stop during the course of these arbitration proceedings or as a result thereof.
n)
That, no party to the JV has the right to assign any benefit, obligation or liability under the
agreement to any third party without obtaining the written consent of the other partner and MIDC.
Bank account (s) in the name of the Joint Venture firm may be opened with any Nationalized /
Scheduled Bank / Banks approved by GoM and the representatives of both partners are
authorized to operate upon such accounts jointly.
p)
That, the parties to the JV shall be responsible to maintain or cause to maintain proper
Books of Accounts in respect of the business of the JV firm and the same shall be closed at the end of the
every financial year.
Contractor
Page 293
Executive Engineer
q)
year.
That the financial year of the firm shall be the year ended on the 31
st
day of March every
r)
That upon closure of the books of account, balance sheet and profit and loss account, as to
the state of affairs of the firm, as at the end of the financial year and as to the profit or loss made, or
incurred by the firm for the year ended on that date respectively, shall be prepared and the same shall be
subject to audit by a Chartered Accountant.
LEGAL JURISDICTION
All matters pertaining to or emanating from this JV agreement involving the owner shall be subject to
jurisdiction or High Court of Judicature, at .....
NOTICE AND CORRESPONDANCE
All correspondence and notices to the JV shall be sent to the following address :
IN WITNESS WHERE TO the parties have caused their duly authorized representative to sign below :
Signed for and on behalf of
signed for and on behalf of
Witness
1.
2.
Contractor
Page 294
Executive Engineer
POST-QUALIFICATION FORM for Joint Venture for works costing Above Rs.300 Lakhs
FORM GENERAL 1.2

CONDITIONS FOR POST-QUALIFICATION (For work experience)
To qualify for award of the contract, thetenderer in his name should have experience in last 5
financial years as under.
Contractors should have satisfactorily completed (from start to finish) as a prime contractor of at least single
of BM/ AC/ DBM/ SDBC/ LBM work costing not less than Rs.5189 lakhs in Govt/Semi Govt organisation/
local bodies during last five financial years.
Above certificates should be signed by not below the rank of Executive Engineer of concerned
Department.
FORM GENERAL 1.3
SUMMARY SHEET
Sr.No
Item
1.
Name of Contractor
2.
Address, Phone & Fax No. E-Mail ID
3.
Status of firm (Proprietary firm/ Partnership

firm / Pvt.Ltd. Co. / Public Ltd. Co. / Co-op.
Society/ JV).
4 a)
Contractor
5.
Details (to be filled in by the

contractor)
a) Class of Registration of the contractor /

contractors (for JV)
Executive Engineer
Page 295
b)
b)
Validity of Registration
c)
c) Authority issuing the registration

certificate (Copy of registration certificate to
be enclosed as Annexure-I)
If partnership firm or a company, Names of
1.
2.
Address, Phone & Fax No. E-Mail ID
3.
Status of firm (Proprietary firm/ Partnership

firm / Pvt.Ltd. Co. / Public Ltd. Co. / Co-op.
Society/ JV).
4 a)
a) Class of Registration of the contractor /

contractors (for JV)
b)
b)
Validity of Registration
c)
c) Authority issuing the registration

certificate (Copy of registration certificate to
be enclosed as Annexure-I)
5.
If partnership firm or a company, Names of

Partners/Directors
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Annual Turnover of the firm for last 3 years

(Rs. In Lakhs) (as certified by the Chartered
Accountant vide Form-F)
II
III
Rs.
Rs.
Rs.
7.
a)
Registration Certification with Sales
Tax Deptt. under VAT Act 2002, of Govt. of
Maharashtra.
Yes/No
b)
Yes/No
c)
Copy of Pan Card
Yes/No
Professional Tax registration certificate
The information given above and in the enclosed forms, Annexures is true to the best of my knowledge & belief. I
am / We are aware that, I / We will be disqualified at any stage of the qualification or work will be withdrawn at any
stage of execution, if any of the above information is found to be incorrect. In case of such eventuality, I / We will
have no claim on the Deptt.
Date
(with seal)
FORM A
Contractor
Page 296
Executive Engineer
List of machinery available with the tenderer which will be used for this work
Name of tenderer:
Sr.
No.
Name of equipment
No. of units
Kind and make
Age and
condition
Present
location
Remarks
Signature of contractor
Note:
1. In case of hired plant and machinery, notarised agreement shall be furnished alongwith documents of
ownership in the name of person from whom machinery is hired.
2. In case, if the contractor do not possess - Hot mix asphalt plant with in 30 Km radius from site of work,
then an undertaking on stamp paper of Rs.100 duly notarized shall be attached by the contractor
alongwith PQ form for assurance towards erection of hot mix asphalt plant within 30 Km from the site of
work not later than one month from the date of work order, and scanned copy of separate DD of
Rs.5,00,000/- as guarantee shall be attached along with PQ form. Once the contractor erects the hot mix
plant, within 30 Km radius from site of work, the amount of Rs.5.00 lacs will be refunded.
FORM B
Contractor
Page 297
Executive Engineer
List of technical personnel that will be made available for this work.
Name of tenderer:
Sr.
No.
Name and Designation
Qualification
Whether
working on
field or in
office
Experience of
execution of
similar works
Period from
which the
person is
working with
the tenderer
Remarks
FORM C-1
Contractor
Page 298
Executive Engineer
DETAILS OF WORKS/ SIMILAR PROJECTS COMPLETED BY TENDERER

(Please fill in information about the relevant projects completed in last 5 financialyears)
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------Name of Tenderer :
Sr.
Name of work
Cost of
work
Date of
starting
Stipulated date of
period of
completion
Actual date
of
completion
Remarks
No.
1
1) State only those works whose individual project cost is more than 50% of tender project cost/ or as per the
technical norms mentioned under the
eligibility criteria.
2) The statement should be supported by attested copies of certificates issued by Heads of offices not below the rank
of Executive Engineer
Contractor
Page 299
Executive Engineer
FORM C-2
Statement showing the quantities of specific items executed by the tenderer in any one year of the last 5
financial years.
Name of Tenderer :
Sr.
Item
No.
Minimum quantity
required to be executed in
one year
Quantity executed by the

tenderer in
Year Year Year Yea
r
Rem
arks
Year
1
2
Contractor
3
Page 300
Executive Engineer
required to be executed in
one year
No.
tenderer in
arks
Year Year Year Yea

r
Year
1
2
3
Note: In support of the details entered in this statement, the tenderer shall attach the attested copies of the quantity
executed certificates signed by the authority not below the rank of Executive Engineer.
FORM D
DETAILS OF PROJECTS IN PROGRESS AND TENDERED FOR

Please fill in information about all the on-going similar projects only and projects tendered for.
Name of Tenderer :
Contractor
Page 301
Executive Engineer
Sr.
No.
1.
Name of
work
2.
Place
and
Count
ry
3.
Remark
s
Work in hand
Work tendered for
Ten
der
ed
cost
Cost of Antici
Remaininpated
g work date
of
compl
etion
Estim
ated
cost
Date
when
decisio
n is
expecte
d
Stipulat
ed date
of
period
of
comple
tion
4.
5.
7.
8.
9.
6.
10.
Contractor
Page 302
Executive Engineer
FORM - E
CERTIFICATE FROM CONCERNED DEPARTMENT IN RESPECT OF WORKS
COMPLETED DURING LAST FIVE FINACIALYEARS
(In support of works mentioned in Form C-1 & C-2)
1.
Name of Contractor
2.
Name of work
3.
Estimated Cost put to tender
4.
Tendered Cost
Major quantities / disciplines of the work

executed by the tenderer.
1)
2)
3)
6.
Period stipulated in tender for completion of

work
7.
Date of Work Order
8.
Stipulated Date of start of work
9.
Stipulated Date of completion
10.
Actual Date of Completion
11.
If time over-run, the reasons for the same
Contractor
Page 303
Executive Engineer
3)
6.
Period stipulated in tender for completion of

work
7.
Date of Work Order
8.
Stipulated Date of start of work
9.
Stipulated Date of completion
10.
Actual Date of Completion
11.
If time over-run, the reasons for the same
12
Final cost of work completed
13a.
Has the tenderer started the work promptly

after issue of work order
Yes / No
b.
Has the tenderer maintained progress of work

as per agreement?
Yes / No
c.
Quality of work
Excellent / Good / Satisfactory
d.
Compensation / Penalty levied if any with

reasons
14.
Any other fact about the overall performance

of the contractor, the authority may like to
mention.
Certified that the information given is based on the facts and figures recorded in this office through various
documents and is true to the best of my knowledge and belief.
Signature of Officer issuing the certificate

(not below the rank of EE)
Outward No.of Issuing Authority________________
Date : _____________
Contractor
Page 304
Executive Engineer
FORM - F
FINANCIAL STATEMENT
1.
Name of Applicant (in case of joint ventures /

consortium, the names of the constituent firms).
2.
Turnover in terms of value of works executed

during each year (as reflected in the Profit & Loss
Account)
3.
Approximate value of works in hand
4.
Bid Capacity i.e. (A x N x 2) B
Year__
___
___
___
_
_
_
_
_
_
Where
A
=
Maximum of the updated values of works

executed in one of the preceding 3 years. The
updation of the value of work should be done at
10% per annum (compounded) by multiplying the
values with applicable factor i.e. 1.1, 1.21 or
1.331 as the case may be.
Contractor
B
=
Value of existing commitment of works (on-going

or to be completed in the period stipulated for
completion of the work in the present tender).
Page 305
Executive Engineer
4.
Bid Capacity i.e. (A x N x 2) B
Where
A
=
Maximum of the updated values of works

executed in one of the preceding 3 years. The
updation of the value of work should be done at
10% per annum (compounded) by multiplying the
values with applicable factor i.e. 1.1, 1.21 or
1.331 as the case may be.
B
=
Value of existing commitment of works (on-going

or to be completed in the period stipulated for
completion of the work in the present tender).
N
=
Number of years prescribed for completion of the

project for this work.
Certified that the information given is based on the facts and figures recorded in this office through various
documents and is true to the best of my knowledge and belief.
Signature of the Chartered Accountant
(with seal)
Contractor
(with seal)
Page 306
Executive Engineer
Contractor
Page 307
Signed By
: Rajendra V Sonje
Organisation Unit
: IN
Signed Date
: 12/09/2014
Executive Engineer

D WMSUPLOADED SeWMSUploadedfiles DTP 363 TenderDocument TenderDocument

Hochgeladen von

Dokumentinformationen

Copyright

Verfügbare Formate

Dieses Dokument teilen

Dokument teilen oder einbetten

Freigabeoptionen

Stufen Sie dieses Dokument als nützlich ein?

Sind diese Inhalte unangemessen?

Copyright:

Verfügbare Formate

D WMSUPLOADED SeWMSUploadedfiles DTP 363 TenderDocument TenderDocument

Hochgeladen von

Copyright:

Verfügbare Formate

MAHARASHTRA INDUSTRIAL DEVELOPMENT CORPORATION

DG - TARAPUR INDUSTRIAL AREA...Widening of

MAHARASHTRA INDUSTRIAL DEVELOPMENT CORPORATION

Short Tender Notice

Detailed Tender Notice

B-1 Tender Form

PRICE VARIATION CLAUSE

CLAUSE FOR REIMBURSEMENT OF TAXES/DUTIES

CLAUSE FOR PAYMENT OF STAMP DUTY

CLAUSE FOR RECOVCERY OF LABOUR CESS

CLAUSE FOR RECOVERY OF ADDITONAL SECURITY DEPOSIT

SPECIAL CONDITION FOR ROYALTY PAYMENT

MAINTENANCE GUARANTEE CLAUSE DURING DEFECT LIABILITY PERIOD.

INSURANCE Clause of Work

QUALITY AUDIT CLAUSE

SITE OFFICE CLAUSE

THIRD PARTY INSPECTION CLAUSE

ADDITIONAL CONTRACT CONDITIONS

MOBILISATION ADVANCE CLAUSE

STANDARD CEMENT CONSUMPTION STATEMENT

CEMENT VARIATION CLAUSE

GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR CONCRETE (PCC & RCC)

SPECIFICATIONS FOR CEMENT CONCRETE ROAD WORKS

DECLARATION FOR NON-EMPLOYMENT OF EX-MIDC EMPLOYEE

Item Wise Specification

MAHARASHTRA INDUSTRIAL DEVELOPMENT CORPORATION

Sub Div Tarapur(Drainage)

: DG - TARAPUR INDUSTRIAL AREA...Widening of Chillar-Boisar

Cost of Tender Form

: Rs.25,000.00/- (Non-Refundable By DD)

Last Date of Receipt of Tender

: 26/09/2014 upto 11:00 Hrs @MIDC.The Suptd. Engineer (M),

MAHARASHTRA INDUSTRIAL DEVELOPMENT CORPORATION

TENDER NOTICE NO.

--------------NOTICE ENDS HERE--------------

DETAILED TENDER NOTICE NO.

Earnest Money Deposit

DG - TARAPUR INDUSTRIAL AREA...Widening of

Rs 51,89,000.00 by DD of Nationalized Bank / Scheduled Bank/

Rs 7,26,45,200.00 or 7.00% of tendered cost whichever is higher

Cost of Blank Tender Form

Rs 25,000.00 (by DD OR by RTGS) (Non Refundable)

36 Months Including monsoon

Availability of blank tender form

10. Last date of submission of Tender

12/09/2014 to 26/09/2014 (to be downloaded from the MIDC E

Date of opening of PQ & tender

29/09/2014 02:00 PM hrs. (if possible)

Contractors registered in Class-1A with PWD, Government of

Envelope No.1 shall contain:

MAHARASHTRA INDUSTRIAL DEVELOPMENT CORPORATION

Widening of Chillar-Boisar approach road to four

Rs. 51,89,000.00 by DD / RTGS of Nationalized

Initial SD Rs. 3,11,33,700.00 or 3.00 % of tendered

Rs. 10,37,78,900.00 or 10.00 % of tendered cost

Percentage, if any, to be deducted

Compensation for non-completion of

Rs. 5000 per day

Time allowed for the work from the

36 Months Including monsoon

Signature of the contractor.

The above tender is hereby accepted by me on behalf of the MIDC______ at

% above/ below the estimated cost.

Maharashtra Industrial Development Corporation